TriState Capital
Annual Report 2020

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 _________ FORM 10-K _________ ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ____ to ____ Commission file number: 001-35913 _________ TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) _________ Pennsylvania (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 20-4929029 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) One Oxford Centre 301 Grant Street, Suite 2700 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 (Address of principal executive offices and zip code) (412) 304-0304 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) _________ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, no par value Depositary Shares, Each Representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Each Representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Trading Symbol(s) TSC TSCAP TSCBP Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market The Nasdaq Stock Market The Nasdaq Stock Market Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ¨ Yes ý No Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨ Yes ý No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ý Yes ¨ No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ý Yes ¨ No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer ☐ ☐ ý Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ Yes ý No As of June 30, 2020, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $384,742,959. As of January 31, 2021, there were 33,060,097 shares of the registrant’s common stock, no par value, outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 30, 2021, for the annual shareholders meeting to be held on or around May 17, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III. TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES TABLE OF CONTENTS CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ITEM 2. PROPERTIES ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTORS INDEPENDENCE ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY EXHIBIT INDEX SIGNATURES 4 6 26 44 44 44 45 46 48 53 91 92 150 150 152 152 153 153 153 153 153 154 154 157 CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance, as well as our goals and objectives for future operations, financial and business trends, business prospects and management’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality or other future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “achieve,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “maintain,” “may,” “opportunity,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “projection,” “seek,” “should,” “sustain,” “target,” “trend,” “will,” “will likely result,” and “would,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, and beliefs of assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that change over time and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • deterioration of our asset quality; our ability to prudently manage our growth and execute our strategy, including the successful integration of past and future acquisitions and our ability to fully realize the cost savings and other benefits of our acquisitions, manage risks related to business disruption following those acquisitions, and customer disintermediation; possible loan losses and changes in the value of collateral securing our loans; possible changes in the speed of loan prepayments by customers and loan origination or sales volumes; business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry, nationally and within our local market area; changes in management personnel; our ability to maintain important deposit customer relationships, our reputation and otherwise avoid liquidity risks; our ability to provide investment management performance competitive with our peers and benchmarks; operational risks associated with our business, including cyber-security related risks; volatility and direction of market interest rates; increased competition in the financial services industry, particularly from regional and national institutions; negative perceptions or publicity with respect to any products or services we offer; adverse judgments or other resolution of pending and future legal proceedings, and cost incurred in defending such proceedings; changes in the laws, rules, regulations, interpretations or policies relating to financial institutions, accounting, tax, trade, monetary and fiscal matters; our ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements, including our ability to generate liquidity internally or raise capital on favorable terms; regulatory limits on our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries and pay dividends to shareholders; changes and direction of government policy towards and intervention in the U.S. financial system; natural disasters and adverse weather, acts of terrorism, cyber-attacks, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, and other matters beyond our control; and other factors that are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” in Part I - Item 1A. The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this document. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In 4 addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. 5 ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview PART I TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” the “holding company,” the “parent company,” or the “Company”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Company has three wholly owned subsidiaries: TriState Capital Bank (the “Bank”), a Pennsylvania chartered bank; Chartwell Investment Partners, LLC (“Chartwell”), a registered investment advisor; and Chartwell TSC Securities Corp. (“CTSC Securities”), a registered broker/dealer . Through our bank subsidiary we serve middle-market businesses in our primary markets throughout the states of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York and we also serve high-net-worth individuals on a national basis through our private banking channel. We market and distribute our banking products and services through a scalable branchless banking model, which creates significant operating leverage throughout our business as we continue to grow. Through our investment management subsidiary, we provide investment management services primarily to institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors on a national basis. Our broker/dealer subsidiary, CTSC Securities, supports the marketing efforts for Chartwell’s proprietary investment products. We operate two reportable segments: Bank and Investment Management. • • The Bank segment provides commercial banking products and services to middle-market businesses and private banking products and services to high- net-worth individuals through the Bank. Total assets of the Bank were $9.82 billion as of December 31, 2020. The Investment Management segment provides investment management services primarily to institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors through Chartwell and also supports marketing efforts for Chartwell’s proprietary investment products through CTSC Securities. Assets under management of Chartwell were $10.26 billion as of December 31, 2020. For additional financial information by segment, refer to Note 23, Segments, to our consolidated financial statements. Our Business Strategy Our success has been built upon the vision and focus of our executive management team to combine the sophisticated products, services and risk management efforts of a large financial institution with the personalized service of a community bank. We believe that a results-based culture, combined with a well-managed middle-market and private banking business, and our targeted investment management business, we will continue to grow and generate attractive returns for shareholders. The key components of our business strategies are described below: Our Sales and Distribution Culture. We focus on efficient and profitable sales and distribution of investment management services and banking products and services to middle-market businesses and private banking clients. Our relationship managers and distribution professionals have significant experience in the banking and financial services industries and are focused on client service. In our banking business, we monitor net interest income contribution, loan and deposit growth, and asset quality by market and by relationship manager. Our compensation program is designed within our banking business to incentivize our regional presidents and relationship managers to prudently grow their loans, deposits and profitability, while maintaining strong asset quality. In our investment management business, our compensation program is designed to incentivize new assets under management while maximizing the retention of existing clients and exceeding benchmark investment performance. Disciplined Risk Management. We place a strong emphasis on effective risk management as an integral component of our organizational culture and responsible growth strategy. We use our risk management infrastructure to establish risk appetite, monitor existing operations, support decision-making and improve the success rate of existing products and services as well as new initiatives. A major part of our risk management effort is focused on our balanced, lower-risk loan portfolio. This includes our focus on growing loans originated through our private banking channel. We believe these loans have lower credit risk because they are typically secured by readily liquid collateral, such as marketable securities, and/or are personally guaranteed by high-net-worth borrowers. In addition, we mitigate risk associated with these loans through active daily monitoring of the collateral, utilizing our proprietary technology. We also focus on increasing non-interest income, including the expansion of our investment management business organically as well as through acquisitions. Experienced Professionals. Having successful and high quality professionals is critical to continuing to drive prudent growth in our business. In addition to our experienced executive management team and board of directors, we employ highly experienced personnel across our entire organization. Our commercial and private banking presidents as well as our regional banking presidents have an average of more than 30 years of banking experience and our middle-market and private banking relationship managers have an 6 average of over 20 years of banking experience. Chartwell’s mission is successfully executed through the dedication of investment professionals who average over 20 years of industry experience. We believe that our distinct business model, culture, and scalable platform enable us to attract and retain high quality professionals. Additionally, our low overhead costs give us the financial capability to attract and incentivize qualified professionals who desire to work in an entrepreneurial and results-oriented organization. Technology Enabled Efficient and Scalable Operating Model. With respect to our banking business, we believe our branchless banking model gives us a competitive advantage by eliminating the overhead and intense management requirements of a traditional branch network. Moreover, we believe that we have a scalable platform and organizational infrastructure that positions us to grow our revenue more rapidly than our operating expenses. We also believe that our investment management business has an efficient and scalable business model that focuses on institutional direct clients and wholesale distribution channels to reach retail investors. This enables us to invest in meaningful technology development that appeals to these sophisticated needs and competes with premier providers, while having longer obsolescence cycles and better return on investment. Lending Strategy. We generate loans through our middle-market banking and private banking channels. These channels provide diversification and offer significant responsible growth opportunities in breadth and scale.. • Middle-Market Banking Channel. Our middle-market banking channel primarily targets businesses with revenues between $5.0 million and $300.0 million located within our primary markets. To capitalize on this opportunity, each of our representative offices is led by an experienced regional president so we can understand the unique borrowing needs of the middle-market businesses in their area. They are supported by highly experienced relationship managers with reputations for success in targeting middle-market business customers and maintaining strong credit quality within their loan portfolios. • Private Banking Channel. We provide loan products and services nationally to executives and high-net-worth individuals most of whom we source through referral relationships with independent broker/dealers, wealth managers, family offices, trust companies and other financial intermediaries. Our private banking products primarily include loans secured by cash and/or marketable securities. The Company also originates loans secured by cash value life insurance and other asset-based loans. Our relationship managers have cultivated referral arrangements with 249 financial intermediaries. Under these arrangements, the financial intermediaries are able to refer their clients to us for responsive and sophisticated banking services. We believe many of our referral relationships with these intermediaries also create cross-selling opportunities with respect to our deposit products and our investment management business. Since inception, we have had no charge-offs related to our loans secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. As shown in the following table, we have continued to achieve loan growth through both of our banking channels. As of December 31, 2020, loans and leases sourced through our middle-market banking channel were $3.43 billion, or 41.6% of our loans held-for-investment. As of December 31, 2020, loans sourced through our private banking channel were $4.81 billion, or 58.4% of our loans held-for-investment, of which $4.74 billion, or 98.6%, were secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. We expect continued strong loan and deposit growth in this channel, in part, because we added 36 new loan referral relationships during the year ended December 31, 2020, for a total of 249 referral relationships at the end of 2020. We have also experienced continued growth in the number of customers resulting from our existing referral relationships. (Dollars in thousands) Middle-market banking offices: Western Pennsylvania Eastern Pennsylvania New Jersey New York Ohio Total middle-market banking loans Total private banking loans Loans and leases held-for-investment December 31, 2020 Change from 2019 2020 2019 Amount Percent $ $ 884,860 $ 867,267 572,607 572,265 532,619 3,429,618 4,807,800 8,237,418 $ 765,461 $ 644,483 487,496 524,016 460,701 2,882,157 3,695,402 6,577,559 $ 119,399 222,784 85,111 48,249 71,918 547,461 1,112,398 1,659,859 15.6% 34.6% 17.5% 9.2% 15.6% 19.0 % 30.1 % 25.2 % Deposit Funding Strategy. Since inception, we have focused on creating and growing a branchless, diversified, stable, and low cost deposit channels, both in our primary markets and across the United States. As of December 31, 2020, we consider approximately 7 91% of our total deposits to be sourced from direct customer relationships. We believe our sources of deposits continue to provide excellent opportunities for growth both within our primary markets and nationally. We take a multi-faceted approach to our deposit growth strategy. We believe our relationship managers are an integral part of this approach and, accordingly, we measure and incentivize them to increase the breadth and scope of deposits associated with their relationships. We have relationship managers who are specifically dedicated to deposit generation and treasury management, and we plan to continue adding such professionals as appropriate to support our growth. Additionally, we believe that our financial performance and our products and services, which are targeted to our markets, enhance our responsible growth of cost-effective deposits. Investment Management Strategy. We will continue to execute on our investment management strategy of organically growing our business through innovative distribution strategies, as well as selectively acquiring other investment management assets that complement Chartwell’s business, as evidenced by our acquisition of Columbia Partners, L.L.C. in 2018. We believe that this segment has and will continue to enhance our recurring fee revenue, continuing building robust institutional relationships, provide new product offerings for our national network of financial intermediaries, and leverage our financial services distribution capabilities through the financial intermediaries with which our banking business has worked and developed. Our Markets For our middle-market banking business, our primary markets of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York include the four major metropolitan statistical areas (“MSA”) of Pittsburgh and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Cleveland, Ohio and New York (which includes northern New Jersey). We believe that our primary markets including these MSAs are long-term, attractive markets for the types of products and services that we offer, and we anticipate that these markets will continue to support our projected growth. With respect to our loans and other financial services and products, we selected the locations for our representative offices partially based upon the number of middle-market businesses located in these MSAs and their respective states. According to SNL Financial, as of December 31, 2020, there were over 166,000 middle-market businesses in our primary markets with annual sales between $5.0 million and $300.0 million, which represented approximately 11% of the national total as of that date. The 2020 aggregate population of the four MSAs in which our headquarters and four representative offices are located was approximately 30 million, which represented approximately 10% of the national population. We believe that the population and business concentrations within our primary markets provide attractive opportunities to grow our business. In addition to our commercial bank focus on middle-market businesses in our primary markets, our private banking business focuses on serving clients on a national basis. We primarily source this business through referral relationships with independent broker/dealers, wealth managers, family offices, trust companies and other financial intermediaries. We view our product offerings as being most appealing to those households with $500,000 or more in net worth (not including their primary residence). Through all of our distribution channels, we pursue and create deposit relationships, including treasury management relationships, with customers in our primary markets and throughout the United States. Because our deposit operations are centralized in our Pittsburgh headquarters all of our deposits are aggregated and accounted for in that MSA. For these distribution and reporting reasons, we do not consider deposit market share in any MSA or any of our primary markets to be relevant data. However, for perspective on the size of the deposit markets in which we have offices, the total aggregate domestic deposits of banks headquartered within the four MSAs were approximately $2.8 trillion as of December 31, 2020, according to SNL Financial. Our investment management products are primarily distributed in two markets. These markets and their relative percentage of our assets under management as of December 31, 2020, were as follows: institutional and sub-advisory (80%) and broker/dealers and registered investment advisors (20%). Institutional and Sub-Advisory. Chartwell maintains a dedicated sales and client service staff to focus on the distribution of its products to a wide variety of institutional and sub-advisory clients, including corporate pension and profit-sharing plans, public pension plans, Taft-Hartley plans, foundations, endowments and registered investment companies. As of December 31, 2020, assets under management in the institutional and sub-advisory market included $3.18 billion in equity products and $5.03 billion in fixed-income products. Broker/Dealer and Independent Registered Investment Advisors. Chartwell maintains sales staff dedicated to calling on national, regional and independent broker/dealers and registered investment advisors. Broker/dealers and registered investment advisors use Chartwell’s products to meet the needs of their customers, who are typically retail and/or high-net-worth investors. As of December 31, 2020, assets under management in the broker/dealer and independent registered investment advisor market included $1.42 billion in equity products and $634.0 million in fixed-income products. 8 Our Products and Services We offer our clients an array of products and services, including loan and deposit products, cash management services, capital market services such as interest rate swaps and investment management products. ® ® Our loan products include, among others, loans secured by cash, marketable securities, cash value life insurance, commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, personal loans, asset-based loans, acquisition financing, and letters of credit. Our deposit products are designed for sophisticated client needs and include, among others, checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, and Promontory’s Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS ”) and Insured Cash Sweep (“ICS ”) services. Our liquidity and treasury management services are built to support clients in sophisticated and complex situations and include online balance reporting, online bill payment, remote deposit, liquidity services, wire and ACH services, foreign exchange and controlled disbursement. Our investment management business provides equity and fixed income advisory and sub-advisory services to third party mutual funds, series trust mutual funds, and to separately managed accounts for a spectrum of clients, but primarily focused on ultra-high-net-worth and institutional clients, including corporations, ERISA plans, Taft-Hartley funds, municipalities, endowments and foundations. We expect to continue to develop and implement additional products for our clients, including additional investment management product offerings to our financial intermediary referral sources. ® ® More information about our key products and services, including a discussion about how we manage our products and services within our overall business and enterprise risk strategy, is set forth below. Loans and Leases Our primary source of income in our Bank segment is interest on loans and leases. Our loan and lease portfolio primarily consist of loans to our private banking clients, commercial and industrial loans and leases, and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties. Our loan and lease portfolio represents the largest component of our earning assets. The following table presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Private banking loans Middle-market banking loans: Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total middle-market banking loans Loans and leases held-for-investment December 31, 2020 Percent of Loans $ $ 4,807,800 1,274,152 2,155,466 3,429,618 8,237,418 58.4 % 15.5 % 26.1 % 41.6 % 100.0 % Private Banking Loans. Our private banking loans are comprised of both personal and commercial loans sourced through our private banking channel, which operates on a national basis. These loans primarily consist of loans made to high-net-worth individuals, trusts and businesses that may be secured by cash, marketable securities, cash value life insurance and/or other financial assets and to a lesser degree, residential property. We also have a small number of unsecured loans and lines of credit in our private banking loans. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrowers. Since a majority of our private banking loans are secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance which is actively monitored on a daily basis utilizing our proprietary technology, we believe the credit risk inherent in this portfolio is lower than the risk associated with other types of loans. Our private banking lines of credit predominantly are due on demand or have terms of 365 days or less. Our term loans (other than mortgage loans) in this category generally have maturities of three to five years. On an accommodative basis, we have made personal residential real estate loans consisting primarily of first and second mortgage loans for residential properties, including jumbo mortgages. Our residential mortgage loans typically have maturities of seven years or less. On a limited basis we originated mortgage loans with maturities of up to 10 years and acquired other residential mortgages that had original maturities of up to 30 years. Our personal lines of credit typically have floating interest rates. We examine the personal cash flow, amount of outstanding business and related debt service, and liquidity of our individual borrowers when underwriting our private banking loans not secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. In some cases we require our borrowers to agree to maintain a minimum level of liquidity that will be sufficient to repay the loan. 9 The table below includes all loans made through our private banking channel by collateral type as of the date indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Private banking loans: December 31, 2020 Percent of Private Banking Loans Percent of Loans Secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance Secured by real estate Other Total private banking loans $ $ 4,738,594 45,014 24,192 4,807,800 98.6 % 0.9 % 0.5 % 100.0 % 57.5 % 0.6 % 0.3 % 58.4 % Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases. Our commercial and industrial loan and lease portfolio primarily includes loans and leases made to a variety of commercial borrowers generally for the purposes of financing production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, acquisitions and recapitalizations. Cash flow from the borrower’s operations is the primary source of repayment for these loans, except for certain commercial loans that are secured by marketable securities. The primary risks associated with commercial and industrial loans include a deterioration in cash flow, a decline in the value of collateral securing these loans, increased leverage and/or reduced liquidity. We work throughout the lending process to manage and mitigate such risks within this portfolio. In addition, a portion of our commercial and industrial loans consist of loans to private investment funds for short-term liquidity purposes which are secured by their ability to call additional capital and/or the net asset value of the investments held and managed by the fund. Our commercial and industrial loans and leases include both lines of credit and term loans. Lines of credit generally have maturities ranging from one to five years. Availability under our commercial lines of credit is typically limited to a percentage of the value of the assets securing the line. Those assets typically include accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, or in the case of fund financing, the value of uncalled capital and/or the investments held by the borrowing funds. Depending on the risk profile of the borrower, we require borrowing base certificates representing and supporting borrowing availability after applying appropriate eligibility and advance percentage rates to the collateral. Our commercial and industrial term loans and leases generally have maturities between three to seven years, and typically do not extend beyond 10 years. Our commercial and industrial lines of credit and term loans typically have floating interest rates. The table below shows the composition of our commercial and industrial loan and lease portfolio by borrower industry as of December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Industry: Finance and Insurance Real Estate, Rental and Leasing Service Manufacturing Information Transportation & Warehousing Mining Wholesale Trade Construction Private Household Retail Trade All other Total commercial and industrial loans and leases December 31, 2020 Percent of Commercial and Industrial Loans Percent of Loans $ $ 397,853 284,132 185,569 117,393 58,768 53,531 22,651 20,702 30,754 1,202 982 100,615 1,274,152 31.2 % 22.3 % 14.6 % 9.2 % 4.6 % 4.2 % 1.8 % 1.6 % 2.4 % 0.1 % 0.1 % 7.9 % 100.0 % 4.9 % 3.4 % 2.3 % 1.4 % 0.7 % 0.6 % 0.3 % 0.3 % 0.4 % — % — % 1.2 % 15.5 % Commercial Real Estate Loans. We concentrate on making commercial real estate loans to experienced borrowers that have an established history of successful projects. The cash flow from income-producing properties or the sale of property from for-sale construction and development loans are generally the primary sources of repayment for these loans. The equity sponsors of our borrowers generally provide a secondary source of repayment from their excess global cash flows and liquidity. The primary risks associated with commercial real estate loans include credit risk arising from the dependency of repayment upon income generated from the property securing the loan, the vulnerability of such income to changes in market conditions, and difficulty in liquidating 10 collateral securing the loans. We work throughout the lending process to manage and mitigate such risks within our commercial real estate loan portfolio. The commercial real estate portfolio also includes loans secured by owner-occupied real estate and the primary source of repayment for these loans is cash flow from the borrower’s business. Our commercial real estate loans are primarily made to borrowers with projects or properties located within our primary markets. Our relationship managers are experienced lenders who are familiar with the trends within their local real estate markets. The table below shows the composition of our commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Commercial real estate loans: Multifamily Office Retail Industrial Educational/Other Centers Senior Housing/Healthcare Developed Land Raw Land Self Storage Hotel Residential Total commercial real estate loans Loan and Lease Underwriting December 31, 2020 Percent of Commercial Real Estate Loans Percent of Loans $ $ 625,418 470,226 330,721 314,435 116,033 60,790 55,006 53,472 47,926 45,717 35,722 2,155,466 29.0 % 21.8 % 15.3 % 14.6 % 5.4 % 2.8 % 2.6 % 2.5 % 2.2 % 2.1 % 1.7 % 100.0 % 7.6 % 5.7 % 4.0 % 3.8 % 1.4 % 0.7 % 0.7 % 0.6 % 0.6 % 0.6 % 0.4 % 26.1 % Our focus on maintaining strong asset quality is pervasive through all aspects of our lending activities, and it is apparent in our loan and lease underwriting function. We are selective in targeting our lending to middle-market businesses, commercial real estate investors and developers, and high-net-worth individuals that we believe will meet our credit standards. Our credit standards are determined by our Credit Risk Policy Committee that is made up of senior bank officers, including our Chief Credit Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Bank President and Chief Executive Officer, President of Commercial Banking and President of Private Banking. Our underwriting process is multilayered. Prospective loans are first reviewed by our relationship managers and regional presidents. The prospective commercial and certain private banking loans are then discussed in a pre-screen group composed of the Chief Credit Officer, Senior Credit Officer, President of Commercial Banking, President of Private Banking and all of our regional presidents. Applications for prospective loans that are accepted are fully underwritten by our credit administration group in combination with the relationship manager. Finally, the prospective loans are submitted to our Senior Loan Committee for approval, with the exception of certain loans that are fully secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. Members of the Senior Loan Committee include our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman, Chief Credit Officer, Senior Credit Officer, Bank President and Chief Executive Officer, President of Commercial Banking, President of Private Banking and our regional presidents. All of our lending personnel, from our relationship managers to the members of our Senior Loan Committee, have significant experience that benefits our underwriting process. We maintain high credit quality standards. Each credit approval, renewal, extension, modification or waiver is documented in written form to reflect all pertinent aspects of the transaction. Our underwriting analysis generally includes an evaluation of the borrower’s business, industry, operating performance, financial condition and typically includes a sensitivity analysis of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Our underwriting is conducted by our team of highly experienced portfolio managers. Our lending activities are subject to internal exposure limits that restrict concentrations of loans within our portfolio to certain targets and maximums based on a percentage of total loan commitments and as a multiple of total risk-based capital. These exposure limits are approved by our Senior Loan Committee and our board of directors. Our internal exposure limits are established to avoid unacceptable concentrations in a number of areas, including in our different loan categories and in specific industries. In addition, we have established a preferred lending limit that is significantly lower than our legal lending limit. Our loan portfolio includes Shared National Credits (“SNC”). Effective January 1, 2018, the bank regulatory agencies revised the SNC definition to increase the loan size from $20 million or more to $100 million or more and shared by three or more financial 11 institutions. We are typically part of the originating bank group in connection with these loan participations. We utilize the same underwriting criteria for these loans that we use for loans that we originate directly. These loans are to borrowers typically located within our primary markets and are generally made to companies that are known to us and with whom we have direct contact. We participate in the SNC loans of the financial intermediaries that refer private banking loans to us. These intermediaries are also a source of significant deposit balances. These loans have helped us to diversify the risk inherent in our loan portfolio by allowing us to access a broader array of corporations with different credit profiles, repayment sources, geographic footprints and with larger revenue bases than those businesses associated with our direct loans. Still, we are focused more on growing our direct loans than SNC loans. As of December 31, 2020, we had $273.6 million of SNC loans compared to $281.2 million as of December 31, 2019. Loan and Lease Portfolio Concentrations Geographic criteria. We focus on developing client relationships with companies that have headquarters and/or significant operations within our primary markets. The table below shows the composition of our commercial loan and lease portfolios based upon the states where our borrowers are located. Loans and leases to borrowers located in our four primary market states made up 85.4% of our total commercial loans outstanding as of December 31, 2020. When those loans are aggregated with our loans to borrowers located in states that are contiguous to our primary market states, the percentage increases to approximately 90.3% of our commercial loan and lease portfolio. Loans in contiguous and other states include loans to the financial intermediaries that have substantial deposits with us, and are a referral source for private banking loans. (Dollars in thousands) Geographic region of borrower: Pennsylvania New York New Jersey Ohio Contiguous states Other states Total commercial loans and leases December 31, 2020 Percent of Total Commercial Loans $ $ 1,224,768 604,240 561,151 537,032 169,437 332,990 3,429,618 35.7 % 17.6 % 16.4 % 15.7 % 4.9 % 9.7 % 100.0 % Diversified lending approach. We are committed to maintaining a diversified loan and lease portfolio. We also concentrate on making loans and leases to businesses where we have or can obtain the necessary expertise to understand the credit risks commonly associated with the borrower’s industry. We generally avoid lending to businesses that would require a high level of specialized industry knowledge not present within the Bank. Deposits An important aspect of our business franchise is the ability to gather deposits and establish and grow meaningful relationships related to liquidity and treasury management customers. Deposits provide the primary source of funding for our lending activities. We offer traditional depository products including checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit in addition to CDARS and ICS reciprocal products. We also offer cash management and treasury management services, including online balance reporting, online bill payment, remote deposit, liquidity services, wire and automated clearing house (“ACH”) services and collateral disbursement. Our deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to statutory limits. ® ® As of December 31, 2020, non-brokered deposits represented approximately 91.1% of our total deposits. Our non-brokered deposit sources primarily include deposits from financial institutions, high-net-worth individuals, family offices, trust companies, wealth management firms, corporations and their executives. We compete for deposits by offering a range of deposit products at competitive rates. We also attract deposits by offering customers a variety of cash management services. We maintain direct customer relationships with nearly all of our depositors that participate in CDARS and ICS reciprocal deposits. ® ® 12 The table below shows the balances of our deposit portfolio by type as of the dates indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Non-brokered deposits: Noninterest-bearing checking accounts Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Total non-brokered deposits Brokered deposits: Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Total brokered deposits Total deposits Non-brokered deposits to total deposits Investment Management Products December 31, 2020 Change from 2019 2020 2019 Amount Percent $ $ $ 456,426 2,911,669 3,482,381 885,310 7,735,786 157,165 445,416 150,722 753,303 8,489,089 $ 91.1 % 356,102 1,274,859 3,104,565 1,132,477 5,868,003 123,405 322,180 321,025 766,610 6,634,613 88.4 % $ $ 100,324 1,636,810 377,816 (247,167) 1,867,783 33,760 123,236 (170,303) (13,307) 1,854,476 28.2 % 128.4 % 12.2 % (21.8)% 31.8 % 27.4 % 38.3 % (53.0)% (1.7)% 28.0 % Chartwell Investment Partners manages $10.26 billion in a variety of equity and fixed income investment styles, for over 250 institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors as of December 31, 2020. A description of each investment style is provided below. Equity Investment Strategies: • Small Cap Value: Chartwell’s Small Cap Value portfolio employs a traditional value style supplemented with both deep and relative value stocks. Our opportunity set is selected using multiple valuation yardsticks and focuses heavily on company valuation relative to history. Portfolio decisions result from business reviews assessing the prospects of erasing these valuation discounts with a focus on fundamental and event-driven catalysts which we believe the market should recognize. The portfolio aims to be well diversified across all economic sectors and exhibit better growth, profitability and financial strength characteristics than the small cap value benchmark. Our objective is to outperform small cap value benchmarks over the long term while producing lower risk scores versus peers. • Mid Cap Value: Chartwell’s Mid Cap Value portfolio employs a traditional value style supplemented with both deep and relative value stocks, similar to Chartwell’s Small Cap Value strategy. Our objective is to outperform mid cap value benchmarks over the long term while producing lower risk scores versus peers. • • Small Cap Growth: Our Small Cap Growth portfolio invests in a select set of small growth oriented companies that have demonstrated strong increases in earnings per share. More significantly, we look to invest in companies that have historically continued to broaden, deepen and enhance their fundamental capabilities, competitive positions, product and service offerings and customer bases. Our plan is to invest in these companies for an intermediate time horizon. Our portfolios focus on a narrow set of such investments. SMID Cap Value: For clients in our SMID Cap Value portfolio we invest in a select set of value oriented companies with small to mid-market caps focused on securities held in Chartwell’s Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value portfolios. • Dividend Value: The objective of our Dividend Value strategy is to deliver investment returns that exceed the Russell 1000 Value index over a full market cycle by focusing on stocks with above-average dividend yields. We invest in the highest 40% of dividend-yielding stocks to take advantage of the attractive risk-return characteristics of this subset. A secondary consideration is the inclusion of companies that raise their dividends on a consistent basis. Finally, we employ a valuation overlay that we believe enhances total returns and aids in downside protection. • Covered Call: The objective of our Covered Call strategy is to provide market-like returns in rising equity markets while earning superior returns in flat or down equity markets. We combine a portfolio of higher yielding stocks with a disciplined covered call strategy to provide a lower volatility total return solution for clients. Our focus is on creating a well diversified 13 portfolio of stocks which we believe are undervalued relative to their strong and/or improving fundamentals. The addition of a tactical and flexible call overwriting strategy seeks to provide additional cash flow and reduced volatility of returns. • Large Cap Growth: The objective of our Large Cap Growth strategy is to help clients outperform benchmarks by owning a diversified portfolio of Premier Growth companies. These are businesses that possess some or all of the following characteristics; large and growing total addressable markets, superior products or services, and sustainable competitive advantages. We seek to hold positions in these companies when doing so is likely to generate significant long term capital appreciation. Fixed Income Investment Strategies: • • • • Intermediate/Core/Short Duration Fixed Income: Chartwell's philosophy of investment grade fixed income management stresses security selection, preservation of principal, and compounding of the income stream as keys to consistently add value in the bond market. We focus our research efforts in the corporate sector of the market. Because the return potential of any bond tends to be asymmetric, with limited capital appreciation potential, but considerably greater capital loss potential - Chartwell targets high quality credits with stable-to improving profiles. Core Plus Fixed Income: With flexibility to adjust to each client’s specific guidelines, Chartwell’s Core Plus product invests across both the U.S. Investment Grade and High Yield markets. By strategically expanding our credit-driven, valued-based opportunity set, the portfolio is able to take advantage of Chartwell’s broad ranging corporate bond expertise and to benefit from the potential for increased income, total return and diversification. High Yield Fixed Income: Chartwell's philosophy of high yield bond management stresses preservation of principal and compounding of the income stream as keys to adding value in the high yield bond market. In evaluating investment candidates our perspective is that of a lender. We focus on the higher quality tiers of the market, which offer an attractive yield premium but a lower incidence of credit erosion relative to the market as a whole. Chartwell believes that the consistent application of high credit standards and strict trading disciplines is the most predictable route to outperformance in the high yield bond market. Short Duration BB-Rated High Yield Fixed Income: Chartwell's philosophy of high yield bond management stresses preservation of principal and compounding of the income stream as keys to adding value in the high yield bond market. Again, our focus is on the higher quality tiers of the market, which offer an attractive yield premium but a lower incidence of credit erosion relative to the market as a whole. We focus on duration of less than three years with maximum maturities of five years. Balanced Investment Strategies: • Conservative Allocation: The Conservative Allocation strategy is managed utilizing Chartwell’s value-oriented security selection process and includes the Berwyn Income Fund as one of its main products. While the majority of funds managed under this strategy are invested in bonds, it may invest up to 30% of its assets in dividend-paying common stocks. We believe the fund’s balanced, income-oriented approach may afford a greater level of price stability than an all equity portfolio. Our total assets under management of $10.26 billion increased $562.0 million, or 5.8%, as of December 31, 2020, from $9.70 billion as of December 31, 2019. We reported new business and new flows from existing accounts and acquired assets of $1.73 billion and market appreciation of $410.0 million, partially offset by outflows of $1.57 billion during the year ended December 31, 2020. The following table shows the changes of our assets under management by investment style for the year ended December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Equity investment styles Fixed income investment styles Balanced investment styles Total assets under management Year Ended December 31, 2020 Beginning Balance Inflows (1) Outflows (2) Market Appreciation (Depreciation) Ending Balance $ $ 3,932,000 $ 4,816,000 953,000 9,701,000 $ 608,000 $ 1,081,000 37,000 1,726,000 $ (663,000) $ (483,000) (428,000) (1,574,000) $ 165,000 $ 249,000 (4,000) 410,000 $ 4,042,000 5,663,000 558,000 10,263,000 (1) (2) Inflows consist of new business and contributions to existing accounts. Outflows consist of business lost as well as distributions from existing accounts. 14 Competition We operate in a very competitive industry and face significant competition for customers from bank and non-bank competitors, particularly regional and national institutions, in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing other financial services. We compete for loans and deposits based upon the personal and responsive service offered by our highly experienced relationship managers, access to management and interest rates. As a result of our low operating costs, we believe we are able to compete for customers with the competitive interest rates that we pay on deposits and that we charge on our loans. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market funds and brokerage firms, particularly national and large regional banks, which target the same customers as we do. With respect to our deposits from treasury management, competition is mainly based on sophistication and reliability of service, experience and expertise with our clients’ businesses, and fee structure. Competition for other deposit products is generally based on length and depth of relationship, comfort with the bank, and pricing. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and our ability to further reduce our cost of funds may be affected by higher rates being offered by other financial institutions. During certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds. Our competition in making commercial loans comes principally from national, regional and large community banks and insurance companies. Many large national and regional commercial banks have a significant number of branch offices in the areas in which we operate. Competition for our private banking loans is more limited than for commercial loans due largely to our niche offering of loans backed by cash, marketable securities and/or or cash value life insurance, which represent 58% of our entire loan portfolio. Aggressive pricing policies and terms of our competitors on middle-market and private banking loans may result in a decrease in our loan origination volume and a decrease in our yield on loans. We compete for loans principally through the quality of products and service we provide to middle-market customers, financial services firms, and private banking referral relationships, while maintaining competitive interest rates, loan fees and other loan terms. Our relationship-based approach to business also enables us to compete with other financial institutions in attracting loans and deposits. Our relationship managers and regional presidents have significant experience in the banking industry in the markets they serve and are focused on customer service. By capitalizing on this experience and by tailoring our products and services to the specific needs of our clients, we have been successful in cultivating stable relationships with our customers and also with financial intermediaries who refer their clients to us for banking services. We believe our approach to customer relationships will assist us in continuing to compete effectively for loans and deposits in our primary markets and nationally through our private banking channel. The investment management business is intensely competitive. In the markets where we compete, there are over 1,000 firms which we consider to be primary competitors. In addition to competition from other institutional investment management firms, Chartwell, along with the active-management industry, competes with passive index funds, exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and investment alternatives such as hedge funds. We compete for investment management business by delivering excellent investment performance with a committed customer service model. Employees and Human Capital Resources As of December 31, 2020, we had 308 full-time employees with 255 in our bank segment and 53 in our investment management segment. During 2020, our voluntary turnover rate was 6.5%. We consider our employee relations to be very good, and we aspire to keep them exceptional. Our employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit. Compensation and Benefits We endeavor to create an environment based in fairness, respect, and equal opportunity that encourages high-performance; provides challenging opportunities; promotes safety and well-being; fosters diversity and new thought; and rewards execution. We focus on attracting, developing, and retaining a team of exceptionally talented and motivated employees. We conduct regular assessments of our compensation and benefits practices and pay levels to help ensure that employees are compensated competitively and fairly. We provide every full-time employee the ability to participate in comprehensive benefits programs, including paid time off, company-paid health insurance and medical concierge services, § 401(k) plan with a company funded matching program, and company-paid identity theft protection. Health, Safety, and Wellness The safety, health and wellness of our employees is always a top priority for us. We know that the well-being of our business is intricately tied to the well-being of our team. We have always approached this priority with a holistic approach, focused on physical, mental, and financial health, and continuously review existing and potential programming and the evolving needs of our team. 15 The success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our employees. On an ongoing basis, we promote the physical, mental, and financial health and wellness of our employees, including through strongly encouraging work-life balance, minimizing the employee portion of health care premiums and sponsoring a medical concierge service that provides healthcare education and support from personal consultants designed to help employees and their families navigate their healthcare experience. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we used this holistic approach to craft our strategy and execution. We promptly initiated remote work plans to enhance the health environment within our offices and mitigate against transmission of the virus through significantly reducing the number of employees working on-site. As an essential business, we retained an in-office-work environment, and took many initiatives to promote the health and well-being of those in our offices, including continuous enhanced cleaning, paid on-site parking, delivered lunches, and access to on-site nurses in our offices with mandatory temperature checks. When considering the financial health of our team during this time, we established enhanced benefit programs to address expenses tied to balancing work with life under quarantine conditions, including stipends for employees working in our offices as well as working from home to assist in that transition, which we ultimately made permanent through salary increases. We also formed a COVID-19 steering team to advise on the Company’s overall response, including developing and monitoring mitigation; tracking relevant national, state and local government guidelines, directives and regulations; and assessing appropriate work-in-office protocols. Diversity and Inclusion We are committed to maintaining a diverse and inclusive workforce and culture. To foster this goal, we focus on promoting a culture that leverages the talents of all employees, as well as implementing practices that attract, develop, and retain diverse talent. For example, we are a member of Vibrant Pittsburgh, an economic development nonprofit that seeks to accelerate the growth rate of diverse workers in the Pittsburgh region, and we continue to pursue similar opportunities where we have our loan production offices. Supervision and Regulation The following is a summary of material laws, rules and regulations governing banks, investment management businesses and bank holding companies, but does not purport to be a complete summary of all applicable laws, rules and regulations. These laws and regulations may change from time to time and the regulatory agencies often have broad discretion in interpreting them. We cannot predict the outcome of any future changes to these laws, regulations, regulatory interpretations, guidance and policies, which may have a material and adverse impact on the financial markets in general, and our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects. General The common stock and preferred stock of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. is publicly traded and listed and, as a result, we are subject to securities laws and stock market rules, including oversight from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. Regulation and supervision by the federal and state banking agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) administered by the FDIC, consumers and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of our investors. We are a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. TriState Capital Bank is a commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. It is not a member of the Federal Reserve System and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC. Our investment management business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States. Chartwell and CTSC Securities are subject to Federal securities laws, principally the Securities Act of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, state laws regarding securities fraud and regulations and rules promulgated by various regulatory authorities, including the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), state regulators and stock exchanges. With respect to certain derivative products, our investment management business also may be subject to regulation by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”). Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policies, both domestically and abroad, and the costs associated with compliance, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows. This system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework for our operations. Failure to meet regulatory standards could have a material and adverse impact on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects. 16 Regulatory Developments The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), enacted in 2010, has resulted in broad changes to the U.S. financial system where its provisions have resulted in enhanced regulation and supervision of the financial services industry. In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) was signed into law. While the EGRRCPA preserves the fundamental elements of the post Dodd-Frank regulatory framework, it includes modifications that are intended to result in meaningful regulatory relief for smaller and certain regional banking organizations. Over several years the Department of Labor (“DOL”) developed a rule governing the circumstances in which a person rendering investment advice with respect to an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 would be treated as a fiduciary for the recipient of the advice. DOL finalized a regulation in 2016, but extended the effective date, and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit effectively vacated the rule in 2018. In December 2020, the DOL finalized a new fiduciary regulation that becomes effective in February 2021. A comparable rule, issued by the SEC, popularly known as Regulation BI, for best interest took effect in June 2020. These regulations will affect our investment advisory business, but we cannot predict the nature or extent of these effects at this time, or whether these regulations will change in the future. Regulatory Capital Requirements Capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve monitors the capital adequacy of our holding company, on a consolidated basis, and the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities monitor the capital adequacy of TriState Capital Bank. The regulatory agencies use a combination of risk-based ratios and a leverage ratio to evaluate capital adequacy and consider these capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to safety and soundness. The current capital rules, which began to take effect for us in 2015, are popularly known as the Basel III Capital Rules because they are based on international standards known as Basel III. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking institutions and their holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. Regulatory capital, in turn, is classified into three “tiers” of capital. Common Equity Tier 1 capital (“CET 1”) includes common equity, retained earnings, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets. Additional “Tier 1” capital includes, among other things, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. “Tier 2” capital includes, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for credit losses, subject to limitations. Total capital is the total of all three tiers. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of average assets or total risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items. In the meantime, the Basel III Capital Rules require banks and bank holding companies generally to maintain four minimum capital standards to be “adequately capitalized”: (1) a tier 1 capital to total average assets ratio (“tier 1 leverage capital ratio”) of at least 4%; (2) a common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (“CET 1 risk-based capital ratio”) of at least 4.5%; (3) a tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (“tier 1 risk-based capital ratio”) of at least 6%; and (4) a total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (“total risk-based capital ratio”) of at least 8%. These capital requirements are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions, or if required by the banking regulators due to the economic conditions impacting our primary markets. For example, FDIC regulations provide that higher capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. In addition, the Basel III Capital Rules subject a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization does not maintain a capital conservation buffer (a ratio of CET1 to total risk-based assets of at least 2.5% on top of the minimum risk- based capital requirements). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016, and the full 2.5% requirement took effect on January 1, 2019. As a result, the Company and the Bank must meet or exceed the following capital ratios to satisfy the Basel III Capital Rule requirements and to avoid the limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers: • • • • tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%; CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%; tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5%; and total risk-based capital ratio to 10.5%. 17 When assets are risk weighted for the purpose of the risk-based capital ratios, the Basel III Capital Rules present a large number of risk weight categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures. These categories may result in higher risk weights than under the earlier rules for a variety of asset classes, including certain commercial real estate mortgages. Additional aspects of the Basel III Capital Rules that have particular relevance to us include: • • • • • • a formula-based approach, referred to as the collateral haircut approach, to determine the risk weight of eligible margin loans collateralized by liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities, where the collateral is marked to fair value daily, and the transaction is subject to daily margin maintenance requirements; consistent with the prior risk-based capital rules, assigning exposures secured by single family residential properties to either a 50% risk weight for first- lien mortgages that meet prudential underwriting standards or a 100% risk weight category for all other mortgages; providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (previously set at 0%); assigning a 150% risk weight to all exposures that are non-accrual or 90 days or more past due (previously set at 100%), except for those secured by single family residential properties, which will be assigned a 100% risk weight, consistent with the prior risk-based capital rules; applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate loans for acquisition, development and construction; and the option to use a formula-based approach referred to as the simplified supervisory formula approach to determine the risk weight of various securitization tranches in addition to the previous “gross-up” method (replacing the credit ratings approach for certain securitization). Further, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal banking agencies adopted new capital requirements to address the risks that the activities of an institution poses to the institution and the public and private stakeholders, including risks arising from certain enumerated activities. Capital guidelines may continue to evolve and may have material impacts on us or our banking subsidiary. Under the EGRRCPA and implementing regulations of the federal banking agencies, certain banking organizations with less than $10 billion in assets may elect to satisfy a single Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) in lieu of the generally applicable minimum capital requirements that apply under the Basel III Capital Rules. We and TriState Capital Bank have not elected to use the CBLR framework. In the first quarter of 2020, U.S. federal regulatory authorities issued an interim final rule that provides banking organizations that adopt CECL during the 2020 calendar year with the option to delay the impact of CECL on regulatory capital for up to two years (beginning January 1, 2020), followed by a three-year transition period. Due to the delayed implementation of CECL under the CARES Act, the Company will be eligible and has elected to utilize the two-year delay of CECL’s impact on its regulatory capital (from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021) followed by the three-year transition period of CECL impact on regulatory capital (from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024). Based on our calculations, we expect that TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank will continue to meet all minimum capital requirements, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer, without material adverse effects on our business. However, the capital rules may continue to evolve over time and future changes may have a material adverse effect on our business. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject us to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, other restrictions on our business and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC. Prompt corrective action regulations. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the FDIC is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized insured depository institutions. For this purpose, a bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on its capital: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” 18 Under the current prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIC, after adopting the Basel III Capital rules, an insured depository institution generally will be classified in the following categories based on the capital measures indicated: “Well capitalized” Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, CET 1 risk-based ratio of at least 6.5%, Tier 1 risk-based ratio of at least 8%, Total risk-based ratio of at least 10%, and Not subject to written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive that requires a specific capital level. “Adequately capitalized” Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%, CET 1 risk-based ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 risk-based ratio of at least 6%, and Total risk-based ratio of at least 8% “Undercapitalized” Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 4%, CET 1 risk-based ratio less than 4.5%, Tier 1 risk-based ratio less than 6%, or Total risk-based ratio less than 8% “Critically undercapitalized” Tangible equity to total assets less than 2% “Significantly undercapitalized” Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 3%, CET 1 risk-based ratio less than 3%, Tier 1 risk-based ratio less than 4%, or Total risk-based ratio less than 6% Various consequences flow from a bank’s prompt corrective action category. A bank that is adequately capitalized but not well capitalized must obtain a waiver from the FDIC in order to continue to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Subject to a narrow exception, banking regulators must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. An undercapitalized institution also is generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading an institution to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital. A bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary bank performs under a capital restoration plan, including an obligation to contribute capital to the bank up to the lesser of 5% of an “undercapitalized” subsidiary bank’s assets at the time it became “undercapitalized” or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. The prompt corrective action classification of a bank affects the frequency of regulatory examinations, the bank’s ability to engage in certain activities and the deposit insurance premiums paid by the bank. As of December 31, 2020, TriState Capital Bank met the requirements to be categorized as “well capitalized” based on the aforementioned ratios for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations. Source of Strength Doctrine for Bank Holding Companies Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, TriState Capital Bank. This support may be required at times when we may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans that we make to TriState Capital Bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of TriState Capital Bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of TriState Capital Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. These obligations are in addition to the performance guaranty we must provide in the event that TriState Capital Bank is required to develop a capital restoration plan under prompt corrective action. Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies We must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (1) acquiring more than five percent of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. The Federal Reserve may determine not to approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of 19 trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve also may not approve a transaction in which the resulting institution would hold a share of state or nationwide deposits in excess of certain caps. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial condition and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the community to be served, whether the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system, and the records of a bank holding company and its subsidiary bank(s) in compliance with applicable banking, consumer protection, and anti-money laundering laws. Scope of Permissible Bank Holding Company Activities In general, the Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities permissible for bank holding companies to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incident thereto. A bank holding company may elect to be treated as a financial holding company if it and its depository institution subsidiaries are categorized as “well capitalized” and “well managed.” and if its depository institution subsidiaries have Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) records of at least “satisfactory.” A financial holding company may engage in a range of activities that are (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (2) complementary to a financial activity and which do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments. Expanded financial activities of financial holding companies generally will be regulated according to the type of such financial activity: banking activities by banking regulators, securities activities by securities regulators and insurance activities by insurance regulators. While we may determine in the future to become a financial holding company, we do not have an intention to make that election at this time. The Bank Holding Company Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company. Dividends As a bank holding company, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless: (1) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid during that period) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries; and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Capital Rules impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends, such as limits that come into play when the capital conservation buffer falls below the required ratio. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. A part of our income could be derived from, and a potential material source of our liquidity could be, dividends from TriState Capital Bank. The ability of TriState Capital Bank to pay dividends to us is also restricted by federal and state laws, regulations and policies. Under applicable Pennsylvania law, TriState Capital Bank may only pay cash dividends out of its accumulated net earnings, subject to certain requirements regarding the level of surplus relative to capital. Under federal law, TriState Capital Bank may not pay any dividend to us if the Bank is undercapitalized or the payment of the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. The FDIC may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring TriState Capital Bank to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required for it to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Moreover, if, in the opinion of the FDIC, TriState Capital Bank is engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the FDIC may require, generally after notice and hearing, the Bank to cease such practice. The FDIC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe banking practice. 20 Incentive Compensation Guidance The federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control and governance processes. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, provisions of the Basel III regime described above limit discretionary bonus payments to bank and bank holding company executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are likely to continue evolving. In 2016, the federal banking agencies, together with certain other federal agencies, proposed a regulation to limit certain incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by banks, bank holding companies, and certain other financial institutions. We do not know whether and when the agencies will finalize this regulation, what the final requirements will be, and how a final rule would apply to institutions of our size. Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders Federal law strictly limits the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding companies. Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, impose quantitative limits, qualitative standards, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates, and generally require those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expands the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including an expansion of the covered transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be satisfied. Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. In addition, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. TriState Capital Bank maintains a policy that does not permit loans to employees, including executive officers. FDIC Deposit Insurance Assessments FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC, which fund the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). An institution’s assessment rate is determined by a number of factors and metrics, including the weighted average of the institutions’s CAMELS composite rating, and metrics to measure the institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress, and has different calculation methodologies for banks that are considered “large banks” for regulator examination purposes, which the Bank began implementing in the fourth quarter of 2020. The rate also may be adjusted by the institution’s long-term unsecured debt and its brokered deposits. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. The FDIC has in past years raised assessment rates to increase funding for the Deposit Insurance Fund. All assessment rates may change based on the reserve ratio of the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act changed the way that deposit insurance premiums are calculated, increased the minimum designated reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminated the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. As of September 30, 2020, the DIF’s reserve ratio was 1.30%. Rates may be reduced if this ratio rises above 2.0% or 2.5%. We cannot predict how the reserve ratio may change in the future. Further increases in assessment rates or special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures. Continued action by the FDIC to replenish and increase the Deposit Insurance Fund, as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act, or changes in the assessment calculation methodologies, may result in higher assessment rates, which could reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations, financial condition or future prospects. Branching and Interstate Banking TriState Capital Bank is permitted to establish branch offices within Pennsylvania, subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC. The Bank is also permitted to establish additional offices outside of Pennsylvania, subject to prior regulatory approval. 21 TriState Capital Bank operates four representative offices, with one each located in the states of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York. Because our representative offices are not branches for purposes of applicable state law and FDIC regulations, there are restrictions on the types of activities we may conduct through our representative offices. Relationship managers in our representative offices may solicit loan and deposit products and services in their markets and act as liaisons to our headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. However, consistent with our centralized operations and regulatory requirements, we do not disburse or transmit funds, accept loan repayments or accept or contract for deposits or deposit-type liabilities through our representative offices. Community Reinvestment Act TriState Capital Bank has a responsibility under the CRA, and related FDIC regulations to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low-income and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of TriState Capital Bank, the FDIC is required to assess the Bank’s record of compliance with the CRA. The Bank’s failure to maintain a satisfactory record of CRA performance could result in denial of certain corporate applications, such as for branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its or our activities, including additional financial activities if we elect to be treated as a financial holding company. CRA regulations provide that a financial institution may elect to have its CRA performance evaluated under the strategic plan option. The strategic plan enables the institution to structure its CRA goals and objectives to address the needs of its community consistent with its business strategy, operational focus, capacity and constraints. The Bank has operated under FDIC approved CRA Strategic Plans since January 1, 2013 and has maintained an Outstanding CRA rating since its first examination under a strategic plan in 2015. Financial Privacy The federal banking and securities regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. In addition to applicable federal privacy regulations, TriState Capital Bank is subject to certain state privacy laws. Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, certain financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that are reasonably designed to prevent and detect money laundering and terrorist financing, including enhanced scrutiny of account relationships, and to comply with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the BSA including the requirement to report suspicious activities. The programs are required to include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Law enforcement authorities also have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions to investigate suspected money laundering or terrorist financing. The United States Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) and the federal banking agencies continue to issue regulations and guidance with respect to the application and requirements of the BSA and their expectations for effective anti-money laundering programs. The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, which became law in January 2021, made a number of changes to anti- money laundering laws, including increasing penalties for anti-money laundering violations. The United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) administers laws and Executive Orders that prohibit U.S. entities from engaging in transactions with certain prohibited parties. OFAC publishes lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Generally, if a bank identifies a transaction, account or wire transfer relating to a person or entity on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account or block the transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for bank mergers and acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and comply with OFAC sanctions, or to comply with relevant laws and regulations, could have serious legal, reputational and financial consequences for the institution. 22 Safety and Soundness Standards Federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines that establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. Additionally, the agencies have adopted regulations that provide the authority to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of these safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties. In addition to federal consequences for failure to satisfy applicable safety and soundness standards, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities Code grants the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities the authority to impose a civil money penalty of up to $25,000 per violation against a Pennsylvania financial institution, or any of its officers, employees, directors, or trustees for: (1) violations of any law or department order; (2) engaging in any unsafe or unsound practice; or (3) breaches of a fiduciary duty in conducting the institution’s business. Bank holding companies are also prohibited from engaging in unsound banking practices. For example, the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it concludes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. As another example, a holding company is forbidden from impairing its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve deems it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries that present unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute violations of laws or regulations. In addition to complying with the agencies’ written regulations, standards and guidelines, banks and bank holding companies are regularly examined for safety and soundness by their appropriate federal and state regulators. These examinations are extensive and cover many items, including loan concentrations. At the end of an examination, a bank is assigned ratings for capital, assets, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk as well as on overall composite rating for these elements, commonly referred to as the CAMELS rating. The Federal Reserve makes comparable findings for bank holding companies. These ratings and the reports on which they are based are highly confidential and not available to the public. Consumer Laws and Regulations TriState Capital Bank is subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the Bank. These laws include, among others, laws regarding unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, usury laws, and other federal consumer protection statutes. These federal laws include the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Real Estate Procedures Act of 1974, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among others. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new independent Consumer Finance Protection Bureau, or (“CFPB”) that has broad authority to regulate and supervise retail financial services activities of banks and various non-bank providers. The CFPB has authority to promulgate regulations, issue orders, guidance and policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions with regard to consumer financial products and services. In general, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as TriState Capital Bank, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance by their primary federal bank regulator. Nevertheless, certain regulations and positions established by the CFPB may become applicable to us, and the CFPB may recommend that our primary federal bank regulators take an enforcement action against us. Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies Our commercial banking business and investment management business are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the 23 Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign branches, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates, and asset purchase programs. These policies influence to a significant extent the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits, as well as the performance of our investment management products and services and the interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies or the effect of these policies on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) implemented a broad range of corporate governance, accounting and reporting measures for companies that have securities registered under the Exchange Act, including publicly-held bank holding companies. Specifically, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the various regulations promulgated thereunder, established, among other things: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of the reporting company’s securities by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in the twelve-month period following the initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; (iv) the creation of an independent accounting oversight board; (v) standards for auditors and regulation of audits, including independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (vi) disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and their directors and executive officers, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions and a prohibition on trading during pension blackout periods; (vii) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on non-preferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; and (viii) a range of civil and criminal penalties for fraud and other violations of the securities laws. Asset Management The asset management industry is subject to extensive federal, state and international laws and regulations promulgated by various governments, securities exchanges, central banks and regulatory bodies that are intended to benefit and protect investors in products. In addition, our distribution activities also may be subject to regulation by U.S. federal agencies, self-regulatory organizations and securities commissions in those jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Due to the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject, we must devote substantial time, expense and effort to remaining vigilant about, and addressing, legal and regulatory compliance matters. Existing U.S. Regulation Chartwell is a registered investment adviser regulated by the SEC. Chartwell is also currently subject to regulation by the DOL and other government agencies and regulatory bodies. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers such as Chartwell, including recordkeeping, operational and marketing requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. The Investment Company Act of 1940 imposes stringent governance, compliance, operational, disclosure and related obligations on registered investment companies and their investment advisers and distributors. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, ranging from fines and censure to termination of an investment adviser’s registration. Investment advisers also are subject to certain state securities laws and regulations. Non-compliance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or other federal and state securities laws and regulations could result in investigations, sanctions, disgorgement, fines and reputational damage. Chartwell’s trading and investment activities for client accounts are also regulated under the Exchange Act, and implementing regulations, and the rules of various U.S. exchanges and self-regulatory organizations. These laws, regulations, and rules govern trading on inside information and, market manipulation, and include a broad number of technical requirements and market regulation policies. CTSC, our broker/dealer subsidiary, is subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities business. Much of the regulation of broker/dealers has been delegated to self-regulatory organizations, principally FINRA. These self-regulatory organizations have adopted extensive regulatory requirements relating to matters such as sales practices, compensation and disclosure, and conduct periodic examinations of member broker/dealers in accordance with rules they have adopted and amended from time to time, subject to approval by the SEC. The SEC, self-regulatory organizations and state securities commissions may conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, suspension or expulsion of a broker/dealer, its officers or registered employees. These administrative proceedings, whether or not resulting in adverse findings, can require substantial expenditures and can have an adverse impact on the reputation or business of a broker/dealer. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker/dealers is the protection of clients and the securities markets, rather than protection of creditors and stockholders of the regulated entity. 24 There has been substantial regulatory and legislative activity at federal and state levels regarding standards of care for financial services firms, related to both retirement and taxable accounts. In December 2020, the DOL finalized a new fiduciary regulation that becomes effective in February 2021. A comparable rule issued by the SEC, popularly known as Regulation BI, for best interest, took effect in June 2020. Further actions that the DOL, SEC or other applicable regulatory or legislative bodies take to alter duties to clients may impact our business activities and increase our costs. In addition, Chartwell also may be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and related regulations, particularly insofar as it acts as a “fiduciary” or “investment manager” under ERISA with respect to benefit plan clients. ERISA imposes duties on persons who are fiduciaries of ERISA plan clients, and ERISA and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of ERISA plan and Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) clients and certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and several other related parties) to such clients. Net Capital Requirements CTSC is a non-clearing broker/dealer subsidiary with a primary business of wholesaling and marketing the proprietary investment products and services provided by Chartwell. CTSC is subject to net capital rules imposed by various federal, state, and foreign authorities that mandate that it maintain certain levels of capital. Impact of Current Laws and Regulations The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations, adds significantly to the cost of our operations and may reduce revenue opportunities, and thus has a negative impact on our profitability. There has also been a notable expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the examination, oversight, and other rules and regulations to which we are subject. In this regard these providers may have a competitive advantage over us and may successfully compete against traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general. Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform New statutes, regulations and policies are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any statute, regulation or policy will be proposed or adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new statue or regulation. Future legislation and policies, and the effects of that legislation and those policies, may have a significant influence on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects and the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits. Such legislation and policies have had a significant effect on the operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects of commercial banks and investment management businesses in the past and are expected to continue having such effects. Available Information All of our reports filed electronically with the SEC, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports are accessible at no cost on our website at www.tristatecapitalbank.com under “Who We Are,” “Investor Relations,” “SEC Documents”. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 25 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. There are risks, many beyond our control, that could cause our financial condition or results of operations to differ materially from management’s expectations. Some of the risks that may affect us are described below. If any of the following risks, singly or together with one or more other factors, actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. These risks are not the only risks that we may face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could also be affected by additional risks that apply to all companies operating in the United States, as well as other risks that are not currently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial to our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Further, some statements contained herein constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 4. The risks described below should also be considered together with the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the disclosures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. Risk Factor Summary The risks and uncertainties facing our company include, but are not limited to, the following: Risks Relating to our Business COVID-19 and the impact of actions to mitigate it may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. • • We may not be able to adequately measure and limit our credit risk, which could lead to unexpected losses. • Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases may prove to be insufficient, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and • results of operations. Our business may be adversely affected by competition, changes in interest rates, and conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally, and in the states in which we operate in particular. • Our private banking business could be negatively impacted by rapid volatility or a prolonged downturn in the securities markets. • A downturn in the real estate market, especially in our primary markets, could result in losses and adversely affect our profitability. • Our lending limit may restrict our growth and prevent us from effectively implementing our business strategy. • We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and the loss of the services of any of these individuals could adversely • impact our business and reputation. Our business has grown rapidly, and we may not be able to maintain our historical rate of growth, including by way of strategic investments or acquisitions. Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due. • • We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, we may not be able to maintain regulatory compliance. • Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs or impair our ability to effectively compete for business. • The intention of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, or FCA, to cease support of LIBOR after June 30, 2023 could negatively affect the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, results of operations and net worth. A transition to an alternative reference interest rate could present operational problems and result in market disruption, including inconsistent approaches for different financial products, as well as disagreements with counterparties. • Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business. • Our financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates. • By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to additional credit and market risk in our banking business. • We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, including to monitor the value of and control marketable securities that collateralize our loans, and a failure of these parties to perform for any reason could disrupt our operations. • We could be subject to losses, regulatory action and reputational harm due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, our borrowers, our clients, our employees and our vendors. 26 The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. • • Unauthorized access, cyber-crime and other threats to data security may require significant resources, harm our reputation, and adversely affect our business. • We are subject to laws regarding the privacy, information security and protection of personal information and any violation of these laws or another incident involving personal, confidential or proprietary information of individuals could damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our operations and financial condition. • We have a continuing need for technological change, and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology, or we may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology. • We may take tax filing positions or follow tax strategies that may be subject to challenge. Risks Relating to Regulations • We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and • accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could subject us to regulatory action or penalties. Federal and state bank regulators periodically conduct examinations of our business and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings or be subject to enforcement actions. • Applicable laws and regulations, including capital and liquidity requirements, may restrict our ability to transfer funds from our subsidiaries to us or other subsidiaries. If we grow to over $10 billion in total consolidated assets, we will become subject to increased regulation. • Risks Relating to an Investment in our Common Stock and Preferred Stock • • • Shares of our common stock, preferred stock and underlying depositary shares are not an insured deposit. The market price of our securities may be subject to substantial fluctuations, including as a result of actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our securities in the future, which may make it difficult for us to raise additional capital or for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The rights of holders of our common stock are generally subordinate to the rights of holders of our debt securities and preferred stock and may be subordinate to the rights of holders of any class of preferred stock or any debt securities that we may issue in the future. • Holders of our preferred stock and depositary shares have limited voting rights. • We have not paid dividends on our common stock and are subject to regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. • Our corporate governance documents, and certain applicable federal and Pennsylvania laws, could make a takeover more difficult. • There are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies. Risks Relating to our Business COVID-19 and the impact of actions to mitigate it may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Federal, state and local governments have enacted various restrictions in an attempt to limit the spread of COVID-19, including the declaration of a national emergency; multiple cities’ and states’ declarations of states of emergency; school and business closings; limitations on social or public gatherings and other social distancing measures, such as working remotely, travel restrictions, quarantines and stay at home orders. Such measures have disrupted economic activity and contributed to job losses and reductions in consumer and business spending. In response to the economic and financial effects of COVID-19, the Federal Reserve has sharply reduced interest rates and instituted quantitative easing measures, as well as domestic and global capital market support programs. In addition, the Trump Administration, Congress, various federal agencies and state governments have taken measures to address the economic and social consequences of the pandemic, including the passage of the CARES Act, which, among other things, provides certain measures to support individuals and businesses in maintaining solvency through monetary relief, including in the form of financing, loan forgiveness and automatic forbearance. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, enacted on December 27, 2020, extended some of these relief provisions in certain respects. 27 In addition, the CARES Act and related guidance from the federal banking agencies provide financial institutions the option to temporarily suspend requirements under GAAP related to classification of certain loan modifications as troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs, to account for the current and anticipated effects of COVID-19. The CARES Act, as amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, specified that COVID-19 related loan modifications executed between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of (i) 60 days after the date of termination of the national emergency declared by the President and (ii) January 1, 2022, on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 are not TDRs. Additionally, under guidance from the federal banking agencies, other short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers that were current prior to any relief are not TDRs under ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors.” These modifications include short-term (e.g., up to six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant. Further, our loan portfolio includes loans that are in forbearance but which are not classified as TDRs because they were current at the time forbearance began. When the forbearance periods end, we may be required to classify a portion of these loans as problem loans. The CARES Act included a provision that permits financial institutions to defer temporarily the use of CECL until the earlier of the end of the national emergency declaration related to the COVID-19 crisis or December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 extended the option to delay CECL implementation until January 1, 2022. Additionally, in an action relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the joint federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule effective March 31, 2020, that allows banking organizations that implemented CECL in 2020 to elect to mitigate the effects of the CECL accounting standard on their regulatory capital for two years. This two-year delay is in addition to a three-year transition period that the agencies had already made available in December 2018. The Company temporarily elected to delay the adoption of the CECL standard in accordance with the relief provided under the CARES Act and Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, though it subsequently adopted CECL retroactively to January 1, 2020, and elected to defer the regulatory capital effects of CECL in accordance with the rule promulgated by the banking agencies. As a result, the effects of CECL on the Company's and the Bank’s regulatory capital will be delayed through the year 2021, after which the effects will be phased-in over a three-year period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. See “Recent Accounting Developments.” The CARES Act and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, also include a range of other provisions designed to support the U.S. economy and mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on financial institutions and their customers, including through the authorization of various programs and measures that the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Federal Reserve and other federal agencies may or are required to implement. Among other provisions, sections 4022 and 4023 of the CARES Act provide mortgage loan forbearance relief to certain borrowers experiencing financial hardship during the COVID-19 emergency. Further, in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the Federal Reserve has implemented or announced a number of emergency lending programs and facilities to provide liquidity to various segments of the U.S. economy and financial markets. Many of these facilities expired on December 31, 2020, or were extended for brief periods into 2021. The expiration of these facilities could have an adverse effect on the U.S. economy and ultimately on our business. Moreover, if federal stimulus measures and emergency lending programs and liquidity facilities are not effective in mitigating the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic, credit issues for our loan customers may be severe and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition more substantially over a longer period of time. Additionally, TriState Capital Bank is a participating lender in one of the Federal Reserve’s emergency lending programs, the Main Street Lending Program, which the Federal Reserve established to support lending to small- and medium-sized businesses and nonprofit organizations that were in sound financial condition before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Bank’s participation in this program could subject us to increased governmental and regulatory scrutiny, negative publicity or increased exposure to litigation, which could increase our operational, legal and compliance costs and damage our reputation. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, all of the federal banking regulatory agencies have encouraged lenders to extend additional loans, and the federal government is considering additional stimulus and support legislation focused on providing aid to various sectors, including small businesses. The full impact on our business activities as a result of new government and regulatory policies, programs and guidelines, as well as regulators’ reactions to such activities, remains uncertain. The economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have had a destabilizing effect on financial markets, key market indices and overall economic activity. The uncertainty regarding the duration of the pandemic and the resulting economic disruption has caused increased market volatility and has led to an economic recession (including due to uncertainty regarding the impacts of a resurgence of COVID-19 infections, as well as a significant decrease in consumer confidence and business generally). The continuation of these conditions, the impacts of the CARES Act, and other federal and state measures, specifically with respect to loan forbearances, has adversely impacted our businesses and results of operations and the business and operations of at least some of our borrowers, customers and business partners, and these impacts may be material. In particular, these events have had, or may have, the following effects, among other things: 28 • • • • • • • • • • • • impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or other obligations, resulting in increases in delinquencies; impair the value of collateral securing loans; impair the value of our securities portfolio; require an increase in our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases (ACL); adversely affect the stability of our deposit base, or otherwise impair our liquidity; reduce our asset management revenues and the demand for our products and services; impair the ability of loan guarantors to honor commitments; negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios; result in increased compliance risk as we become subject to new regulatory and other requirements associated with any new programs in which we participate; negatively impact the productivity and availability of key personnel and other employees necessary to conduct our business, and of third-party service providers who perform critical services for us, or otherwise cause operational failures due to changes in our normal business practices necessitated by the outbreak and related governmental actions; increase cyber and payment fraud risk, and other operational risks, given increased online and remote activity; and negatively impact revenue and income. Prolonged measures by health or other governmental authorities encouraging or requiring significant restrictions on travel, assembly or other core business practices could further harm our business and those of our customers, in particular our middle market business customers. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, there is no assurance that they will continue to be effective. The ultimate impact of these factors is highly uncertain at this time and we do not yet know the full extent of the impacts on our business, our operations or the national or global economies, nor the pace of the economic recovery when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. The decline in economic conditions generally and a prolonged negative impact on middle market businesses, in particular, due to COVID-19 are likely to result in a material adverse effect to our business, financial condition and results of operations in future periods. In addition, to the extent COVID-19 adversely affects our business, financial condition and results of operations, and global economic conditions more generally, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section. We may not be able to adequately measure and limit our credit risk, which could lead to unexpected losses. Our business depends on our ability to successfully measure and manage credit risk and maintain disciplined and prudent underwriting standards. The business of lending is inherently risky, and includes the risk that the principal or interest on any loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting the loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. In addition, we are exposed to risks with respect to the period of time over which loans may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual loans and borrowers. The creditworthiness of a borrower is affected by many factors, including local market conditions and general economic conditions, and many of our loans are made to middle-market businesses that may be less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval, review and administrative practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of our loan portfolio, which may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs, and may require us to significantly increase our ACL, each of which could adversely affect our net income. In addition, the weakening of our underwriting standards for any reason, such as to seek higher yielding loans, or a lack of discipline or diligence by our employees, may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs or an increase in ACL, any of which could adversely affect our net income. As a result, our inability to successfully manage credit risk and our underwriting standards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases may prove to be insufficient, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our experience in the banking industry indicates that some portion of our loans will not be fully repaid in a timely manner or at all. Accordingly, we maintain an ACL that represents management’s judgment of probable losses in our loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of historical losses in our portfolio and general economic conditions, among other factors. The determination of the ACL is inherently subjective and requires us to make significant assumptions, which may change or be incorrect. Inaccurate assumptions, deterioration of economic conditions, new information, the identification of additional 29 problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our ACL. In addition, our regulators, as an integral part of their periodic examination, review the adequacy of our ACL and may direct us to make additions to it. Further, if actual charge-offs in future periods exceed the amounts allocated to the ACL, we may need additional provision for loan losses to restore the adequacy of our ACL. While we believe that our ACL was adequate at December 31, 2020, there is no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover future loan losses, especially if there is a significant deterioration in economic conditions. If we are required to materially increase our level of ACL for any reason, such increase could materially decrease our net income and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. A material portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans secured by general business assets, the deterioration in value of which could expose us to credit losses. Historically, a material portion of our loans held-for-investment have been comprised of commercial loans to businesses collateralized by business assets including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, cash value life insurance and owner-occupied real estate. These commercial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individuals and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a single loan basis. Additionally, the repayment of commercial loans is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. The collateral securing such loans generally includes movable property, such as equipment and inventory, which may decline in value more rapidly than we anticipate, exposing us to increased credit risk. In addition, a portion of our customer base may be exposed to volatile businesses or industries which are sensitive to commodity prices or market fluctuations, such as energy prices. Accordingly, negative changes in commodity prices, real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of the collateral securing these loans. Historically, losses in our commercial credits have been higher than losses in other segments of our loan portfolio. Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in values and collectability resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to credit losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs related to our commercial and industrial loan portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. As of December 31, 2020, we had commercial and industrial loans outstanding of $1.27 billion, or 15.5% of our loans held-for- investment, and owner-occupied commercial real estate loans outstanding of $470.2 million, or 5.7% of our loans held-for-investment. Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally, and in the states in which we operate in particular. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, and our market areas, specifically, experiences material disruption, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, the collateral we hold may decrease in value or become illiquid, and the level of non-performing loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require significant additional provisions for credit losses. Many of our customers are commercial enterprises whose business and financial condition are sensitive to changes in the general economy of the United States. Our businesses and operations are, in turn, sensitive to these same general economic conditions. If the United States experiences a deterioration or other significant volatility in economic conditions, our growth and profitability could be constrained. In addition, any future downgrade of the credit rating of the United States, failures to raise the U.S. statutory debt limit, or deterioration in the fiscal outlook of the United States federal government, could, among other things, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we may hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. In addition, any resulting decline in the financial markets could affect the value of marketable securities that serve as collateral for our loans and the ability of our customers to repay loans. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including uncertainty over the stability of the euro currency and the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union, as well as concerns regarding terrorism and potential hostilities with various countries, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could negatively affect U.S. economic conditions. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and future prospects. Our commercial banking operations are concentrated in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York and Ohio. As a result, our business is affected by changes in the economic conditions of those states and the regions of which they are a part. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets, and we are vulnerable to a downturn in the local economies in these areas. For example, low energy prices have adversely impacted and may continue to adversely impact the economies of Western Pennsylvania and Northeastern Ohio, two of our significant commercial banking markets, which have industries focused on shale gas exploration and shale gas production. Although we do not make loans to companies directly engaged in oil and gas production, adverse conditions that affect these market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans, affect the value of collateral underlying loans, impact our ability to attract deposits and generally affect our business and financial condition. Because of our geographic concentration, we may be less able than other financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets. 30 Weak economic conditions can be characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, lack of liquidity and depressed prices in the secondary market for loans, increased delinquencies on loans, real estate price declines, and lower commercial activity. All of these factors can be detrimental to the business and/or financial position of our customers and their ability to repay loans as well as the value of the collateral supporting our loans, which could adversely impact demand for our credit products as well as our credit quality. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio exposes us to credit risks that may be greater than the risks related to other types of loans. Our loan portfolio includes non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties, as well as real estate construction and development loans. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding loans secured by non-owner- occupied commercial properties of $1.93 billion, or 23%, of our loans held-for-investment. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the secured property. These loans typically expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by other types of collateral due to a number of factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the difficulty of liquidating the collateral securing these loans and the relatively larger loan balances compared to single borrowers. In addition, the amount we may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, economic conditions, environmental cleanup liabilities, assessments, interest rates, real estate tax rates, operating expenses of the mortgaged property, occupancy rates, zoning laws, regulatory rules, and natural disasters. Accordingly, charge-offs on non-owner- occupied commercial real estate loans may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with residential or consumer loan portfolios. An unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio or the inability of only a few of our largest borrowers to repay their loan obligations could result in us increasing our ACL, which would reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and future prospects. Our private banking business could be negatively impacted by rapid volatility or a prolonged downturn in the securities markets. Marketable-securities-backed private banking loans represent a material portion of our business and constitute the fastest growing portion of our loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding marketable-securities-backed private banking loans of $4.74 billion, or 57.5% of our loans held-for-investment. We expect to continue to increase the percentage of our loan portfolio represented by marketable-securities-backed private banking loans in the future. A sharp or prolonged decline in the value of the collateral that secures these loans could materially adversely affect the growth prospects and loan performance in this segment of our loan portfolio and, as a result, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. A downturn in the real estate market, especially in our primary markets, could result in losses and adversely affect our profitability. A material portion of our loans are secured by real estate as a primary component of collateral. Real estate collateral provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value. A general decline in real estate values, particularly in our primary markets, could impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon any foreclosure, which would likely require us to increase our ACL. In addition, we could be subject to costly environmental liabilities with respect to foreclosed properties. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, the amount we receive upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover the outstanding principal and interest on the loan. If we are required to re-value the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values or to increase our ACL, our profitability could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our lending limit may restrict our growth and prevent us from effectively implementing our business strategy. We are limited in the amount we can lend to a single borrower by the amount of our capital. Generally, under current law, we may lend up to 15.0% of our unimpaired capital and surplus to any one borrower. We have established an internal lending limit that is significantly lower than our legal lending limit and, based upon our current capital levels, the amount we may lend is significantly less than that of many of our competitors and may discourage potential borrowers who have credit needs in excess of our lending limit from doing business with us. We accommodate larger loans by selling participations in those loans to other financial institutions, but this strategy may not always be available. If we are unable to compete effectively for loans, we may not be able to effectively implement our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. 31 We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and the loss of the services of any of these individuals could adversely impact our business and reputation. Our success depends in large part on the performance of our key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. We currently do not have any employment or non-compete agreements with any of our executive officers or key employees other than certain non-solicitation and restrictive agreements from certain key employees in connection with our investment management business. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, and the loss of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our markets, relationships, industry experience and the difficulty of finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our business has grown rapidly, and we may not be able to maintain our historical rate of growth. Our business has grown rapidly. Although rapid business growth can be a favorable business condition, financial institutions that grow rapidly can experience significant difficulties as a result of rapid growth. Successful growth in our banking business requires that we follow adequate loan underwriting standards, balance loan and deposit growth while managing interest rate risk and our net interest margin, maintain adequate capital at all times, produce investment performance results competitive with our peers and benchmarks, further diversify our revenue sources, meet the expectations of our clients, and hire and retain qualified employees. We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or continue to grow our business at all. Because of factors such as the uncertainty in the general economy and the recent government intervention in the credit markets, it may be difficult for us to repeat our historic earnings growth as we continue to expand. Failure to grow or failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and future prospects, and could adversely affect the implementation our business strategy. Our utilization of brokered deposits could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations. Since our inception, we have utilized both brokered and non-brokered deposits as a source of funds to support our growing loan demand and other liquidity needs. As a bank regulatory supervisory matter, reliance upon brokered deposits as a significant source of funding is discouraged. Brokered deposits may not be as stable as other types of deposits and, in the future, those depositors may not renew their deposits, or we may have to pay a higher interest rate to keep those deposits or replace them with other deposits or with funds from other sources. Additionally, if TriState Capital Bank ceases to be categorized as “well capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes, it will not be able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. Our inability to maintain or replace these brokered deposits as they mature could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations. Further, paying higher interest rates to maintain or replace these deposits could adversely affect our net interest margin, net income and financial condition. Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due. Our ability to implement our business strategy will depend on our liquidity and ability to obtain funding for loan originations, working capital and other general purposes. Our preferred source of funds for our banking business consists of core customer deposits; however, we rely on other sources such as brokered deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, advances. In addition to our competition with other banks for deposits, such account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return trade off. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we may increase our utilization of brokered deposits, FHLB advances and other wholesale funding sources necessary to fund desired growth levels. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities and other sources of liquidity, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our banking operations. Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to fund new loan balances, invest in securities, meet our expenses or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, we may not be able to maintain regulatory compliance. We face significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, which could include 32 the financing of acquisitions. In addition, we, on a consolidated basis, and TriState Capital Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity required by regulators. Regulatory capital requirements could increase from current levels or our regulators could ask us to maintain capital levels that are in excess of such requirements, which could require us to raise additional capital or reduce our operations. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, as well as on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, we could be subject to enforcement actions or other regulatory consequences, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs or impair our ability to effectively compete for business. Credit ratings or changes in ratings policies and practices are subject to change at any time, and it is possible that any rating agency will take action to downgrade us in the future. We have used and may in the future use debt as a funding source. One or more rating agencies regularly evaluate us and their ratings of our long- term debt are based on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix and level and quality of earnings, and we may not be able to maintain our current credit ratings. Any future decrease in our credit ratings by one or more rating agencies could impact our access to the capital markets or short-term funding or increase our financing costs, and thereby adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In the event of a ratings downgrade, our clients and counterparties may terminate their relationships with us, be less likely to engage in transactions with us, or only engage in transactions with us on terms that are less favorable than those currently in place. We cannot predict whether client relationships or opportunities for future relationships could be adversely affected by clients who choose to do business with a higher-rated institution. The inability to maintain our credit ratings have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects. Changes in interest rates could negatively impact the profitability of our banking business. Our profitability depends to a significant extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by changes in market interest rates because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest- bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies including, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could not only influence the interest we receive on loans and securities and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and the average duration of our assets. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore our net income, could be adversely affected. Our loans are predominantly variable rate loans, with the majority being based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR. A decline in interest rates could cause the spread between our loan yields and our deposit rates paid to compress our net interest margin and our net income could be adversely affected. Further, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. In addition, an increase in interest rates could also have a negative impact on our results of operations by reducing the market value of our investment securities and the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations. These circumstances could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and charge- offs, but also necessitate increases to our ALL. Each of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects. The intention of the United Kingdom’s FCA to cease support of LIBOR after June 30, 2023 could negatively affect the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, results of operations and net worth. A transition to an alternative reference interest rate could present operational problems and result in market disruption, including inconsistent approaches for different financial products, as well as disagreements with counterparties. The FCA has announced its intention to cease publication of certain tenors of LIBOR at the end of 2021 and to extend the publication of certain tenors of LIBOR through June 30, 2023, but the Federal Reserve has continued to encourage banks to transition away from 33 LIBOR as soon as practicable. Although we expect that the capital and debt markets will cease to use LIBOR as a benchmark in the near future, we cannot predict when LIBOR will actually cease to be available, whether the Secured Overnight Funding Rate, or SOFR, will become the market benchmark in its place or what impact such a transition may have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The selection of SOFR as the alternative reference rate for these products currently presents certain market concerns because SOFR (unlike LIBOR) does not have an inherent term structure or credit risk component. A methodology has been developed to calculate SOFR-based term rates, and the Federal Reserve has published such rates daily since early 2020. However, the methodology has not been tested for an extended period of time, which may limit market acceptance of the use of SOFR. In addition, SOFR may not be a suitable alternative to LIBOR for all of our financial products, and it is uncertain what other rates might be appropriate for that purpose. It is uncertain whether these other indices will remain acceptable alternatives for such products. The replacement of LIBOR also may result in economic mismatches between different categories of instruments that now consistently rely on the LIBOR benchmark. We have a significant number of financial products, including mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities, other debt securities and derivatives, that are tied to LIBOR, and we continue to enter into transactions involving such products that will mature beyond 2021 with appropriate fallback transition language for an alternative reference rate. Inconsistent approaches to a transition from LIBOR to an alternative rate among different market participants and for different financial products may cause market disruption and operational problems, which could adversely affect us, including by exposing us to increased basis risk and resulting costs in connection with remediating these problems, and by creating the possibility of disagreements with counterparties. Our investment management business may be negatively impacted by competition, changes in economic and market conditions, changes in interest rates and investment performance. A material portion of our earnings is derived from Chartwell, our investment management business. Chartwell may be negatively impacted by competition, changes in economic and market conditions, changes in interest rates and investment performance. The investment management business is intensely competitive. There are over 1,000 firms which we consider to be primary competitors. In addition to competition from other institutional investment management firms, Chartwell competes with passive index funds, ETFs and investment alternatives such as hedge funds. Many competitors offer similar products to those offered by Chartwell and the performance of competitors’ products could lead to a loss of investment in similar Chartwell products, regardless of the performance of such products. Our investment management contracts are typically terminable in nature and our ability to successfully attract and retain investment management clients will depend on, among other things, our ability to compete with our competitors’ investment products, our investment performance, fees, client services, marketing and distribution capabilities. Most of our clients may withdraw funds from under our management at their discretion at any time for any reason, including as a result of competition or poor performance of our products. If we cannot effectively attract and retain customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects may be adversely affected. Additionally, it is possible our management fees could be reduced for a variety of reasons, including, among other things, pressure resulting from competition or regulatory changes, and we may from time to time reduce or waive investment management fees, or limit total expenses, on certain products or services offered for particular time periods to manage fund expenses, to help retain or increase managed assets or for other reasons. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income from our investment management business would be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We cannot guarantee that our investment performance will be favorable in the future. The financial markets and businesses operating in the securities industry are highly volatile and affected by, among other factors, economic conditions and trends in business, all of which are beyond our control. Declines in the financial markets, changes in interest rates or a lack of sustained growth may result in declines in the performance of our investment management business and the assets under management. Because the revenues of our investment management business are, to a large extent, comprised of fees based on assets under management, such declines could adversely affect our business. We face significant competitive pressures that could impair our growth, decrease our profitability or reduce our market share. We operate in the highly competitive financial services industry and face significant competition for customers from bank and non-bank competitors, particularly regional and nationwide institutions, in originating loans, attracting deposits, providing financial management products and services, and providing other financial services. Our competitors are generally larger and may have significantly more resources, greater name recognition, and more extensive and established branch networks or geographic footprints. Because of their scale, many of these competitors can be more aggressive than we can be on loan, deposit and financial services 34 pricing. In addition, many of our non-bank and non-institutional financial management competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. We expect competition to continue to intensify due to financial institution consolidation; legislative, regulatory and technological changes; and the emergence of alternative banking sources and investment management products and services. Additionally, technology has lowered barriers to entry. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to build and maintain long-term customer relationships while ensuring high ethical standards and safe and sound business practices; the scope, relevance, performance and pricing of products and services that we offer; customer satisfaction with our products and services; industry and general economic trends; and our ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology. Increased competition could require us to increase the rates we pay on deposits or lower the rates we offer on loans or the fees we charge on banking or investment management products and services, all of which could reduce our profitability. Our failure to compete effectively in our primary markets could cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business. Our business plan emphasizes building and maintaining strong relationships with our clients. We have benefited from strong relationships with and among our customers, and also from our relationships with financial intermediaries. As a result, our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our existing relationships may be damaged. We could lose some of our existing customers, including groups of large customers who have relationships with each other, and we may not be successful in attracting new customers from competing financial institutions. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect to the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is other-than-temporary often requires complex, subjective judgments about whether there has been a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, whether management has the intent or ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security, and other relevant factors which may be inaccurate. Our financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates. Our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and with general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that have a possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. For example, effective January 1, 2020, TriState Capital Bank adopted new accounting guidance for estimating credit losses on loans receivable, held-to-maturity debt securities, and unfunded loan commitments. The current expected credit losses, or CECL, model significantly changed how entities recognize impairment of many financial assets by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses that occur over the life of the financial asset. This requires reserves over the life of the loan rather than the loss emergence period used in the prior model. The CECL guidance requires the implementation of new modeling to quantify this estimate by using principles of not only relevant historical experience and current conditions, but also reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and circumstances, thus incorporating a broad range of estimates and assumptions in developing credit loss estimates, which could result in significant changes to both the timing and amount of credit loss expense and allowance. Adoption of, and efforts to implement, this guidance has caused and may cause our ACL to change materially in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Since inception, our company has very limited loss experience. As a result, our implementation of CECL utilizes a combination of internal and external data to estimate lifetime loss rates. The availability and quality of relevant historical information under this estimation process, the accuracy of forecasts that are required under the CECL methodology, and the development of effective modeling to implement the CECL methodology can have material impacts on current and future provision reserve requirements. 35 By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to additional credit and market risk in our banking business. We use interest rate swaps to help manage interest rate risk in our banking business with respect to recorded financial assets and liabilities when they can be demonstrated to effectively hedge a designated asset or liability and the asset or liability exposes us to interest rate risk or risks inherent in customer related derivatives. We use other derivative financial instruments to help manage other economic risks, such as liquidity and credit risk and differences in the amount, timing, and duration of our known or expected cash receipts principally related to certain of our fixed-rate loan assets or certain of our variable-rate borrowings. We also have derivatives that result from a service we provide to certain qualifying customers approved through our credit process. By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to credit and market risk. Hedging interest rate risk is a complex process, requiring sophisticated models and routine monitoring, and is not a perfect science. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in value. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation will generally be offset by income or loss on the derivative instruments. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk exists to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative. Market risk exists to the extent that interest rates change in ways that are significantly different from what we expected when we entered into the derivative transaction. The existence of credit and market risk associated with our derivative instruments could adversely affect our net interest income and, therefore, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We may be adversely affected by a decrease in the soundness of other financial services companies. Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial services companies. The financial services industry is highly interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, servicing, custody arrangements, counterparty and other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, including through transactions with counterparties and intermediaries in the financial services industry such as brokers and dealers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds and other institutional clients. In addition, we participate in loans originated by other financial institutions (including shared national credits) and our private banking channel relies on relationships with other financial services companies for referrals. As a result, declines in the financial condition of, defaults of, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial service companies or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity, asset quality or other problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. In addition, problems that arise in our relationships with financial services companies may result in a slow- down or cessation in referrals that we receive from these financial services companies. These problems, losses or defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, including to monitor the value of and control marketable securities that collateralize our loans, and a failure of these parties to perform for any reason could disrupt our operations. Third parties provide key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and account servicing, data processing, internet connections, network access, core application processing, statement production and account analysis. Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. In addition, we utilize the systems of these third parties to provide information to us so that we can quickly and accurately monitor changes in the value of marketable securities that serve as collateral. We also rely on these third parties to provide control over marketable securities for purposes of perfecting our security interests and retaining the collateral in the applicable accounts. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions or impaired performance of our systems and technology due to malfunctions, programming inaccuracies or other circumstances or events. Replacing vendors or addressing other issues with our third-party service providers could entail significant delay and expense. If we are unable to efficiently replace ineffective service providers, or if we experience a significant, sustained or repeated system failure or service denial, it could compromise our ability to effectively operate, assess and react to a risk in our loan portfolio, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business or financial damages from customer businesses, and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We could be subject to losses, regulatory action and reputational harm due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, our borrowers, our clients, our employees and our vendors. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements, property appraisals, title information, income 36 documentation, account information and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of such information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. Any such misrepresentation or incorrect or incomplete information may not be detected prior to funding a loan or during our ongoing monitoring of outstanding loans. In addition, one or more of our employees or vendors could cause a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or fraud. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our growth and expansion strategy may involve strategic investments or acquisitions, and we may not be able to overcome risks associated with such transactions. Although we plan to continue to grow our business organically, we may seek opportunities to invest in or acquire investment management businesses or other businesses that we believe would complement our existing business model. Any potential future investment or acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including significant time and expense required to identify, evaluate and negotiate potential transactions; an inability to attract acceptable funding; failure to secure regulatory approvals or to secure those approvals on favorable terms; the limited experience of our management team in working together on acquisitions and integration activities; the time, expense and difficulty of integrating the combined businesses; an inability to realize expected synergies or returns on investment; potential disruption of our ongoing business; an inability to maintain adequate regulatory capital; and a loss of key employees or key customers. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy and enhance shareholder value, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. New lines of business or new or enhanced products and services may subject us to additional risks. From time to time, we may develop, grow or acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing, implementing and marketing new lines of business or new or enhanced products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business or new or enhanced product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. In our prior asset management acquisitions, we have generally recognized intangible assets, including customer relationship intangible assets and goodwill, in our consolidated statements of financial condition, but we may not realize the value of these assets. Management performs an annual review of the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and periodically reviews the carrying values of all other intangible assets to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that an impairment in value may have occurred. Although we have determined that goodwill and other intangible assets were not impaired during 2020, a significant and sustained decline in assets under management in our investment management business, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. Should a review indicate impairment, a write-down of the carrying value of the asset would occur, resulting in a non-cash charge which could result in a material charge to earnings and would adversely affect our results of operations. Unauthorized access, cyber-crime and other threats to data security may require significant resources, harm our reputation, and adversely affect our business. We necessarily collect, use and hold personal and financial information concerning individuals and businesses with which we have a relationship. In addition, we provide our clients with the ability to bank and make investment decisions remotely, including over the internet. Threats to data security, including unauthorized access and cyber-attacks, rapidly emerge and change, exposing us to additional costs related to protection or remediation and competing time constraints to secure our data in accordance with customer expectations, statutory and regulatory privacy regulations, and other requirements. It is difficult or impossible to defend against every risk being posed by changing technologies, as well as the intent of criminals, terrorists or foreign governments or their agents with respect to committing cyber-crime. Because of the increasing sophistication of cyber-criminals and terrorists, data breaches could result despite our best efforts. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our internet-based product offerings and expand our internal use of web-based products and applications, and controls employed by our information technology department and our other employees and vendors could prove inadequate to resolve or mitigate these risks. 37 We could also experience a breach due to intentional or negligent conduct on the part of employees, vendors or other internal sources, software bugs or other technical malfunctions, or other causes. As a result of any of these threats, our customer accounts and the personal and financial information of our customers and employees may become vulnerable to account takeover schemes, identity theft or cyber-fraud. In addition, our customers use their own electronic devices to do business with us and may provide their information to a third party in connection with obtaining services from such third party. Our ability to assure security is limited in these instances. Our systems and those of our third-party vendors may also become vulnerable to damage or disruption due to circumstances beyond our or their control, such as catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, natural disasters, network failures, viruses and malware. A breach of our security or the security of any of our third-party vendors that results in unauthorized access to our data, including personal and financial information of our customers, could expose us to a disruption or challenges relating to our daily operations as well as to data loss, litigation, damages, fines and penalties, significant increases in compliance costs, regulatory scrutiny and reputational damage. Maintaining our security measures may also create risks associated with implementing and integrating new systems. In addition, our investment management business could be harmed by cyber incidents affecting issuers in which its customers’ assets are invested, and our private banking business could be harmed by such incidents. Any such breaches of security or cyber-incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Beyond breaches of our security or the security of our third-party vendors or their affiliates, as a result of financial entities and technology systems becoming more interdependent and complex, a cyber-incident, information breach or loss, or technology failure that compromises the systems or data of one or more financial entities could have a material impact on counterparties or other market participants, including us. We have taken measures to implement backup systems and other safeguards to support our operations, but our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by any significant disruptions to us or to third parties with whom we interact. We are subject to laws regarding the privacy, information security and protection of personal information and any violation of these laws or another incident involving personal, confidential or proprietary information of individuals could damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our operations and financial condition. Our business requires the collection and retention of large volumes of customer data, including personally identifiable information, in various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third-party service providers. We also maintain important internal company data such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information relating to our operations. We are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing the privacy and protection of personal information of individuals (including customers, employees, suppliers and other third parties). Various state and federal banking regulators and other law enforcement bodies have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in the event of a security breach. Ensuring that our collection, use, transfer and storage of personal information comply with all applicable laws and regulations may increase our costs. Furthermore, we may not be able to ensure that all of our clients, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information that they exchange with us. If personal, confidential or proprietary information of our customers or others were to be mishandled or misused, we could be exposed to litigation or regulatory sanctions under personal information laws and regulations. Concerns regarding the effectiveness of our measures to safeguard personal information, or even the perception that such measures are inadequate, could cause us to lose customers or potential customers and thereby reduce our revenues. Accordingly, any failure or perceived failure to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject us to inquiries, examinations and investigations that could result in requirements to modify or cease certain operations or practices or in significant liabilities, fines or penalties, and could damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We have a continuing need for technological change, and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology, or we may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Although we are committed to keeping pace with technological advances and to investing in new technology, our competitors may, through the use of new technologies that we have not implemented, whether due to cost or otherwise, be able to offer additional or superior products, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. We also may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services, be successful in marketing such products and services or replace technologies that are out of date with new technologies, which could result in a loss of customers seeking new technology-driven products and services. In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and 38 integrate new ones may cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays, may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws, and may cause us to incur additional expenses, which may be substantial. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and avoid interruptions, errors and delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We may take tax filing positions or follow tax strategies that may be subject to challenge. The amount of income taxes that we are required to pay on our earnings is based on federal and state legislation and regulations. We provide for current and deferred taxes in our financial statements based on our results of operations, business activity, legal structure and interpretation of tax statutes. We may take filing positions or follow tax strategies that are subject to audit and may be subject to challenge. Our net income may be reduced if a federal, state or local authority assesses charges for taxes that have not been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. Taxing authorities could change applicable tax laws, challenge filing positions or assess taxes and interest charges. If taxing authorities take any of these actions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Risks Relating to Regulations We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could subject us to regulatory action or penalties. Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that governs almost all aspects of our operations. As a registered bank holding company, we are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. As a commercial bank chartered under the laws of Pennsylvania, TriState Capital Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, or PDBS, and the FDIC. Our investment management business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States. Chartwell and Chartwell TSC are subject to federal securities laws, principally the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other regulations promulgated by various regulatory authorities, including the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., stock exchanges, and applicable state laws. Our investment management business also may be subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the National Futures Association. Our investment management business also is affected by various regulations governing banks and other financial institutions. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or regulatory policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil monetary penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. The banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including with respect to unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law. See “Federal and state bank regulators periodically conduct examinations of our business and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings or be subject to enforcement actions.” In addition to the safety and soundness focus, there are significant banking regulations relating to other aspects of our business, including borrower protection and community development. With respect to our community development obligations under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, we have an approved CRA strategic plan for the years 2021 through 2023. While we currently believe we will succeed in obtaining approval from the FDIC for our CRA strategic plan commencing in 2024, we cannot guarantee that we will obtain such an approval, in which case we would be subject to the CRA for traditional large banks, which could have material adverse effects on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects. For additional information, see “Supervision and Regulation-Community Reinvestment Act.” Another significant banking regulation applicable to us is the Dodd-Frank Act, which comprehensively reformed the regulation of financial institutions, products and services. The Dodd-Frank Act required various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. While a significant number of regulations have already been promulgated to implement the Dodd-Frank Act, the regulatory agencies may revise certain of these regulations that have been promulgated. We may be forced to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes related to the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Compliance with the myriad laws and regulations applicable to our organization can be difficult and costly. In addition, these laws, regulations and policies are subject to continual review by governmental authorities, and changes to these laws, regulations and policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of these laws, regulations and policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and impose additional compliance costs. Further, any new laws, regulations or policies, could make compliance more difficult or expensive. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations and policies, even if the failure follows good 39 faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Federal and state bank regulators periodically conduct examinations of our business and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings or be subject to enforcement actions. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the PDBS periodically conduct examinations of our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a bank regulatory agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we or TriState Capital Bank were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against us, TriState Capital Bank or our respective officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate TriState Capital Bank’s charter or deposit insurance and place the Bank into receivership or conservatorship. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business. The Bank’s FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments may increase. The deposits of TriState Capital Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject the Bank to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums as determined by multiplying an insured bank’s assessment base by its assessment rate. A bank’s deposit insurance assessment base is generally equal to its total assets minus its average tangible equity during the assessment period. The Bank’s regular assessments are determined within a range of base assessment rates based in part on the Bank’s CAMELS composite rating, taking into account other factors and adjustments. The CAMELS rating system is a supervisory rating system developed to classify a bank’s overall condition by taking into account capital adequacy, assets, management capability, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market and interest rate risk. Moreover, the FDIC has the unilateral authority to change deposit insurance assessment rates and the manner in which deposit insurance is calculated, and also to charge special assessments to FDIC-insured institutions. High levels of bank failures since 2007 and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased costs to the FDIC to resolve bank failures and have put significant pressure on the Deposit Insurance Fund. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC increased deposit insurance assessment rates and charged a special assessment to all FDIC-insured financial institutions. Further increases in assessment rates or special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures. If the Bank exceeds $10 billion in total assets for four consecutive quarters, it will become subject to the FDIC’s large bank pricing methodology, which may result in the Bank paying different, and potentially higher, deposit assessment rates. We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Federal Trade Commission Act prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices, and the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices by financial institutions. The CFPB, the Department of Justice and other federal and state banking agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Smaller banks, including the Bank, are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking agencies for compliance with federal consumer protection laws and regulations. Accordingly, CFPB rulemaking has the potential to have a significant impact on the operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Bank. Additionally, banking organizations with $10 billion or more in assets are subject to examination and supervision by the CFPB. See “If we grow to over $10 billion in total consolidated assets, we will become subject to increased regulation.” A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private litigation, including through class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We face a risk of noncompliance with and enforcement action under the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other federal and state laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports when appropriate. In addition to other bank regulatory agencies, the federal Financial Crimes Enforcement 40 Network of the U.S. Department of the Treasury is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with state and federal banking regulators, as well as the Department of Justice, the CFPB, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, and the Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by OFAC regarding, among other things, the prohibition of transacting business with, and the need to freeze assets of, certain persons and organizations identified as a threat to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the United States. To comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in these areas, we have dedicated significant resources to our anti-money laundering program and OFAC compliance. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, and an inability to obtain regulatory approvals for any acquisitions we desire to make. We could also incur increased costs and expenses to improve our anti-money laundering procedures and systems to comply with any regulatory requirements or actions. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We are a holding company and we depend upon our subsidiaries for liquidity. Applicable laws and regulations, including capital and liquidity requirements, may restrict our ability to transfer funds from our subsidiaries to us or other subsidiaries. TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., as the parent company, is a separate and distinct legal entity from our banking and nonbank subsidiaries. We evaluate and manage liquidity on a legal entity basis. Legal entity liquidity is an important consideration as there are legal and other limitations on our ability to utilize liquidity from one legal entity to satisfy the liquidity requirements of another, including the parent company. For instance, the parent company depends on distributions and other payments from our banking and nonbank subsidiaries to fund all payments on our other obligations, including debt obligations. Our bank and investment management subsidiaries are subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to prohibit or limit the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to the parent company or other subsidiaries. In addition, our bank and investment management subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to lend to or transact with affiliates and to minimum regulatory capital and liquidity requirements, as well as restrictions on their ability to use funds deposited with them in bank or brokerage accounts to fund their businesses. These limitations may hinder our ability to implement our business strategy which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. If we grow to over $10 billion in total consolidated assets, we will become subject to increased regulation. Federal law imposes heightened requirements on bank holding companies and depository institutions that exceed $10 billion in total consolidated assets. An insured depository institution with $10 billion or more in total assets is subject to supervision, examination, and enforcement with respect to consumer protection laws by the CFPB. Under its current policies, the CFPB will assert jurisdiction in the first quarter after the insured depository institution’s call reports show total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more for four consecutive quarters. Additionally, other regulatory requirements apply to insured depository institution holding companies and insured depository institutions with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets, including the restrictions on proprietary trading and investment and sponsorship in hedge funds and private equity funds known as the Volcker Rule. Further, deposit insurance assessment rates are calculated differently, and may be higher, for insured depository institutions with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets. Risks Relating to an Investment in our Common Stock and Preferred Stock Shares of our common stock, preferred stock and underlying depositary shares are not an insured deposit. Shares of our common stock, preferred stock and underlying depositary shares are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. An investment in our common stock, preferred stock or underlying depositary shares has risks, and you may lose your entire investment. An active, liquid market for our securities may not be sustained. Our common stock and depositary shares underlying our 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and our 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par value (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) are listed on Nasdaq, but we may be unable to meet continued listing standards. In addition, an active, liquid trading market for such securities may not be sustained. A public trading market having depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace and independent decisions of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock, over which we have no control. Without an active, liquid trading market for our common stock, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The lack of an established market could adversely affect the value of our common stock. 41 Our preferred stock is thinly traded. There is only a limited trading volume in our preferred stock due to the small size of the issue and its largely institutional holder base. Significant sales of our preferred stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the price of our preferred stock to fall substantially. The market price of our securities may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The market price of our common stock and depositary shares underlying our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult to resell shares of our securities at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may impact the market price and trading volume of our securities, including, without limitation: • • • • • • • • • • • • actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or financial condition or general changes in economic conditions; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, accounting standards, policies, interpretations or principles or in laws or regulations affecting us; public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements or our filings with the SEC; publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage; operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us; additional or anticipated sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing shareholders; significant amounts of short selling of our common stock, or the perception that a significant amount of short sales could occur; additions or departures of key personnel; perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors and/or us; significant acquisitions or business combinations, partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors; other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our business; and other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our core market or the financial services industry. The stock market has experienced substantial fluctuations in recent years, which in many cases have been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations. Increased market volatility may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our securities in the future could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock, preferred stock and underlying depositary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of equity securities. Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, preferred stock or depositary shares could cause the market price of any of our securities to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our securities also would, and the issuance of equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders with respect to such security. We may issue additional equity securities, or debt securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity securities, from time to time to raise additional capital, support growth or to make acquisitions. Further, we expect to issue stock options or other stock awards to retain and motivate our employees and directors. These issuances of securities could dilute the 42 voting and economic interests of our existing shareholders, result in a significant decline in the market price of our common stock or other securities and make it more difficult for us to raise capital through future sales of equity securities. In addition, in December 2020, we issued, in a private placement for aggregate consideration of $105 million, (i) 2,770,083 shares of common stock, (ii) 650 shares of Series C perpetual non-cumulative convertible non-voting preferred stock, no par value (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and (iii) warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 922,438 shares of common stock (or, if approved by our stockholders, a future series of non-voting common stock). Each share of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of our common stock or, if created, a future series of non-voting common stock, for an initial conversion price of $13.75 per share. Conversion of all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued in the private placement would result in the issuance of an aggregate of 4,727,272 shares of common stock or, if created, non-voting common stock, as applicable. If holders of the Series C Preferred Stock choose to receive dividends in the form of additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock and all 138 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be authorized as dividends are issued, an additional 1,003,636 shares of common stock or, if created, non-voting common stock could be issuable upon conversion of such shares. Exercise of all of the warrants issued in the private placement would result in the issuance of an aggregate of 922,438 additional shares of common stock or, if created, non-voting common stock, as applicable. We granted registration rights covering the common stock issued in the private placement as well as the common stock (and, if approved by our stockholders, non- voting common stock) issuable in connection with conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock and exercise of the warrants. Our current management and board of directors have significant control over our business. Our directors, as well as their related parties, and executive officers beneficially own a material portion of our outstanding common stock. Consequently, our directors and executive officers, acting together, may be able to significantly affect the outcome of the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets and other corporate matters. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interest of our shareholders. The rights of holders of our common stock are generally subordinate to the rights of holders of our debt securities and preferred stock and may be subordinate to the rights of holders of any class of preferred stock or any debt securities that we may issue in the future. Our board of directors has the authority to issue debt securities as well as an aggregate of up to 150,000 shares of preferred stock on the terms it determines without shareholder approval. In 2018, we issued 40,250 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in the form of 1.6 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In 2019, we issued 80,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in the form of 3.2 million depositary shares, each representing ownership of a 1/40th interest in a share of Series B Preferred Stock. In 2020, we issued 650 shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Any debt or shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future will be senior to our common stock. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts is uncertain. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. Holders of our preferred stock and depositary shares have limited voting rights. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (and, accordingly, holders of the depositary shares underlying such stock), as well as holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, will have no voting rights with respect to matters that generally require the approval of our voting common shareholders. Holders of preferred stock have voting rights that are generally limited to, with respect to the series of preferred stock held, (i) authorizing, creating or issuing any capital stock ranking senior to such preferred stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, (ii) amending, altering or repealing any provision of our Articles of Incorporation, so as to adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of such series of preferred stock, and (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, holders have the right to vote on any voluntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company. We have not paid dividends on our common stock and are subject to regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since inception and have instead utilized our earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, if we decide to pay dividends on our common stock in the future (and we have not made such a decision), we are subject to certain restrictions as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies. Moreover, because TriState Capital Bank is our most significant asset, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends in large part on our receipt of dividends from the Bank, which is also subject to restrictions on dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies. Finally, so long as any shares of our Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, unless we have paid in full (or declared and set aside funds sufficient for) applicable dividends on the Preferred Stock, we may not declare or 43 pay any dividend on our common stock, other than a dividend payable solely in shares of common stock or in connection with a shareholder rights plan. Our corporate governance documents, and certain applicable federal and Pennsylvania laws, could make a takeover more difficult. Certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our bylaws, as amended, and federal and Pennsylvania corporate and banking laws, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our organization or conduct a proxy contest, even if those events were perceived by many of our shareholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions, and the corporate and banking laws and regulations applicable to us: • • • • • • empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are set by our board of directors; divide our board of directors into four classes serving staggered four-year terms; eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors; require the request of holders of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting; require at least 60 days’ advance notice of nominations by shareholders for the election of directors and the presentation of shareholder proposals at meetings of shareholders; and require prior regulatory application and approval of any transaction involving control of our organization. These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including circumstances in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our shares. There are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies. With certain limited exceptions, federal regulations prohibit a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be “acting in concert” from, directly or indirectly, acquiring 10% or more (5% or more if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of our voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of our directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of our company without prior notice or application to and the approval of the Federal Reserve. Similarly, prior approval of the PDBS is required for a person to acquire more than 10% of any class of our outstanding shares. Accordingly, prospective investors need to be aware of and comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection with any purchase of shares of our common stock. These provisions effectively inhibit certain takeovers, mergers or other business combinations, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES Our main office consists of leased office space located at One Oxford Centre, Suite 2700, 301 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. We also lease office space for each of our four representative bank offices in the metropolitan areas of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Cleveland, Ohio; Edison, New Jersey; and New York, New York; and we lease office space for Chartwell Investment Partners, LLC in Berwyn, Pennsylvania. The leases for our facilities have terms expiring at dates ranging from 2021 and 2036, although certain of the leases contain options to extend beyond these dates. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our current level of operations. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time the Company is a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of its business. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company was not a party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which management believes will be material to the Company’s business, future prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operation, cash flows or capital levels. 44 ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 45 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “TSC.” On December 31, 2020, there were approximately 164 holders of record of our common stock, listed with our registered agent. No cash dividends have ever been paid by us on our common stock. Our principal source of funds to pay cash dividends on our common stock would be cash dividends from our Bank and Chartwell subsidiaries. The payment of dividends by our bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal and state banking laws, regulations and authorities. Stock Performance Graph The following graph sets forth the cumulative total stockholder return for the Company’s common stock for the five-year period ending December 31, 2020, compared to an overall stock market index (Russell 2000 Index) and the Company’s peer group index (Nasdaq Bank Index). The Russell 2000 Index and Nasdaq Bank Index are based on total returns assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2015. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance. 46 Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers The table below sets forth information regarding the Company’s purchases of its common stock during its fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2020: Total Number of Shares Purchased (1) Weighted Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2) October 1, 2020 - October 31, 2020 November 1, 2020 - November 30, 2020 December 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020 Total 832 3,756 10,764 15,352 $ $ 14.83 15.67 16.30 16.07 Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs — — — — $ $ 9,758,275 9,758,275 9,758,275 9,758,275 (1) (2) The 15,352 shares of treasury stock in the table above were acquired during the periods mentioned in connection with the exercise, net settlement, cancellation, or vesting of equity awards. These shares were not part of a publicly announced plan or program. On July 15, 2019, the Board approved a share repurchase program of up to $10 million. Under this authorization, purchases of shares may be made at the discretion of management from time to time in the open market or through negotiated transactions, as well as purchases of shares or the options to acquire shares subject to common stock incentive compensation award agreements from officers, directors or employees of the Company. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities None. 47 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA You should read the selected financial data set forth below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We have derived the selected statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We have derived the selected statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K. The performance, asset quality and capital ratios are unaudited and derived from the audited financial statements as of and for the years presented. Average balances have been computed using daily averages. Our historical results may not be indicative of our results for any future period. (Dollars in thousands) Period-end balance sheet data: Cash and cash equivalents Total investment securities, net Loans and leases held-for-investment Allowance for credit losses on loan and lease losses Loans and leases held-for-investment, net Goodwill and other intangibles, net Other assets Total assets Deposits Borrowings, net Other liabilities Total liabilities Preferred stock Common shareholders' equity Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity Income statement data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision (credit) for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Net gain (loss) on the sale and call of debt securities Other non-interest income Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Intangible amortization expense Change in fair value of acquisition earn out Other non-interest expense Non-interest expense Income before tax Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common shareholders 2020 As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2018 2019 2016 403,855 $ 469,150 6,577,559 (14,108) 6,563,451 65,854 263,500 7,765,810 $ 6,634,613 $ 355,000 154,916 7,144,529 116,079 505,202 621,281 7,765,810 $ 262,447 $ 135,390 127,057 (968) 128,025 36,442 416 15,924 52,782 2,009 — 110,140 112,149 68,658 8,465 60,193 $ 5,753 54,440 $ 189,985 $ 466,759 5,132,873 (13,208) 5,119,665 67,863 191,383 6,035,655 $ 5,050,461 $ 404,166 101,674 5,556,301 38,468 440,886 479,354 6,035,655 $ 199,786 $ 86,382 113,404 (205) 113,609 37,647 (70) 10,340 47,917 1,968 (218) 99,407 101,157 60,369 5,945 54,424 $ 2,120 52,304 $ 156,153 $ 220,552 4,184,244 (14,417) 4,169,827 65,358 166,007 4,777,897 $ 3,987,611 $ 335,913 65,302 4,388,826 — 389,071 389,071 4,777,897 $ 134,295 $ 42,942 91,353 (623) 91,976 37,100 310 9,556 46,966 1,851 — 89,621 91,472 47,470 9,482 37,988 $ — 37,988 $ 103,994 238,473 3,401,054 (18,762) 3,382,292 67,209 138,489 3,930,457 3,286,779 239,510 52,361 3,578,650 — 351,807 351,807 3,930,457 98,312 23,499 74,813 838 73,975 37,035 77 9,396 46,508 1,753 (3,687) 80,728 78,794 41,689 13,048 28,641 — 28,641 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 435,442 $ 842,545 8,237,418 (34,630) 8,202,788 63,911 352,130 9,896,816 $ 8,489,089 $ 400,493 250,089 9,139,671 177,143 580,002 757,145 9,896,816 $ 217,095 $ 79,151 137,944 19,400 118,544 32,035 3,948 21,222 57,205 1,944 — 121,159 123,103 52,646 7,412 45,234 $ 7,873 37,361 $ 48 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Per share and share data: Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted Book value per common share Tangible book value per common share Common shares outstanding, at end of period Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic Diluted (1) Performance ratios: (2) Return on average assets Return on average common equity Net interest margin Total revenue Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue Bank efficiency ratio Non-interest expense to average assets (1) (1) (1) Asset quality: Non-performing loans Non-performing assets Other real estate owned Non-performing assets to total assets Non-performing loans to total loans Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to loans Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-performing loans Net charge-offs (recoveries) Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average total loans Capital ratios: Average equity to average assets Tier 1 leverage ratio Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Total risk-based capital ratio Bank tier 1 leverage ratio Bank common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Bank tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Bank total risk-based capital ratio Investment Management Segment: Assets under management EBITDA (1) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2020 As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2018 2019 1.32 1.30 17.78 15.82 32,620,150 $ $ $ $ 1.95 1.89 17.21 14.97 29,355,986 $ $ $ $ 28,267,512 28,738,468 27,864,933 28,833,335 $ 1.90 1.81 $ 15.27 $ 12.92 $ 28,878,674 27,583,519 28,833,396 1.38 1.32 13.61 11.32 28,591,101 $ $ $ $ 27,550,833 28,711,322 0.50 % 7.15 % 1.58 % $ $ 191,201 68,098 55.57 % 1.35 % 9,680 12,404 2,724 0.13 % 0.12 % 0.42 % 357.75 % (279) $ $ $ $ — % 7.00 % 7.29 % 8.99 % 11.99 % 14.12 % 7.83 % 12.89 % 12.89 % 13.41 % 0.89 % 11.47 % 1.97 % $ $ 179,423 67,274 54.49 % 1.66 % 184 4,434 4,250 0.06 % — % 0.21 % 7,667.39 % (1,868) (0.03)% $ $ $ $ 8.29 % 7.54 % 9.32 % 11.75 % 12.05 % 7.22 % 11.26 % 11.26 % 11.57 % 1.04 % 12.57 % 2.26 % $ $ 161,391 60,234 53.09 % 1.93 % 2,237 $ 5,661 $ 3,424 $ 0.09 % 0.04 % 0.26 % 590.43 % 1,004 $ 0.02 % 8.49 % 7.28 % 9.64 % 10.58 % 10.86 % 7.49 % 10.90 % 10.90 % 11.25 % 0.89 % 10.30 % 2.25 % $ $ 138,009 46,537 57.39 % 2.15 % 3,183 6,759 3,576 0.14 % 0.08 % 0.34 % 452.94 % 3,722 0.10 % $ $ $ $ 8.65 % 7.25 % 11.14 % 11.14 % 11.72 % 7.55 % 11.62 % 11.62 % 11.99 % 2016 1.04 1.01 12.38 10.02 28,415,654 27,593,725 28,359,152 0.81 % 8.48 % 2.23 % 121,244 42,450 61.17 % 2.23 % 17,790 21,968 4,178 0.56 % 0.52 % 0.55 % 105.46 % 50 — % 9.56 % 7.90 % 11.49 % 11.49 % 12.66 % 8.04 % 11.75 % 11.75 % 12.39 % $ $ 10,263,000 5,473 $ $ 9,701,000 $ $ 5,824 9,189,000 $ 6,900 $ 8,309,000 7,421 $ $ 8,055,000 13,208 (1) (2) These measures are not measures recognized under GAAP and are therefore considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Net interest margin is calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. 49 Non-GAAP Financial Measures This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are “tangible common equity,” “tangible book value per common share,” “tangible assets,” “tangible assets excluding private banking loans,” tangible common equity ratio,” “tangible common equity ratio excluding private banking loans,” “total revenue,” “pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue,” “efficiency ratio,” and “EBITDA.” These non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental measures that we believe provide management and our investors with a more detailed understanding of our performance, although these measures are not necessarily comparable to similar measures that may be presented by other companies. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures presented herein are calculated as follows: “Tangible common equity” is defined as common shareholders’ equity reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill. We believe this measure is important to management and investors so that they can better understand and assess changes from period to period in common shareholders’ equity exclusive of changes in intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions. Intangible assets are created when we buy businesses that add relationships and revenue to our Company. Intangible assets have the effect of increasing both equity and assets, while not increasing our tangible equity or tangible assets. “Tangible book value per common share” is defined as common shareholders’ equity reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill, divided by common shares outstanding. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions. “Tangible assets” is defined as total assets reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in total assets exclusive of changes in intangible assets. “Tangible assets excluding private banking loans” is defined as total assets reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill, and private banking loans. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in total assets exclusive of changes in intangible assets and private banking loans. “Tangible common equity ratio” is defined as (i) common shareholders’ equity reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill, divided by (ii) total assets reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in the ratio of common shareholders’ equity to total assets exclusive of changes in intangible assets. “Tangible common equity ratio excluding private banking loans” is defined as (i) common shareholders’ equity reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill, divided by (ii) total assets reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill, and private banking loans. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in the ratio of common shareholders’ equity to total assets exclusive of changes in intangible assets and private banking loans. “Total revenue” is defined as net interest income and total non-interest income, excluding gains and losses on the sale and call of debt securities. We believe adjustments made to our operating revenue allow management and investors to better assess our core operating revenue by removing the volatility that is associated with certain items that are unrelated to our core business. Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue” is defined as net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains and losses on the sale and call of debt securities and total non-interest expense. We believe this measure is important because it allows management and investors to better assess our performance in relation to our core operating revenue, excluding the volatility that is associated with provision for credit losses on loans and leases and changes in our tax rates and other items that are unrelated to our core business. “Efficiency ratio” is defined as total non-interest expense divided by our total revenue. We believe this measure allows management and investors to better assess our operating expenses in relation to our core operating revenue, particularly at the Bank. “EBITDA” is defined as net income before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation expense and intangible amortization expense. We use EBITDA particularly to assess the strength of our investment management business. We believe this measure is important because it allows management and investors to better assess our investment management performance in relation to our core operating earnings by excluding certain non-cash items and the volatility that is associated with certain discrete items that are unrelated to our core business. 50 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share: Common shareholders' equity Less: goodwill and intangible assets Tangible common equity (numerator) Common shares outstanding (denominator) Tangible book value per common share 2020 2019 December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ $ 580,002 $ 63,911 516,091 $ 505,202 $ 65,854 439,348 $ 440,886 $ 67,863 373,023 $ 389,071 $ 65,358 323,713 $ 32,620,150 29,355,986 28,878,674 28,591,101 351,807 67,209 284,598 28,415,654 15.82 $ 14.97 $ 12.92 $ 11.32 $ 10.02 (Dollars in thousands) Tangible common equity ratio excluding private banking channel loans: Common shareholders' equity Less: goodwill and intangible assets Tangible common equity (numerator) Total assets Less: goodwill and intangible assets Tangible assets Tangible common equity ratio Less: private banking loans Tangible assets excluding private banking loans (denominator) Tangible common equity ratio excluding private banking loans $ $ (Dollars in thousands) Total revenue and pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue: Net interest income Total non-interest income Less: net gain (loss) on the sale and call of debt securities Total revenue Less: total non-interest expense Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue BANK SEGMENT (Dollars in thousands) Bank total revenue: 2020 2019 December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ 580,002 63,911 516,091 9,896,816 63,911 9,832,905 $ $ 505,202 65,854 439,348 7,765,810 65,854 7,699,956 $ $ 440,886 67,863 373,023 6,035,655 67,863 5,967,792 $ $ 389,071 65,358 323,713 4,777,897 65,358 4,712,539 351,807 67,209 284,598 3,930,457 67,209 3,863,248 5.25 % 5.71 % 6.25 % 6.87 % 7.37 % 4,807,800 5,025,105 3,695,402 4,004,554 2,869,543 3,098,249 2,265,737 2,446,802 1,735,928 2,127,320 10.27 % 10.97 % 12.04 % 13.23 % 13.38 % 2020 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ $ 137,944 $ 57,205 3,948 191,201 $ 123,103 68,098 $ 127,057 $ 52,782 416 179,423 $ 112,149 67,274 $ 113,404 $ 47,917 (70) 161,391 $ 101,157 60,234 $ 91,353 $ 46,966 310 138,009 $ 91,472 46,537 $ 74,813 46,508 77 121,244 78,794 42,450 2020 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2016 Net interest income Total non-interest income Less: net gain (loss) on the sale and call of debt securities Bank total revenue Bank efficiency ratio: Total non-interest expense (numerator) Total revenue (denominator) Bank efficiency ratio $ $ $ $ 141,756 25,112 3,948 162,920 90,541 162,920 $ $ $ $ 127,996 15,467 416 143,047 77,945 143,047 $ $ $ $ 115,455 11,042 (70) 126,567 67,190 126,567 $ $ $ $ 93,380 9,864 310 102,934 59,073 102,934 $ $ $ $ 55.57 % 54.49 % 53.09 % 57.39 % 76,727 9,470 77 86,120 52,676 86,120 61.17 % 51 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SEGMENT (Dollars in thousands) Investment Management EBITDA: Net income Income tax expense Depreciation expense Intangible amortization expense EBITDA 2020 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ 2,798 $ 308 423 1,944 5,473 $ 2,433 $ 918 465 2,009 5,824 $ 3,851 $ 579 502 1,968 6,900 $ 4,551 $ 522 497 1,851 7,421 $ 6,933 4,357 165 1,753 13,208 52 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS This section presents management’s perspective on our financial condition and results of operations and highlights material changes to our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained herein. To the extent that this discussion describes prior performance, the descriptions relate only to the periods listed, which may not be indicative of our future financial outcomes. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this document and “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” General We are a bank holding company that operates through two reportable segments: Bank and Investment Management. Through TriState Capital Bank, a Pennsylvania chartered bank (the “Bank”), the Bank segment provides commercial banking services to middle-market businesses and private banking services to high-net-worth individuals and trusts. The Bank segment generates most of its revenue from interest on loans and investments, swap fees, loan fees, and liquidity and treasury management related fees. Its primary source of funding for loans is deposits and its secondary source of funding is borrowings. The Bank’s largest expenses are interest on these deposits and borrowings, and salaries and related employee benefits. Through Chartwell Investment Partners, LLC, an SEC registered investment adviser (“Chartwell”), the Investment Management segment provides advisory and sub-advisory investment management services primarily to institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors. It also supports marketing efforts for Chartwell’s proprietary investment products through Chartwell TSC Securities Corp., our registered broker/dealer subsidiary (“CTSC Securities”). The Investment Management segment generates its revenue from investment management fees earned on assets under management and its largest expenses are salaries and related employee benefits. This discussion and analysis present our financial condition and results of operations on a consolidated basis, except where significant segment disclosures are necessary to better explain the operations of each segment and related variances. In particular, the discussion and analysis of non-interest income and non-interest expense is reported by segment. We measure our performance primarily through our net income available to common shareholders, earnings per common share (“EPS”) and total revenue. Other salient metrics include the ratio of allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to loans; net interest margin; the efficiency ratio of the Bank segment; return on average assets; return on average common equity; regulatory leverage and risk-based capital ratios, assets under management and EBITDA of the Investment Management segment. Executive Overview TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” the “holding company,” the “parent company,” or the “Company”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Company has three wholly owned subsidiaries: the Bank, Chartwell, and CTSC Securities. Through the Bank, we serve middle- market and financial services businesses in our primary markets throughout the states of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York. We also serve high-net- worth individuals and trusts on a national basis through our private banking channel. We market and distribute our products and services through a scalable, branchless banking model, which creates significant operating leverage throughout our business as we continue to grow. Through Chartwell, our investment management subsidiary, we provide investment management services primarily to institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors on a national basis. CTSC Securities, our broker/dealer subsidiary, supports marketing efforts for Chartwell’s proprietary investment products that require SEC or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) licensing. Developments Related to COVID-19 In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) as a global pandemic. This public health crisis has resulted in unprecedented uncertainty, volatility and disruption in financial markets and in governmental, commercial and consumer activity in the United States and globally, including the markets that we serve. In response to the crisis, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”) cut benchmark federal fund interest rates to near zero. In addition, in March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted. The CARES Act contains substantial tax and spending provisions intended to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. At the onset of the pandemic, we pro-actively conducted outreach to all commercial loan customers to understand the potential impact that COVID-19 could have on their business. We implemented deferral arrangements in accordance with the CARES Act and bank 53 regulatory guidance. The majority of our deferrals have already resumed payment. Only 13 loans representing $84.5 million, or 1% of total loans had not yet resumed payment at December 31, 2020, which was ahead of our previous forecasts. While this crisis may have substantial impact on many businesses, we have maintained our disciplined approach of focusing on commercial lending opportunities within our four-state Mid-Atlantic region and financial services companies where our team has deep experience and relationships. Additionally, we have worked to keep our commercial loan sizes predominately below our preferred hold level of $10.0 million. The Bank is not a qualified lender or additional lender registered with the Small Business Administration and is not participating in the Paycheck Protection Program, established by the CARES Act. 2020 Compared to 2019 Operating Performance For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net income available to common shareholders was $37.4 million compared to $54.4 million in 2019, a decrease of $17.1 million, or 31.4%. Our diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) was $1.30 for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $1.89 in 2019. This decrease in net income and EPS was primarily due to an increase in provision for credit losses of $20.4 million, an increase of $11.0 million, or 9.8%, in our non-interest expense and an increase in preferred stock dividends of $2.1 million, partially offset by the net impact of $10.9 million, or 8.6%, increase in our net interest income, an increase of $4.4 million, or 8.4%, in non-interest income and a $1.1 million decrease in income taxes. Net interest income and non-interest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities, combined to generate total revenue of $191.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $179.4 million in 2019. The increase of $11.8 million, or 6.6% was driven largely by higher net interest income and swap fees for the Bank as a result of loan growth, partially offset by lower investment management fees. Our net interest margin was 1.58% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 1.97% in 2019. The decrease in net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulted from the Federal Reserve interest rate cuts, contributing to lower net interest spread, and higher average balances of lower-earning assets. This included excess liquidity in interest-bearing cash deposits and investments during certain times of the year in anticipation of clients’ potential liquidity and credit needs during the COVID-19. The significant reduction in interest rates by the Federal Reserve in response to the COVID-19 pandemic impacted our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Our loans are predominantly variable rate loans indexed to 1-month LIBOR. At the end of the first quarter of 2020, we placed interest rate floors on many of these floating rate loans, particularly our private banking loans. Our deposits are a combination of fixed-rate time deposits and variable rate deposits, many of which are indexed to the Effective Federal Funds Rate and others that are priced at the Bank’s discretion. The majority of the floating rate deposits were initially repriced in March 2020, in line with the Federal Reserve rate reduction. In addition, we intentionally increased our liquid assets for the express purpose of carrying more on balance sheet liquidity in anticipation of clients’ needs during the first six months of the COVID-19 pandemic. Even though we continued to reduce our cost of deposits, as well as excess deposit levels, throughout the year. These carrying costs resulted in marginally lower returns based on the interest rate environment. Our non-interest income is largely comprised of investment management fees for Chartwell, which totaled $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $36.4 million in 2019. The decrease was driven by a lower weighted average fee rate from the change in asset composition across investment products, partially offset by higher assets under management. Assets under management were $10.26 billion as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $562.0 million from December 31, 2019, driven by market appreciation of $410.0 million, and net inflows of $152.0 million. Another large component of our non-interest income are swap fees at the Bank, which totaled $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $11.0 million for the same period in 2019, due to an increase in swap transactions from both new and existing customers. We recorded a $3.9 million net gain on the sale and call of debt securities during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $416,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily attributable to the repositioning of a portion of the corporate bond portfolio into government agency securities to take advantage of market appreciation and enhance the overall credit quality of the investment portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank’s efficiency ratio was 55.57%, as compared to 54.49% in 2019. The Bank’s efficiency ratio reflects growth in the Bank’s total revenue of 13.9% and growth in the Bank’s non-interest expense of 16.2%. Non-interest expense was $123.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our non-interest expense to average assets for the year ended December 31, 2020, was 1.35%, as compared to 1.66% in 2019. Our return on average assets (net income to average total assets) was 0.50% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 0.89% in 2019. Our return on average common equity (net income available to common shareholders to average common equity) was 54 7.15% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 11.47% in 2019. Both ratios declined due to a reduction in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to the same period in 2019. Total assets of $9.90 billion as of December 31, 2020, increased $2.13 billion, or 27.4%, from December 31, 2019. Loans and leases held-for-investment increased by $1.66 billion to $8.24 billion as of December 31, 2020, an increase of 25.2% from December 31, 2019, as a result of growth in our commercial and private banking loan and lease portfolios. Total investment securities, which were $842.5 million as of December 31, 2020, increased $373.4 million from the prior period, an increase of 79.6%. Total deposits increased $1.85 billion, or 28.0%, to $8.49 billion as of December 31, 2020, from $6.63 billion as of December 31, 2019. We focus only on high quality loan growth and in the absence of this, we increase our assets by adding to our investment portfolio and through cash and cash equivalents as part of our strategy to build greater on balance sheet liquidity funded through our deposits. Our shareholder’s equity increased $135.9 million, or 21.9% primarily driven by the net proceeds from the issuance of $100.0 million in capital and retained earnings of our operations. Our ratio of adverse-rated credits to total loans increased to 0.62% at December 31, 2020, from 0.53% at December 31, 2019. Our ratio of allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to loans increased to 0.42% as of December 31, 2020, from 0.21% as of December 31, 2019. We recorded provision for credit losses of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an increase in general reserves in response to the unprecedented speed of the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and an increase in specific reserves due to an addition of non-accrual loans, compared to a credit to provision of $968,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019. In addition, we implemented the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) model as of January 1, 2020, and recorded a net decrease to retained earnings of $1.7 million, for the cumulative effect (net of tax) of adopting CECL. For more information on our adoption of CECL, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases. Our book value per common share increased $0.57, or 3.3%, to $17.78 as of December 31, 2020, from $17.21 as of December 31, 2019, largely as a result of an increase in our net income available to common shareholders, partially offset by the issuance of restricted stock during year ended December 31, 2020. 2019 Compared to 2018 Operating Performance For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net income available to common shareholders was $54.4 million compared to $52.3 million in 2018, an increase of $2.1 million, or 4.1%. This increase was primarily due to the net impact of a $13.7 million, or 12.0%, increase in our net interest income; an increase in the credit to provision for loan and lease losses of $763,000; an increase of $4.9 million, or 10.2%, in non-interest income; offset by an increase of $11.0 million, or 10.9%, in our non-interest expense; a $2.5 million increase in income taxes; and an increase in preferred stock dividends of $3.6 million. Our diluted EPS was $1.89 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $1.81 in 2018. The increase in diluted EPS was a result of the continued growth of our business lines, which was the driver of additional net income available to common shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net interest income and non-interest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities, combined to generate total revenue of $179.4 million from $161.4 million in 2018, increasing $18.0 million, or 11.2%, driven largely by higher net interest income and swap fees for the Bank. Our net interest margin was 1.97% for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 2.26% in 2018. The decrease in net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2019, was driven by an increase of 41 basis points in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by an increase of 10 basis points in the yield on loans. Our loans are predominantly variable rate loans indexed to 1-month LIBOR and our deposits are a combination of fixed-rate time deposits and variable rate deposits, some of which are indexed or otherwise priced in reference to the Effective Federal Funds Rate. When the financial markets anticipate an interest rate cut, LIBOR rates typically decrease in advance of action taken by the Federal Reserve, which compresses and can invert the historical spread between 1-month LIBOR and the Effective Federal Funds Rate. This occurred at certain times during the year ended December 31, 2019. In addition, we intentionally increased our liquid assets as a component of our assets and our deposits as portion of our assets for the purpose of carrying more balance sheet liquidity. This increased the level of liquid assets that were generating lower returns based on the interest rate environment and interest rate term structure curve. Also, certain hedge arrangements that we had in place which provided beneficial pricing on certain liquidity expired in 2019 and could not be replicated in the 2019 interest rate environment. All of this contributed to the compression of our net interest margin, impacted our net interest income and our rate of revenue growth, and affected profitability ratios such as the Bank’s efficiency ratio, return on average assets, and return on average common equity. Our non-interest income is largely comprised of investment management fees for Chartwell, which totaled $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $37.6 million in 2018. The decrease was driven by a lower weighted average fee rate from 55 the change in asset composition across investment products, partially offset by higher assets under management. Assets under management were $9.70 billion as of December 31, 2019, an increase of $512.0 million from December 31, 2018, driven by market appreciation of $1.3 billion, partially offset by net outflows of $771.0 million. The non-interest income from the Bank’s operations, which consisted of swap fee revenue, loan and service fees, and treasury management program fees, grew to $15.5 million from $11.0 million in 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Bank’s efficiency ratio was 54.49%, as compared to 53.09% in 2018. The Bank’s efficiency ratio reflects growth in the Bank’s total revenue of 13.0% and growth in the Bank’s non-interest expense of 16.0%. Non-interest expense was $112.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included approximately $850,000 of expenses related to the due diligence with an investment management acquisition candidate, which concluded before the parties reached a definitive agreement. Our non-interest expense to average assets for the year ended December 31, 2019, was 1.66%, as compared to 1.93% in 2018. Our return on average assets (net income to average total assets) was 0.89% for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 1.04% in 2018. Our return on average common equity (net income available to common shareholders to average common equity) was 11.47% for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 12.57% in 2018. Total assets of $7.77 billion as of December 31, 2019, increased $1.73 billion, or 28.7%, from December 31, 2018. Loans and leases held-for-investment grew by $1.44 billion to $6.58 billion as of December 31, 2019, an increase of 28.1% from December 31, 2018, as a result of growth in our commercial and private banking loan and lease portfolios. Total deposits increased $1.58 billion, or 31.4%, to $6.63 billion as of December 31, 2019, from $5.05 billion as of December 31, 2018. Our ratio of adverse-rated credits to total loans increased to 0.53% at December 31, 2019, from 0.48% at December 31, 2018. Our ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to loans decreased to 0.21% as of December 31, 2019, from 0.26% as of December 31, 2018, reflecting growing history of few credit losses, current low non-performing loans and lower levels of provision required for private banking loans. We had a credit to provision for loan and lease losses of $968,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to recoveries of $2.0 million in the commercial and industrial portfolio, partially offset by a net increase in general reserves of $1.2 million due to growth of the loan and lease portfolio. Our book value per common share increased $1.94, or 12.7%, to $17.21 as of December 31, 2019, from $15.27 as of December 31, 2018, largely as a result of an increase in our net income available to common shareholders, partially offset by the issuance of restricted stock during year ended December 31, 2019. Results of Operations Net Interest Income Net interest income represents the difference between the interest received on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in interest yields earned and interest rates paid. Net interest income comprised 72.1%, 70.8% and 70.3% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The table below reflects an analysis of net interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, for the periods indicated. The adjustment to convert certain income to a fully taxable equivalent basis consists of dividing tax-exempt income by one minus the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%. (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Fully taxable equivalent adjustment Interest income adjusted Less: interest expense Net interest income adjusted (1) Yield on earning assets Cost of interest-bearing liabilities Net interest spread Net interest margin (1) (1) (1) Calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. 56 $ $ 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 217,095 60 217,155 79,151 138,004 $ $ 2.49 % 1.01 % 1.48 % 1.58 % 262,447 101 262,548 135,390 127,158 $ $ 4.06 % 2.34 % 1.72 % 1.97 % 199,786 112 199,898 86,382 113,516 3.98 % 1.93 % 2.05 % 2.26 % The following table provides information regarding the average balances and yields earned on interest-earning assets and the average balances and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities for each of the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Non-accrual loans are included in the calculation of average loan balances, while interest payments collected on non-accrual loans are recorded as a reduction to principal. Where applicable, interest income and yield are reflected on a fully taxable equivalent basis and have been adjusted based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%. 2020 Interest (1) Income Expense / Average Yield/ Rate Average Balance Years Ended December 31, 2019 Interest (1) Income Expense / Average Yield/ Rate Average Balance 2018 Interest (1) Income Expense / Average Yield/ Rate Average Balance $ $ $ (Dollars in thousands) Assets Interest-earning deposits Federal funds sold Debt securities available-for-sale Debt securities held-to-maturity, net Debt securities trading Equity securities FHLB stock Total loans and leases Total interest-earning assets Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Borrowings: FHLB borrowings Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable, net Total interest-bearing liabilities Noninterest-bearing deposits Other liabilities Shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $ (1) Net interest income Net interest spread Net interest margin (1) 2,199 25 6,550 6,439 5 — 1,098 200,839 217,155 14,493 35,095 19,614 6,095 261 3,593 79,151 775,276 $ 8,076 438,293 246,054 592 — 14,994 7,255,035 8,738,320 387,080 9,125,400 2,407,087 $ 3,812,942 1,223,631 330,314 6,243 59,078 7,839,295 408,313 239,137 638,655 9,125,400 $ 138,004 (1) Calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. 0.28 % $ 0.31 % 1.49 % 2.62 % 0.84 % — % 7.32 % 2.77 % 2.49 % $ 313,413 $ 8,803 250,064 193,443 — 6,733 18,043 5,669,507 6,460,006 281,171 6,741,177 6,628 167 8,119 6,921 — 115 1,270 239,328 262,548 2.11 % $ 1.90 % 3.25 % 3.58 % — % 1.71 % 7.04 % 4.22 % 4.06 % $ 188,921 $ 8,315 205,652 90,895 — 10,517 15,136 4,500,117 5,019,553 221,467 5,241,020 3,598 156 6,195 3,399 — 277 924 185,349 199,898 0.60 % $ 0.92 % 1.60 % 1,058,064 $ 2,943,541 1,371,038 21,480 69,336 34,776 2.03 % $ 2.36 % 2.54 % 612,921 $ 2,429,203 1,071,556 11,440 45,106 21,947 5,555 119 2,215 86,382 394,480 1,234 17,335 5,785,692 267,846 128,618 559,021 6,741,177 8,639 68 1,091 135,390 2.19 % 5.51 % 6.29 % 2.34 % 325,356 2,568 34,807 4,476,411 244,090 75,473 445,046 5,241,020 $ $ 127,158 $ 113,516 1.72 % 1.97 % 1.85 % 4.18 % 6.08 % 1.01 % 1.48 % 1.58 % $ 57 1.90 % 1.88 % 3.01 % 3.74 % — % 2.63 % 6.10 % 4.12 % 3.98 % 1.87 % 1.86 % 2.05 % 1.71 % 4.63 % 6.36 % 1.93 % 2.05 % 2.26 % Net Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Net interest income, calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased $10.8 million, or 8.5%, to $138.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $127.2 million in 2019. The increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020, was primarily attributable to a $2.28 billion, or 35.3%, increase in average interest-earning assets driven primarily by loan growth. The increase in net interest income reflects a decrease of $45.4 million, or 17.3%, in interest income, more than offset by a decrease of $56.2 million, or 41.5%, in interest expense. Our net interest margin was 1.58% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 1.97% in 2019. The decrease in net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulted from the Federal Reserve interest rate cuts, contributing to lower net interest spread, and higher average balances of lower-earning assets. This included excess liquidity in interest-bearing cash deposits and investments during certain times of the year in anticipation of clients’ potential liquidity and credit needs during the COVID-19. The decrease in interest income on interest-earning assets was primarily the result of a decrease of 145 basis points in yield on our loans, partially offset by an increase in average total loans, which are our primary earning assets, of $1.59 billion, or 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The most significant factor driving the yield on our loan portfolio was the impact of the decrease to the Federal Reserve’s target federal funds rate on our floating-rate loans. The overall yield on interest-earning assets declined 157 basis points to 2.49% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 4.06% in 2019, primarily from the lower loan yields. Our loans are predominantly variable rate loans indexed to 1-month LIBOR. At the end of the first quarter of 2020, we placed interest rate floors on many of these floating rate loans, particularly for private banking loans. The decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities was primarily the result of a decrease of 133 basis points in the average rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by an increase of $2.05 billion, or 35.5%, in average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019. The decrease in the average rate paid was reflective of decreases in rates paid on all interest-bearing liabilities, which was largely driven by the impact of the recent decrease to the Federal Reserve’s target federal funds rate on our variable-rate liabilities. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was driven primarily by an increase of $1.35 billion in average interest-bearing checking accounts and an increase of $869.4 million in average money market deposit accounts, partially offset by a decrease of $147.4 million in average certificates of deposit. Net Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Net interest income, calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased $13.6 million, or 12.0%, to $127.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, from $113.5 million in 2018. The increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019, was primarily attributable to a $1.44 billion, or 28.7%, increase in average interest-earning assets driven primarily by loan growth. The increase in net interest income reflects an increase of $62.7 million, or 31.3%, in interest income, partially offset by an increase of $49.0 million, or 56.7%, in interest expense. Net interest margin decreased to 1.97% for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 2.26% in 2018, driven higher costs of funds, partially offset by a higher yield on our loan portfolio. The increase in interest income on interest-earning assets was primarily the result of an increase in average total loans, which are our primary earning assets, of $1.17 billion, or 26.0% and an increase of 10 basis points in yield on our loans. The yield on our loan portfolio was primarily driven by the direction and timing of the Federal Reserve’s target Federal Funds Rate changes, which impacted our floating-rate loans. The change in yield is also attributable to our continuing gradual shift towards lower-risk marketable-securities-backed private banking loans and commercial loans. The overall yield on interest-earning assets increased 8 basis points to 4.06% for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 3.98% in 2018, primarily from the higher loan yields. The increase in interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities was primarily the result of an increase of 41 basis points in the average rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities, as well as an increase of $1.31 billion, or 29.2%, in average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2018. The increase in average rate paid was reflective of increases in rates paid in all interest-bearing deposit categories, FHLB borrowings and line of credit borrowings, which was driven by the direction and timing of the Federal Reserve’s target Federal Funds Rate changes, which impacted our variable-rate liabilities. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was driven primarily by an increase of $514.3 million in average money market deposit accounts, an increase of $445.1 million in average interest-bearing checking accounts and an increase of $299.5 million in average certificates of deposit. 58 The following tables analyze the dollar amount of the change in interest income and interest expense with respect to the primary components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The tables show the amount of the change in interest income or interest expense caused by either changes in outstanding balances or changes in interest rates for the periods indicated. The effect of changes in balance is measured by applying the average rate during the first period to the balance (“volume”) change between the two periods. The effect of changes in rate is measured by applying the change in rate between the two periods to the average volume during the first period. (Dollars in thousands) Increase (decrease) in: Interest income: Interest-earning deposits Federal funds sold Debt securities available-for-sale Debt securities held-to-maturity Debt securities trading Equity securities FHLB stock Total loans and leases Total increase (decrease) in interest income Interest expense: Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Borrowings: FHLB borrowings Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable, net Total increase (decrease) in interest expense Total increase (decrease) in net interest income Years Ended December 31, 2020 over 2019 Volume Change (1) Yield/Rate $ $ (8,891) (129) (5,781) (2,123) — — 47 (95,516) (112,393) (22,029) (50,751) (11,747) (1,260) (20) (41) (85,848) (26,545) $ $ 4,462 $ (13) 4,212 1,641 5 (115) (219) 57,027 67,000 15,042 16,510 (3,415) (1,284) 213 2,543 29,609 37,391 $ (4,429) (142) (1,569) (482) 5 (115) (172) (38,489) (45,393) (6,987) (34,241) (15,162) (2,544) 193 2,502 (56,239) 10,846 (1) The change in interest income and expense due to changes in both composition and applicable yields/rates has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. 59 (Dollars in thousands) Increase (decrease) in: Interest income: Interest-earning deposits Federal funds sold Debt securities available-for-sale Debt securities held-to-maturity Equity securities FHLB stock Total loans and leases Total increase in interest income Interest expense: Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Borrowings: FHLB borrowings Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable, net Total increase in interest expense Total increase (decrease) in net interest income Years Ended December 31, 2019 over 2018 Volume Change (1) Yield/Rate $ $ 435 2 510 (153) (80) 153 4,720 5,587 1,082 13,549 5,906 1,761 19 (24) 22,293 (16,706) $ $ 2,595 $ 9 1,414 3,675 (82) 193 49,259 57,063 8,958 10,681 6,923 1,323 (70) (1,100) 26,715 30,348 $ 3,030 11 1,924 3,522 (162) 346 53,979 62,650 10,040 24,230 12,829 3,084 (51) (1,124) 49,008 13,642 (1) The change in interest income and expense due to changes in both composition and applicable yields/rates has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. Provision for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases The provision for credit losses on loans and leases represent our determination of the amount necessary to be recorded against the current period’s earnings to maintain the allowance for credit loss at a level that is consistent with management’s assessment of credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio at a specific point in time. We adopted CECL on December 31, 2020, which replaced the incurred loss methodology for determining our provision for credit losses and allowance for credit losses. We recorded a net decrease to retained earnings of $942,000 related to the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases as of January 1, 2020, for the cumulative effect of adopting CECL. Results for full year and period end December 31, 2020, are presented under CECL methodology while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP. For additional information regarding our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, see “Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases.” We recorded a provision for credit losses on loans and leases of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to a credit to provision for loan losses of $968,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, and a credit to provision for loan losses of $205,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The provision for credit losses on loans and leases for the year ended December 31, 2020, was comprised of an increase in general reserves of $18.7 million largely due to adjustments to the macro-economic forecast data such as gross domestic product (“GDP”) and unemployment in response to economic uncertainty around the COVID-19 pandemic and an increase of $1.8 million in specific reserves on non-performing loans, largely driven by new non-accrual loans in our commercial and industrial and commercial real estate portfolios. The credit to provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2019, was comprised of recoveries of $2.0 million related to commercial and industrial loans and a net decrease of $266,000 in specific reserves primarily due to paydowns of these non-performing loans and collateral related to an impaired loan that was transferred to other real estate owned (“OREO”), partially offset by a net increase of $1.2 million in general reserves due to growth of the loan and lease portfolio and charge-offs of $112,000. 60 Non-Interest Income Non-interest income is an important component of our revenue and is comprised primarily of investment management fees from Chartwell coupled with fees generated from loan and deposit relationships with our Bank customers, including swap transactions. The information provided under the caption “Parent and Other” represents general operating activity of the Company not considered to be a reportable segment, which includes parent company activity as well as eliminations and adjustments that are necessary for purposes of reconciliation to the consolidated amounts. The following table presents the components of our non-interest income by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Investment management fees Service charges on deposits Net gain on the sale and call of debt securities Swap fees Commitment and other loan fees Bank owned life insurance income Other income (loss) Total non-interest income Bank — $ 1,072 3,948 16,274 1,715 1,742 361 25,112 $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated Bank Year Ended December 31, 2019 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated 32,727 $ — — — — — 58 32,785 $ (692) $ — — — — — — (692) $ $ 32,035 1,072 3,948 16,274 1,715 1,742 419 57,205 $ — $ 559 416 11,029 1,788 1,736 (61) 15,467 $ 36,889 $ — — — — — 31 36,920 $ (447) $ — — — — — 842 395 $ 36,442 559 416 11,029 1,788 1,736 812 52,782 (1) Other income largely includes items such as income from BOLI, change in fair value on swaps and equity securities, gains on the sale of loans or OREO, and other general operating income. Non-Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Our non-interest income was $57.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $4.4 million, or 8.4%, from $52.8 million for 2019. This increase was primarily related to a higher net gain on the sale and call of debt securities and an increase in swap fees, partially offset by lower investment management fees, as follows: Bank Segment: • • There was a net gain on the sale and call of debt securities of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to a net gain of $416,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The variance was primarily due to the repositioning of a portion of the corporate bond portfolio into government agency securities to take advantage of market appreciation and enhance the overall credit quality of our investment portfolio. Swap fees increased $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 2019, due to an increase in the number of customer swap transactions that closed during the year, from both of our private and commercial banking portfolios. While level and frequency of income associated with swap transactions can vary materially from period to period based on customers’ expectations of market conditions and term loan originations, there was strong customer demand for long-term interest rate protection in the current interest rate environment. Investment Management Segment: • Investment management fees decreased $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 2019, primarily due to the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on the equity markets resulting in a shift in the asset composition across investment products and a lower weighted average fee rate of 0.35% for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 0.36% for the year ended December 31, 2019, partially offset by higher assets under management of $562.0 million. For additional information on assets under management, refer to Item 1, Business - Investment Management Products. Parent and Other • Other income for the year ended December 31, 2019, reflected $842,000 of unrealized gains on equity securities related to our mutual funds invested in short-duration, corporate bonds and mid-cap value equities, which were sold in 2019. 61 The following table presents the components of our non-interest income by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Investment management fees Service charges on deposits Net gain on the sale and call of debt securities Swap fees Commitment and other loan fees Bank owned life insurance income Other income (loss) Total non-interest income Year Ended December 31, 2019 Bank Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated Bank Year Ended December 31, 2018 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated $ $ — $ 559 416 11,029 1,788 1,736 (61) 15,467 $ 36,889 $ — — — — — 31 36,920 $ (447) $ — — — — — 842 395 $ 36,442 559 $ — $ 570 37,939 $ — 416 11,029 1,788 1,736 812 52,782 $ (70) 7,311 1,411 1,716 104 11,042 $ — — — — 1 37,940 $ (292) $ — — — — — (773) (1,065) $ 37,647 570 (70) 7,311 1,411 1,716 (668) 47,917 (1) Other income largely includes items such as income from bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), change in fair value on swaps and equity securities, gains on the sale of loans or OREO, and other general operating income. Non-Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Our non-interest income was $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $4.9 million, or 10.2%, from $47.9 million for 2018. This increase was primarily related to increases in swap fees and commitment and other loan fees and higher net gain on debt securities, partially offset by lower investment management fees and other income (loss), as follows: Bank Segment: • • • • Swap fees increased $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 2018, due to an increase in the number of customer swap transactions closed during the year. While level and frequency of income associated with swap transactions can vary materially from period to period based on customers’ expectations of market conditions and applicable loan originations, there is strong customer demand for long-term interest rate protection in the current interest rate environment and we continue to run the business to increase demand through targeted loan production, enhanced messaging of the opportunity, process optimization and refined emphasis on marketing swaps to a broader portion of our loan portfolio, including loans collateralized by marketable securities. There was a net gain on the sale and call of debt securities of $416,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a net loss of $70,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Commitment and other loan fees increased $377,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to higher unused commitment fee income and other loan fee income due to the continued growth in our loan and lease portfolio. Other income (loss) decreased $165,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 2018, primarily due to a loss on the sale of OREO and lower unrealized gains on swaps. Investment Management Segment: • Investment management fees decreased $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 2018, primarily due to a shift in the asset composition across investment products which resulted in a lower weighted average fee rate of 0.36% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 0.39% for the year ended December 31, 2018, partially offset by higher assets under management of $512.0 million. For additional information on assets under management, refer to Item 1, Business - Investment Management Products. Parent and Other • Other income was comprised of a net gain on equity securities of $842,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a net loss of $773,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. These equity securities were related to our mutual funds invested in short-duration, corporate bonds and mid-cap value equities, which were sold by December 31, 2019. 62 Non-Interest Expense Our non-interest expense represents the operating cost of maintaining and growing our business. The largest portion of non-interest expense for each segment is compensation and employee benefits, which include employee payroll expense as well as the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes, all of which are impacted by the growth in our employee base, coupled with increases in the level of compensation and benefits of our existing employees. The information provided under the caption “Parent and Other” represents general operating activity of the Company not considered to be a reportable segment, which includes parent company activity as well as eliminations and adjustments that are necessary for purposes of reconciliation to the consolidated amounts. The following table presents the components of our non-interest expense by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Compensation and employee benefits Premises and equipment costs Professional fees FDIC insurance expense General insurance expense State capital shares tax Travel and entertainment expense Technology and data services Intangible amortization expense Marketing and advertising Other operating expenses Total non-interest expense Full-time equivalent employees (2) (1) Year Ended December 31, 2020 Investment Management Parent and Other Bank Consolidated Bank Year Ended December 31, 2019 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated $ $ 50,240 $ 4,318 4,773 9,680 866 1,720 2,093 7,830 — 1,210 7,811 90,541 $ 255 19,738 $ 1,557 829 — 276 — 291 2,973 1,944 1,192 879 29,679 $ 53 1,219 $ — 599 — — — 39 — — — 1,026 2,883 $ — 71,197 5,875 6,201 9,680 1,142 1,720 2,423 10,803 1,944 2,402 9,716 123,103 308 $ $ 46,841 $ 3,911 5,170 5,292 825 420 3,481 5,539 — 1,461 5,005 77,945 $ 219 22,335 $ 1,547 1,159 — 272 — 1,139 2,981 2,009 801 1,326 33,569 $ 57 — $ — (141) — — — — — — 1 775 635 $ — 69,176 5,458 6,188 5,292 1,097 420 4,620 8,520 2,009 2,263 7,106 112,149 276 (1) (2) Other operating expenses include items such as organizational dues and subscriptions, charitable contributions, investor relations fees, sub-advisory fees, employee-related expenses, provision for unfunded commitments and other general operating expenses. Full-time equivalent employees shown are as of the end of the period presented. Non-Interest Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Our non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased $11.0 million, or 9.8%, as compared to 2019, of which $12.6 million relates to the increase in expenses of the Bank segment, $3.9 million relates to the decrease in expenses of the Investment Management segment and $2.2 million relates to the increase in expenses of the Parent and Other. Notable changes in each segment’s expenses are as follows: Investment Management Segment: • • • • Chartwell’s compensation and employee benefits costs for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by $2.6 million compared to 2019, primarily due to decreases in full-time equivalent employees and targeted cuts to incentive programs to align Chartwell with industry peers. Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by $330,000 compared to 2019, primarily related to prior year costs for due diligence on and discussions regarding a potential investment management acquisition, which concluded before the parties reached a definitive agreement. Travel and entertainment expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by $848,000 compared to 2019, primarily related to decreased travel as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by $447,000 compared to 2019, primarily due to lower mutual fund platform distribution expense due to lower assets under management in the mutual funds, and decreased organizational dues and subscriptions. 63 Bank Segment: • • • • • • Compensation and employee benefits of the Bank segment for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by $3.4 million compared to 2019, primarily due to an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees, increases in the overall annual wage and benefit costs of our existing employees, and increases in incentive and stock-based compensation expenses. These increases are a result of continued growth and investment in all areas of our company, in particular legal, compliance and private and commercial banking. FDIC insurance expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by $4.4 million compared to 2019, due to an increase in the Bank’s assets as well as a one-time bank assessment credit applicable to certain banks related to the deposit insurance fund reserve ratio exceeding a target threshold that was received in 2019. State capital shares tax for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by $1.3 million compared to 2019, primarily due to a favorable ruling that the Company received in prior year that resulted in a tax benefit. Travel and entertainment expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by $1.4 million compared to 2019, primarily due to decreased travel and events as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Technology and data services for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased $2.3 million compared to the same period in 2019, primarily due to increased software licensing fees and software depreciation expense as a result of our enhancements in technology, as well as increased information and data services expense. Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by $2.8 million compared to 2019, primarily driven by an increase in reserve for unfunded commitments and amortization on our historic tax credits. Parent and Other: • Compensation and employee benefits, professional fees, travel and entertainment expenses and other operating expenses increased for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. Intercompany allocations vary based on individual segment business activities as well as where management spends their time and efforts. The following table presents the components of our non-interest expense by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Compensation and employee benefits Premises and equipment costs Professional fees FDIC insurance expense General insurance expense State capital shares tax Travel and entertainment expense Technology and data services Intangible amortization expense Change in fair value of acquisition earn out Marketing and advertising Other operating expenses Total non-interest expense Full-time equivalent employees (1) (2) Year Ended December 31, 2019 Investment Management Parent and Other Bank Consolidated Bank Year Ended December 31, 2018 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated $ $ 46,841 $ 3,911 5,170 5,292 825 420 3,481 5,539 — — 1,461 5,005 77,945 $ 219 22,335 $ 1,547 1,159 — 272 — 1,139 2,981 2,009 — 801 1,326 33,569 $ 57 — $ — (141) — — — — — — — 1 775 635 $ — 69,176 5,458 6,188 5,292 1,097 420 4,620 8,520 2,009 — 2,263 7,106 112,149 276 $ $ 41,226 $ 3,483 3,642 4,543 762 1,521 2,864 4,347 — — 1,040 3,762 67,190 $ 189 23,545 $ 1,384 1,058 — 268 — 952 2,407 1,968 (218) 642 1,504 33,510 $ 68 — $ — 29 — — — — — — — 428 457 $ — 64,771 4,867 4,729 4,543 1,030 1,521 3,816 6,754 1,968 (218) 1,682 5,694 101,157 257 (1) (2) Other operating expenses include items such as organizational dues and subscriptions, charitable contributions, investor relations fees, sub-advisory fees, employee-related expenses, provision for unfunded commitments and other general operating expenses. Full-time equivalent employees shown are as of the end of the period presented. 64 Non-Interest Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Our non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased $11.0 million, or 10.9%, as compared to 2018, of which $10.8 million relates to the increase in expenses of the Bank segment and $59,000 relates to the increase in expenses of the Investment Management segment. Notable changes in each segment’s expenses are as follows: Investment Management Segment: • • Chartwell’s compensation and employee benefits costs for the year ended December 31, 2019, decreased by $1.2 million compared to 2018, primarily due to a decrease in full-time equivalent employees and decreases in incentive and stock-based compensation expenses. Technology and data services for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased $574,000 compared to the same period in 2018, primarily due to investments in technology. Bank Segment: • • • • • • • Compensation and employee benefits of the Bank segment for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $5.6 million compared to 2018, primarily due to an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees, increases in the overall annual wage and benefits costs of our existing employees, and increases in incentive and stock-based compensation expenses. These increases are a result of continued growth and our investment in all areas of the enterprise, in particular our private banking client service. Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $1.5 million compared to 2018, primarily due to continued growth in loan production and certain routine accounting and regulatory matters. FDIC insurance expense for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $749,000 compared to 2018, due to the increase in the Bank’s assets. This variance also included a bank assessment one time credit applicable to certain banks related to the deposit insurance fund reserve ratio exceeding a target threshold. State capital shares tax for the year ended December 31, 2019, decreased by $1.1 million compared to 2018, due to a favorable tax ruling received by the Company. Travel and entertainment expense for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $617,000 compared to 2018, primarily due to a higher level of officer and relationship manager business development efforts consistent with our continued growth. Technology and data services for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased $1.2 million compared to the same period in 2018, primarily due to investments in technology. Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $1.2 million compared to 2018, primarily due to a valuation adjustment on OREO, an increase in organization dues and subscriptions, and higher loan related expenses due to the continued growth in our loan and lease portfolio. Income Taxes We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities with regard to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate whether it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize the benefit of identified deferred tax assets. Income Taxes for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized income tax expense of $7.4 million, or 14.1% of income before tax, as compared to income tax expense of $8.5 million, or 12.3% of income before tax, for 2019. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased to 14.1% as compared to the prior year largely due to the amount of tax credits recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019. Income Taxes for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized income tax expense of $8.5 million, or 12.3% of income before tax, as compared to income tax expense of $5.9 million, or 9.8% of income before tax, for 2018. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased to 12.3% as compared to the prior year largely due to the amount of tax credits recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. 65 Financial Condition Our total assets as of December 31, 2020, were $9.90 billion, an increase of $2.13 billion, or 27.4%, from December 31, 2019, driven primarily by growth in our loan and lease portfolio, investment portfolio and cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2020, our loan portfolio was $8.24 billion, an increase of $1.66 billion, or 25.2%, from $6.58 billion, as of December 31, 2019. Total investment securities increased $373.4 million, or 79.6%, to $842.5 million, as of December 31, 2020, from $469.2 million as of December 31, 2019. Cash and cash equivalents increased $31.6 million to $435.4 million as of December 31, 2020, from $403.9 million as of December 31, 2019. We focus only on high quality loan growth and in the absence of this, we increase our assets through cash and cash equivalents as well as adding to our investment portfolio as part of our strategy to build greater on balance sheet liquidity, funded through our deposits. As of December 31, 2020, our total deposits were $8.49 billion, an increase of $1.85 billion, or 28.0%, from December 31, 2019, and were primarily used to fund loan growth. Net borrowings increased $45.5 million, or 12.8%, to $400.5 million as of December 31, 2020, compared to $355.0 million as of December 31, 2019. Our shareholders’ equity increased $135.9 million to $757.1 million as of December 31, 2020, compared to $621.3 million as of December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily the result of the issuance of $100.0 million in net proceeds from our private placement, which closed December 30, 2020, $45.2 million in net income, and the impact of $9.5 million in stock-based compensation, partially offset by preferred stock dividends declared of $7.9 million, a decrease of $3.8 million in other accumulated comprehensive income, the purchase of $3.6 million in treasury stock, $2.5 million in cancellation of stock options and $1.7 million related to our adoption of CECL on December 31, 2020. Our total assets as of December 31, 2019, were $7.77 billion, an increase of $1.73 billion, or 28.7%, from December 31, 2018, driven primarily by growth in our loan and lease portfolio and cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2019, our loan portfolio was $6.58 billion, an increase of $1.44 billion, or 28.1%, from $5.13 billion, as of December 31, 2018. Total investment securities increased $2.4 million, or 0.5%, to $469.2 million, as of December 31, 2019, from $466.8 million as of December 31, 2018. Cash and cash equivalents increased $213.9 million to $403.9 million as of December 31, 2019, from $190.0 million as of December 31, 2018. Our Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for managing the investment portfolio and liquidity of the Bank, among other responsibilities. Given the current overall interest rate environment and the strength of our loan growth, our ALCO has kept excess liquidity in interest-earning cash deposits. As of December 31, 2019, our total deposits were $6.63 billion, an increase of $1.58 billion, or 31.4%, from December 31, 2018, and were primarily used to fund loan growth. Net borrowings decreased $49.2 million, or 12.2%, to $355.0 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $404.2 million as of December 31, 2018. Our shareholders’ equity increased $141.9 million to $621.3 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $479.4 million as of December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily the result of the issuance of $77.6 million in preferred stock, $60.2 million in net income, the impact of $8.8 million in stock-based compensation, an increase of $2.5 million in other accumulated comprehensive income and $900,000 in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by preferred stock dividends declared of $5.8 million and the purchase of $2.3 million in treasury stock. Loans and Leases Our loan and lease portfolio, which represents our largest earning asset, primarily consists of loans to our private banking clients, commercial and industrial loans and leases, and real estate loans secured by commercial properties. The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Private banking loans Middle-market banking loans: Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total middle-market banking loans Loans and leases held-for-investment 2020 2019 December 31, 2018 2017 2016 4,807,800 $ 3,695,402 $ 2,869,543 $ 2,265,737 $ 1,735,928 1,274,152 2,155,466 3,429,618 8,237,418 $ 1,085,709 1,796,448 2,882,157 6,577,559 $ 785,320 1,478,010 2,263,330 5,132,873 $ 667,684 1,250,823 1,918,507 4,184,244 $ 587,423 1,077,703 1,665,126 3,401,054 $ $ Loans and Leases Held-for-Investment. Loans and leases held-for-investment increased by $1.66 billion, or 25.2%, to $8.24 billion as of December 31, 2020, as compared to December 31, 2019. Our growth for the year ended December 31, 2020, was comprised of an increase in private banking loans of $1.11 billion, or 30.1%; an increase in commercial real estate loans of $359.0 million, or 20.0%; and an increase in commercial and industrial loans and leases of $188.4 million, or 17.4%. 66 Loans and leases held-for-investment increased by $1.44 billion, or 28.1%, to $6.58 billion as of December 31, 2019, as compared to December 31, 2018. Our growth for the year ended December 31, 2019, was comprised of an increase in private banking loans of $825.9 million, or 28.8%; an increase in commercial real estate loans of $318.4 million, or 21.5%; and an increase in commercial and industrial loans and leases of $300.4 million, or 38.3%. Primary Loan Categories Private Banking Loans. Our private banking loans include personal and commercial loans that are sourced through our private banking channel (which operates on a national basis), including referral relationships with financial intermediaries. These loans primarily consist of loans made to high-net-worth individuals, trusts and businesses that are secured by cash and marketable securities. We also originate loans that are secured by cash value life insurance and to a lesser extent residential property or other financial assets. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower. We also have a limited number of unsecured loans and lines of credit in our private banking loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2020, private banking loans were approximately $4.81 billion, or 58.4% of loans held-for-investment, of which $4.74 billion, or 98.6%, were secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. As of December 31, 2019, private banking loans were approximately $3.70 billion, or 56.2% of loans held-for-investment, of which $3.60 billion, or 97.4%, were secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. Our private banking lines of credit are typically due on demand. The growth in these loans is expected to increase, as a result of our continued focus on this portion of our banking business. We believe we have strong competitive advantages in this line of business given our robust distribution channel relationships and proprietary technology. These loans tend to have a lower risk profile and are an efficient use of capital because they typically are zero percent risk-weighted for regulatory capital purposes. On a daily basis, we monitor the collateral of loans secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance, which further reduces the risk profile of the private banking portfolio. Since inception, we have had no charge-offs related to our loans secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. Loans sourced through our private banking channel also include loans that are classified for regulatory purposes as commercial, most of which are also secured by cash, marketable securities or and/or cash value life insurance. The table below includes all loans made through our private banking channel, by collateral type, as of the dates indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Private banking loans: Secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance Secured by real estate Other Total private banking loans 2020 December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 4,738,594 $ 45,014 24,192 4,807,800 $ 3,599,198 $ 62,782 33,422 3,695,402 $ 2,774,800 69,766 24,977 2,869,543 As of December 31, 2020, there were $4.73 billion of total private banking loans with a floating interest rate and $77.1 million with a fixed interest rate, as compared to $3.53 billion and $169.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. Commercial Banking: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases. Our commercial and industrial loan and lease portfolio primarily includes loans and leases made to financial and other service companies or manufacturers generally for the purposes of financing production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, acquisitions and recapitalizations. Cash flow from the borrower’s operations is the primary source of repayment for these loans and leases, except for certain commercial loans that are secured by marketable securities. As of December 31, 2020, our commercial and industrial loans comprised $1.27 billion, or 15.5% of loans held-for-investment, as compared to $1.09 billion, or 16.5%, as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020, there were $966.6 million of total commercial and industrial loans with a floating interest rate and $307.6 million with a fixed interest rate, as compared to $867.7 million and $218.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. Commercial Banking: Commercial Real Estate Loans. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner-occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes, including office, industrial, multifamily, retail, hospitality, healthcare and self-storage. Also included are commercial construction loans to finance the construction or renovation of structures as well as to finance the acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. Individual project cash flows, global cash flows and liquidity from the developer, or the sale of the property, are the primary sources of repayment for commercial real estate loans secured by investment properties. The primary source of repayment for commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties is cash flow from the borrower’s operations. There were $220.8 67 million and $210.7 million of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2020, totaled $2.16 billion, or 26.1% of loans held-for-investment, as compared to $1.80 billion, or 27.3%, as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020, $2.03 billion of total commercial real estate loans had a floating interest rate and $123.3 million had a fixed interest rate, as compared to $1.69 billion and $111.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. Loan and Lease Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity The following table presents the contractual maturity ranges and the amount of such loans with fixed rates and adjustable rates in each maturity range as of the date indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Maturity: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Loans and leases held-for-investment Interest rate sensitivity: Fixed interest rates Floating or adjustable interest rates Loans and leases held-for-investment Large Credit Relationships Due on Demand One Year or Less December 31, 2020 One to Five Years Greater Than Five Years Total $ $ $ $ 4,551,754 $ 6,547 — 4,558,301 $ 53,785 $ 4,504,516 4,558,301 $ 43,584 $ 397,325 377,366 818,275 $ 33,301 $ 784,974 818,275 $ 109,749 $ 679,277 830,745 1,619,771 $ 102,713 $ 191,003 947,355 1,241,071 $ 220,486 $ 1,399,285 1,619,771 $ 200,458 $ 1,040,613 1,241,071 $ 4,807,800 1,274,152 2,155,466 8,237,418 508,030 7,729,388 8,237,418 We originate and maintain large credit relationships with numerous customers in the ordinary course of our business. We have established a preferred limit on loans that is significantly lower than our legal lending limit of approximately $118.4 million as of December 31, 2020. Our present preferred lending limit is $10.0 million based upon our total credit exposure to any one borrowing relationship. However, exceptions to this limit may be made based on the strength of the underlying credit and sponsor, type and composition of the credit exposure, collateral support, including over-collateralization and liquidity nature of collateral, structure of the credit facilities as well as the presence of other potential positive credit factors. Additionally, we review this along with other aspects of our credit policy which can change from time to time. As of December 31, 2020, our average commercial loan size was approximately $3.9 million and average private banking loan size was approximately $428,000. The following table summarizes the aggregate committed and outstanding balances of our larger credit relationships as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. (Dollars in thousands) Large credit relationships: >$25 million >$20 million to $25 million >$15 million to $20 million >$10 million to $15 million December 31, 2020 Commitment (based on availability) Number of Relationships Outstanding Balance Number of Relationships December 31, 2019 Commitment (based on availability) Outstanding Balance 23 17 46 105 $ $ $ $ 930,061 $ 381,275 $ 814,098 $ 1,302,010 $ 664,614 236,085 505,452 958,840 17 12 38 93 $ $ $ $ 645,608 $ 273,908 $ 679,411 $ 1,138,966 $ 442,437 185,651 423,893 803,301 Approximately $1.83 billion and $1.27 billion of commitments to large credit relationships were secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Loan Pricing We generally extend variable-rate loans on which the interest rate fluctuations are based upon a predetermined indicator, such as the LIBOR or United States prime rate. Our use of variable-rate loans is designed to mitigate our interest rate risk to the extent that the 68 rates that we charge on our variable-rate loans will rise or fall in tandem with rates that we must pay to acquire deposits and vice versa. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 93.8% of our loans had a floating rate. Interest Reserve Loans As of December 31, 2020, loans with interest reserves totaled $389.1 million, which represented 4.7% of loans held-for-investment, as compared to $348.0 million, or 5.3%, as of December 31, 2019, largely attributable to growth in the commercial real estate portfolio. Certain loans reserve a portion of the proceeds to be used to pay interest due on the loan. These loans with interest reserves are common for construction and land development loans. The use of interest reserves is based on the feasibility of the project, the creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, and the loan to value coverage of the collateral. The interest reserve may be used by the borrower, when certain financial conditions are met, to draw loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan. When drawn, the interest is capitalized and added to the loan balance, subject to conditions specified during the initial underwriting and at the time the credit is approved. We have procedures and controls for monitoring compliance with loan covenants, advancing funds and determining default conditions. In addition, most of our construction lending is performed within our geographic footprint and our lenders are familiar with trends in the local real estate market. Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases represent our current estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at a specific point in time. This estimate includes credit losses associated with loans and leases evaluated on a collective or pool basis, as well as expected credit losses of the individually evaluated loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics. Additions are made to the allowance through both periodic provisions recorded in the consolidated statements of income and recoveries of losses previously incurred. Reductions to the allowance occur as loans are charged off or when the current estimate of expected credit losses in any of the three loan portfolios decreases. Results for full year and period end December 31, 2020, are presented under CECL methodology while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases, for more details on the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. The following table summarizes the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) General reserves Specific reserves Total allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to loans and leases 2020 2019 $ $ 32,642 1,988 34,630 $ $ 13,937 171 14,108 $ $ December 31, 2018 12,771 437 13,208 $ $ 2017 2016 11,910 2,507 14,417 $ $ 11,823 6,939 18,762 0.42 % 0.21 % 0.26 % 0.34 % 0.55 % As of December 31, 2020, we had specific reserves totaling $2.0 million related to impaired loans with an aggregated total outstanding balance of $9.7 million. As of December 31, 2019, we had specific reserves totaling $171,000 related to impaired loans with an aggregated total outstanding balance of $171,000. All loans with specific reserves were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The following tables summarize allowance for credit losses on loans and leases and the percentage of loans by loan category, as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total allowance for credit losses on loans and leases 2020 2019 December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ Reserve 2,047 5,254 27,329 Percent of Loans Reserve Percent of Loans Reserve Percent of Loans Reserve Percent of Loans Reserve Percent of Loans 58.4 % $ 15.5 % 26.1 % 1,973 5,262 6,873 56.2 % $ 16.5 % 27.3 % 1,942 5,764 5,502 55.9 % $ 15.3 % 28.8 % 1,577 8,043 4,797 54.1 % $ 16.0 % 29.9 % 1,424 12,326 5,012 51.0 % 17.3 % 31.7 % $ 34,630 100.0 % $ 14,108 100.0 % $ 13,208 100.0 % $ 14,417 100.0 % $ 18,762 100.0 % 69 Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases was $34.6 million, or 0.42% of loans, as of December 31, 2020, as compared to $14.1 million, or 0.21% of loans, as of December 31, 2019. Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases increased to 1.0% of commercial loans (excluding private banking loans primarily collateralized by liquid, marketable securities) as of December 31, 2020, compared to 0.5% of commercial loans as of December 31, 2019. The increase is primarily due to adjustments to the macro-economic forecast data such as GDP and unemployment in response to the economic uncertainty around the COVID-19 pandemic as well as an increase to our specific reserves related to the addition of non-performing loans. In addition, our adoption of CECL on December 31, 2020 resulted in an immediate increase of $942,000 in our allowance, which was unrelated to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases related to private banking loans increased $74,000 from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to growth in this portfolio. Our allowance for credit losses on loans and leases related to commercial real estate loans increased $20.5 million from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, due to increased general reserves from growth and macro-economic forecast adjustments as well as increased specific reserves related to the addition of non-performing loans. The implementation of the CECL methodology also added an immediate increase of $3.6 million of reserves to our commercial real estate portfolio. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Our allowance for loan and lease losses was $14.1 million, or 0.21% of loans, as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $13.2 million, or 0.26% of loans, as of December 31, 2018. Our allowance for loan and lease losses related to private banking loans increased $31,000 from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, which was attributable to growth in this portfolio, partially offset by lower specific reserves on non-performing loans. Our allowance for loan and lease losses related to commercial and industrial loans decreased $502,000 from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, which was attributable to lower general reserves due to an improved credit loss history. Our allowance for loan and lease losses related to commercial real estate loans increased $1.4 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, which was attributable to higher general reserves primarily due to growth in this portfolio. Charge-Offs and Recoveries Our charge-off policy for commercial and private banking loans and leases requires that obligations that are not collectible be promptly charged off in the month the loss becomes probable, regardless of the delinquency status of the loan or lease. We recognize a partial charge-off when we have determined that the value of the collateral is less than the remaining ledger balance at the time of the evaluation. An obligation is not required to be charged off, regardless of delinquency status, if we have determined there exists sufficient collateral to protect the remaining loan or lease balance and there exists a strategy to liquidate the collateral. We may also consider a number of other factors to determine when a charge-off is appropriate, including: the status of a bankruptcy proceeding, the value of collateral and probability of successful liquidation; and the status of adverse proceedings or litigation that may result in collection. 70 The following table provides an analysis of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases and charge-offs, recoveries and provision for credit losses on loans and leases for the years indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Beginning balance Impact of adopting CECL Charge-offs: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total charge-offs Recoveries: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total recoveries Net recoveries (charge-offs) Provision (credit) for credit losses on loans and leases Ending balance 2020 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ 14,108 942 13,208 — $ $ 14,417 — 18,762 — $ (171) — — (171) — 450 — 450 279 19,301 34,630 $ (112) — — (112) — 1,980 — 1,980 1,868 (968) 14,108 $ — (2,068) — (2,068) — 1,064 — 1,064 (1,004) (205) 13,208 $ — (4,302) — (4,302) — 575 5 580 (3,722) (623) 14,417 $ 17,974 — — (4,258) — (4,258) — 797 3,411 4,208 (50) 838 18,762 $ $ Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average total loans and leases Provision (credit) for credit losses on loans and leases to average total loans and leases — % 0.27 % (0.03)% (0.02)% 0.02 % — % 0.10 % (0.02)% — % 0.03 % Non-Performing Assets Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and OREO. Non-performing loans are loans that are on non-accrual status. OREO is real property acquired through foreclosure on the collateral underlying defaulted loans and including in-substance foreclosures. We record OREO at fair value, less estimated costs to sell the assets. Our policy is to place loans in all categories on non-accrual status when collection of interest or principal is doubtful, or when interest or principal payments are 90 days or more past due. There were no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and there was no interest income recognized on loans while on non-accrual status for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. As of December 31, 2020, non-performing loans were $9.7 million, or 0.12% of total loans, compared to $184,000, or 0%, and $2.2 million, or 0.04%, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We had specific reserves of $2.0 million, $171,000 and $437,000 as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, on these non-performing loans. The net loan balance of our non-performing loans was 79.2%, 6.3% and 74.3% of the customer’s outstanding balance after payments, charge-offs and specific reserves as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For additional information on our non-performing loans as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases, to our consolidated financial statements. Once the determination is made that a foreclosure is necessary, the loan is reclassified as “in-substance foreclosure” until a sale date and title to the property is finalized. Once we own the property, it is maintained, marketed, rented and/or sold to repay the original loan. Historically, foreclosure trends in our loan portfolio have been low due to the seasoning of our portfolio. Any loans that are modified or extended are reviewed for potential classification as a TDR loan. For borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty, we complete a process that outlines the terms of the modification, the reasons for the proposed modification and documents the current status of the borrower. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and its economic impact on our customers, we implemented a short-term loan modification program in compliance with the CARES Act and applicable regulatory guidance to provide temporary payment relief to those borrowers directly impacted by COVID-19. These deferral levels are declining more rapidly than our earlier forecasts and the majority of them have already resumed payment. We had deferrals outstanding of approximately $444.4 million, or 6% of total loans at June 30, 2020, our highest level at a quarter-end, and at December 31, 2020, only 13 loans representing $84.5 million, or 1% of total loans had not resumed payment yet. Under the applicable guidance, these loan modifications were not considered TDRs. 71 The table below shows the composition of the deferrals on our commercial and industrial loan and lease portfolio by borrower industry as of December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Manufacturing Mining Balances at 12/31/20 Commercial and Industrial Deferrals at 12/31/20 Deferrals as % of Total Deferrals $ 117,393 $ 22,651 1,969 1,795 2 % 2 % The table below shows the composition of the deferrals on our commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Multifamily Office Retail Industrial Developed Land Self Storage Hotel Balances at 12/31/20 Commercial Real Estate Deferrals at 12/31/20 Deferrals as % of Total Deferrals $ 625,418 $ 470,226 330,721 314,435 55,006 47,926 45,717 11,966 18,701 12,164 6,897 4,453 7,891 17,889 14 % 22 % 14 % 8 % 5 % 9 % 21 % In addition to the deferrals in our commercial banking portfolio shown in the tables above, we also had a temporary payment deferral of $752,000 related to a private banking real estate loan, that has not yet resumed payment as of December 31, 2020. We had non-performing assets of $12.4 million, or 0.13% of total assets, as of December 31, 2020, as compared to $4.4 million, or 0.06% of total assets, as of December 31, 2019. The increase in non-performing assets was due to the addition of new non-performing loans of $9.7 million, partially offset by a decrease in our OREO balance of $1.6 million. This increase was considered within the assessment of the determination of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases. As of December 31, 2020, we had OREO properties totaling $2.7 million as compared to $4.3 million as of December 31, 2019. During the year ended, December 31, 2020, a property was sold from OREO for $1.5 million with a net gain of $65,000. There were no residential mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2020. We had non-performing assets of $4.4 million, or 0.06% of total assets, as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $5.7 million, or 0.09% of total assets, as of December 31, 2018. The decrease in non-performing assets was due to $6.4 million in charge-offs and paydowns on non-performing loans, partially offset by the addition of a new non-performing loan of $5.1 million. This decrease was considered within the assessment of the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. As of December 31, 2019, we had OREO properties totaling $4.3 million as compared to $3.4 million as of December 31, 2018. 72 The following table summarizes our non-performing assets as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Non-performing loans: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total non-performing loans Other real estate owned Total non-performing assets Non-performing troubled debt restructured loans Performing troubled debt restructured loans Non-performing loans to total loans Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-performing loans Non-performing assets to total assets Potential Problem Loans 2020 2019 December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ $ $ — $ 458 9,222 9,680 2,724 12,404 $ 2,926 $ — $ 0.12 % 357.75 % 0.13 % $ $ $ $ 184 — — 184 4,250 4,434 171 — — % 7,667.39 % 0.06 % $ $ $ $ 2,237 — — 2,237 3,424 5,661 237 — 0.04 % 590.43 % 0.09 % $ $ $ $ 368 2,815 — 3,183 3,576 6,759 3,183 3,371 0.08 % 452.94 % 0.14 % 517 17,273 — 17,790 4,178 21,968 17,273 471 0.52 % 105.46 % 0.56 % Potential problem loans are those loans that are not categorized as non-performing loans, but where current information indicates that the borrower may not be able to comply with repayment terms in the future. Among other factors, we monitor past due status as an indicator of credit deterioration and potential problem loans. A loan is considered past due when the contractual principal and/or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. To the extent that loans become past due, we assess the potential for loss on such loans individually as we would with other problem loans and consider the effect of any potential loss in determining any additional provision for credit losses on loans and leases. We also assess alternatives to maximize collection of any past due loans, including and without limitation, restructuring loan terms, requiring additional loan guarantee(s) or collateral, or other planned action. For additional information on the age analysis of past due loans segregated by class of loan for December 31, 2020 and 2019, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases, to our consolidated financial statements. On a monthly basis, we monitor various credit quality indicators for our loan portfolio, including delinquency, non-performing status, changes in risk ratings, changes in the underlying performance of the borrowers and other relevant factors. On a daily basis, we monitor the collateral of loans secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance within the private banking portfolio, which further reduces the risk profile of that portfolio. Loan risk ratings are assigned based on the creditworthiness of the borrower and the quality of the collateral for loans secured by marketable securities. Loan risk ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to internal policies. Loans within the pass rating are believed to have a lower risk of loss than loans that are risk rated as special mention, substandard or doubtful, which are believed to have an increasing risk of loss. Our internal risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance. We also monitor the loan portfolio through a formal periodic review process. All non-pass rated loans are reviewed monthly and higher risk-rated loans within the pass category are reviewed three times a year. For additional information on the definitions of our internal risk rating and the amortized cost basis of loans by credit quality indicator for December 31, 2020 and 2019, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases, to our consolidated financial statements. Investment Securities We utilize investment activities to enhance net interest income while supporting liquidity management and interest rate risk management. Our securities portfolio consists of available-for-sale debt securities, held-to-maturity debt securities and, from time to time, debt securities held for trading purposes and equity securities. Also included in our investment securities is FHLB Stock. For additional information on FHLB stock, refer to Note 2, Investment Securities, to our consolidated financial statements. Debt securities purchased with the intent to sell under trading activity and equity securities are recorded at fair value and changes to fair value are recognized in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. Debt securities categorized as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and changes in the fair value of these securities are recognized as a component of total shareholders’ equity, 73 within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred taxes. Debt securities categorized as held-to-maturity are debt securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are recorded at amortized cost. The Bank has engaged Chartwell to provide securities portfolio advisory services, subject to the investment parameters set forth in our investment policy. As of December 31, 2020, we reported debt securities in available-for-sale and held-to-maturity categories. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices of identical assets, when available. Where sufficient data is not available to produce a fair valuation, fair value is based on broker quotes for similar assets. We validate the prices received from these third parties by comparing them to prices provided by a different independent pricing service. We have also reviewed the valuation methodologies provided to us by our pricing services. Broker quotes may be adjusted to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Adjustments may include unobservable parameters, among other things. Securities, like loans, are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, by their nature, securities classified as available-for-sale are also subject to fair value risks that could negatively affect the level of liquidity available to us, as well as shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2020, our available-for-sale debt securities portfolio consists of U.S. government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and single-issuer trust preferred securities, all with varying contractual maturities. Our held-to-maturity debt securities portfolio consists of certain municipal bonds, agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds while our trading portfolio, when active, typically consists of U.S. treasury notes, also with varying contractual maturities. However, these maturities do not necessarily represent the expected life of the securities as certain securities may be called or paid down without penalty prior to their stated maturities. The effective duration of our debt securities portfolio as of December 31, 2020, was approximately 1.7, where duration is defined as the approximate percentage change in price for a 100 basis point change in rates. No investment in any of these securities exceeds any applicable limitation imposed by law or regulation. The ALCO reviews the investment portfolio on an ongoing basis to ensure that the investments conform to our investment policy. Available-for-Sale Debt Securities. We held $617.6 million and $248.8 million in debt securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase of $368.8 million was primarily attributable to purchases of $571.8 million made to strengthen the liquidity of the balance sheet, net of prepayments, including calls and maturities, of $85.3 million and sales of $120.4 million, of certain securities during the year ended December 31, 2020. On a fair value basis, 23.8% of our available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2020, were floating-rate securities for which yields increase or decrease based on changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2019, floating-rate securities comprised 45.8% of our available-for-sale debt securities. On a fair value basis, 71.4% of our available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2020, were U.S. agency securities, which tend to have a lower risk profile, than certain corporate bonds and single-issuer trust preferred securities, which comprised the remainder of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, agency securities comprised 22.1% of our available-for-sale debt securities. Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities. We held $211.8 million and $196.0 million in debt securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to purchases of $447.1 million, net of calls and maturities of $430.1 million, of certain securities during the year ended December 31, 2020. As part of our asset and liability management strategy, we determined that we have the intent and ability to hold these bonds until maturity, and these securities were reported at amortized cost as of December 31, 2020. Trading Debt Securities. We held no trading debt securities as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. From time to time, we may identify opportunities in the marketplace to generate supplemental income from trading activity, principally based on the volatility of U.S. treasury notes with maturities up to 10 years. 74 The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Total debt securities available-for-sale Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Depreciation Allowance for Credit Losses (1) Estimated Fair Value $ $ 157,452 $ 18,228 22,058 406,741 8,013 612,492 $ 1,538 $ 57 36 3,595 790 6,016 $ 526 $ 198 5 209 — 938 $ — $ — — — — — $ 158,464 18,087 22,089 410,127 8,803 617,570 (1) Available-for-sale securities are recorded on the statement of financial condition at estimated fair value, net of allowance for credit losses, if applicable. (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Residential mortgage-backed securities Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities held-to-maturity Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value Allowance for Credit Losses (1) $ $ 28,672 $ 48,130 6,577 124,152 4,309 211,840 $ 566 $ 1,051 45 237 778 2,677 $ 1 $ — — 217 — 218 $ 29,237 49,181 6,622 124,172 5,087 214,299 $ $ 79 — — 70 — 149 (1) Held-to-maturity securities are recorded on the statement of financial condition at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses. (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Total debt securities available-for-sale (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities held-to-maturity Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value December 31, 2019 172,704 $ 18,092 27,262 18,058 8,961 245,077 $ 2,821 $ 216 11 451 441 3,940 $ 107 $ 48 80 — — 235 $ 175,418 18,260 27,193 18,509 9,402 248,782 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value December 31, 2019 24,678 $ 149,912 17,094 4,360 196,044 $ 619 $ 628 144 255 1,646 $ — $ 935 — — 935 $ 25,297 149,605 17,238 4,615 196,755 $ $ $ $ 75 (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Non-agency collateralized loan obligations Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Total debt securities available-for-sale (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Agency debentures Total debt securities held-to-maturity Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value December 31, 2018 152,691 $ 17,964 393 33,680 21,575 9,994 236,297 $ 33 $ — — 42 37 67 179 $ 1,661 $ 1,115 3 4 348 49 3,180 $ 151,063 16,849 390 33,718 21,264 10,012 233,296 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value December 31, 2018 27,184 $ 141,575 22,963 4,409 196,131 $ 353 $ 472 11 — 836 $ 22 $ 34 61 27 144 $ 27,515 142,013 22,913 4,382 196,823 $ $ $ $ The changes in the fair values of our municipal bonds, agency debentures, agency collateralized mortgage obligations and agency mortgage-backed securities are primarily the result of interest rate fluctuations. To assess for credit impairment, management evaluates the underlying issuer’s financial performance and related credit rating information through a review of publicly available financial statements and other publicly available information. This most recent assessment for credit impairment did not identify any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal and interest on these debt securities. In addition, the Company has the ability and intent to hold debt securities in an unrealized loss position until recovery of their amortized cost. Based on this, no allowance for credit losses has been recognized on debt securities available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position. Debt securities available-for-sale of $2.4 million as of December 31, 2020, were held in safekeeping at the FHLB and were included in the calculation of borrowing capacity. Additionally, there were $30.1 million of debt securities held-to-maturity that were pledged as collateral for certain deposit relationships. 76 The following table sets forth the fair value, contractual maturities and approximated weighted average yield, calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities portfolios as of December 31, 2020, based on estimated annual income divided by the average amortized cost of these securities. Contractual maturities may differ from expected maturities because issuers and/or borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties, which would also impact the corresponding yield. (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Total debt securities available-for-sale Weighted average yield Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Residential mortgage-backed securities Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities held-to-maturity Weighted average yield Less Than One Year One to Five Years December 31, 2020 Five to 10 Years Greater Than 10 Years Total Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield $ 19,393 — 1.98 % $ — % 69,922 — 1.06 % $ — % 69,149 9,476 1.56 % $ 2.04 % — 8,611 — % $ 1.95 % 158,464 18,087 372 — — 19,765 — — 2,205 — — 2,205 — — — 69,922 9,683 — 3,890 — — 13,573 $ 83,495 1.55 % — % — % 1.97 % — % — % 2.05 % — % — % 2.05 % 1.98 % — 17,140 — 95,765 19,554 40,116 527 — — 60,197 $ 155,962 — % — % — % 1.06 % 5.03 % — % 2.26 % — % — % 4.23 % 1.57 % 21,717 392,987 8,803 432,118 — 9,065 — 124,172 5,087 138,324 $ 570,442 — % 1.08 % — % 1.52 % 5.11 % 1.75 % 2.71 % — % — % 2.84 % 2.03 % 22,089 410,127 8,803 617,570 29,237 49,181 6,622 124,172 5,087 214,299 $ 831,869 0.56 % 1.63 % 3.01 % 1.60 % — % 3.09 % — % 2.25 % 3.59 % 2.34 % 1.78 % 1.39 % 2.00 % 0.58 % 1.60 % 3.01 % 1.54 % 5.09 % 1.98 % 2.23 % 2.25 % 3.59 % 2.60 % 1.81 % Total debt securities $ 21,970 Weighted average yield For additional information regarding our investment securities portfolios, refer to Note 2, Investment Securities, to our consolidated financial statements. Deposits Deposits are our primary source of funds to support our earning assets. We have focused on creating and growing diversified, stable, and lower all-in cost deposit channels without operating through a traditional branch network. We market liquidity and treasury management products, payment processing products, and other deposit products to high-net-worth individuals, family offices, trust companies, wealth management firms, municipalities, endowments and foundations, broker/dealers, futures commission merchants, investment management firms, property management firms, payroll providers and other financial institutions. We believe that our deposit base is stable and diversified. We further believe we have the ability to attract new deposits, which is the primary source of funding our projected loan growth. With respect to our treasury management business, we utilize hybrid interest-bearing accounts that provide our clients with certainty around their fee structures and returns for their total cash position while enhancing our ability to obtain their full liquidity relationship and still meeting our cost of funds expectations, rather than the more traditional combination of separate non-interest bearing and interest-bearing accounts, that have reduced transparency and increased client burden. We continue to enhance our liquidity and treasury management capabilities and team to support our efforts to grow this source of funding. Treasury management deposit accounts totaled $1.46 billion as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $383.2 million, or 35.7%, from December 31, 2019. 77 The table below depicts average balances of, and rates paid on our deposit portfolio broken out by deposit type, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. (Dollars in thousands) Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Total average interest-bearing deposits Noninterest-bearing deposits Total average deposits 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 Average Amount Average Rate Paid Average Amount Average Rate Paid Average Amount Average Rate Paid 1.87 % $ 1.86 % 2.05 % 1.91 % — 0.60 % $ 0.92 % 1.60 % 0.93 % — 2.03 % $ 2.36 % 2.54 % 2.34 % — 2018 $ 0.88 % $ 2.23 % $ 1.80 % 1,058,064 2,943,541 1,371,038 5,372,643 267,846 5,640,489 2,407,087 3,812,942 1,223,631 7,443,660 408,313 7,851,973 612,921 2,429,203 1,071,556 4,113,680 244,090 4,357,770 Average Deposits for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our average total deposits were $7.85 billion, representing an increase of $2.21 billion, or 39.2%, from 2019. The average deposit growth was driven by increases in our interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and our noninterest-bearing deposits. Our average cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 141 basis points to 0.93% for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 2.34% in 2019, as average rates paid were lower in all interest-bearing deposit categories, which was driven by the decrease in the Federal Reserve’s target federal funds rate, which impacted our variable-rate deposits. Average money market deposits decreased to 51.3% of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 54.8% in 2019. Average certificates of deposit decreased to 16.4% of total average interest- bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 25.5% in 2019. Average interest-bearing checking accounts increased to 32.3% of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 19.7% in 2019. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 52.4% for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 2019, and the average cost of total deposits decreased 135 basis points to 0.88% for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 2.23% for the year ended December 31, 2019. We focus only on high quality loan growth and in the absence of this, we increase our assets through cash and cash equivalents as well as adding to our investment portfolio as part of our strategy to build greater on balance sheet liquidity funded through our deposits. Average Deposits for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our average total deposits were $5.64 billion, representing an increase of $1.28 billion, or 29.4%, from 2018. The average deposit growth was driven by increases in all deposit categories. Our average cost of interest-bearing deposits increased 43 basis points to 2.34% for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 1.91% in 2018, as average rates paid were higher in all interest-bearing deposit categories, which was driven by the direction and timing of the Federal Reserve’s target Federal Funds Rate changes, which impacted our variable-rate deposits. Average money market deposits decreased to 54.8% of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 59.1% in 2018. Average certificates of deposit decreased to 25.5% of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 26.0% in 2018. Average interest-bearing checking accounts increased to 19.7% of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 14.9% in 2018. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 9.7% for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 2018, and the average cost of total deposits increased 43 basis points to 2.23% for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 1.80% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Certificates of Deposit Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more outstanding are summarized below, as of the date indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Months to maturity: Three months or less Over three to six months Over six to 12 months Over 12 months Total 78 December 31, 2020 $ $ 385,615 182,664 224,677 116,531 909,487 Reciprocal and Brokered Deposits ® As of December 31, 2020, we consider approximately 91% of our total deposits to be relationship-based deposits, which include reciprocal certificates of deposit placed through CDARS service and reciprocal demand deposits placed through ICS . As of December 31, 2020, the Bank had CDARS and ICS reciprocal deposits totaling $1.72 billion, which are classified as non-brokered deposits as a result of current legislation. We continue to utilize brokered deposits as a tool for us to manage our cost of funds and to efficiently match changes in our liquidity needs based on our loan growth with our deposit balances and origination activity. As of December 31, 2020, brokered deposits were approximately 9% of total deposits. For additional information on our deposits, refer to Note 9, Deposits, to our consolidated financial statements. ® ® ® Borrowings Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities, as well as general business purposes. As an alternative source of liquidity, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, sell investment securities subject to our obligation to repurchase them, purchase Federal funds or engage in overnight borrowings from the FHLB or our correspondent banks. In 2020, the Company completed underwritten public offerings of subordinated notes due 2030, raising aggregate proceeds of $97.5 million. The subordinated notes have a term of 10 years at a fixed-to-floating interest rate of 5.75%. The subordinated notes qualify under federal regulatory rules as Tier 2 capital for the holding company. The following table presents certain information with respect to our outstanding borrowings, as of the following dates. Amount $ 300,000 5,000 Weighted Average Spot Rate 0.35% 4.25% December 31, 2020 Maximum Balance at Any Month End 480,000 $ 30,000 $ Average Balance During Year 330,314 6,243 Maximum Original Term 12 months 12 months Amount $ 355,000 — Weighted Average Spot Rate 1.89% —% December 31, 2019 Maximum Balance at Any Month End 605,000 $ 4,250 $ Average Balance During Year 394,480 1,234 Maximum Original Term 12 months 12 months 97,500 5.75% 97,500 60,246 10 years — —% 35,000 17,356 5 years $ 402,500 1.71% $ 607,500 $ 396,803 $ 355,000 1.89% $ 644,250 $ 413,070 (Dollars in thousands) FHLB borrowings Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable Total borrowings outstanding (Dollars in thousands) FHLB borrowings Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable Total borrowings outstanding Amount 365,000 4,250 35,000 404,250 $ $ Weighted Average Spot Rate 2.61% 5.47% 5.75% 2.91% December 31, 2018 Maximum Balance at Any Month End 565,000 $ 6,200 35,000 606,200 $ $ $ Average Balance During Year 325,356 2,568 35,000 362,924 Maximum Original Term 12 months 12 months 5 years The Company entered into cash flow hedge transactions to establish the interest rate paid on $300.0 million of its FHLB borrowings at varying rates and maturities. For additional information on cash flow hedges, refer to Note 17, Derivatives and Hedging Activity, to our consolidated financial statements. Liquidity We evaluate liquidity both at the holding company level and at the Bank level. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank and Chartwell represent our only material assets. Our primary sources of funds at the parent company level are cash on hand, dividends paid to us from Chartwell, availability on our line of credit, and the net proceeds from the issuance of our debt and/or equity securities. As of 79 December 31, 2020, our primary liquidity needs at the parent company level were the semi-annual interest payments on our subordinated notes payable, quarterly dividends on our preferred stock, interest payments on our other borrowings and our share repurchase program. All other liquidity needs were minimal and related solely to reimbursing the Bank for management, accounting and financial reporting services provided by Bank personnel. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the parent company paid $7.9 million in dividends on outstanding shares of preferred stock, $6.0 million in connection with our share repurchase and stock cancellation program and $3.1 million in interest payments on our subordinated notes and other borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the parent company repaid $35.0 million principal amount of subordinated debt, $5.8 million in dividends on outstanding shares of preferred stock, $2.3 million in connection with shares repurchases and $1.1 million in interest payments on subordinated notes and other borrowings. We believe that our cash on hand at the parent company level, coupled with the dividend paying capacity of the Bank and Chartwell, were adequate to fund any foreseeable parent company obligations as of December 31, 2020. In addition, at December 31, 2020, the holding company maintained an unsecured line of credit of $50.0 million with Texas Capital Bank, of which $45.0 million was available as of that date. On February 18, 2021, the Company terminated its existing line of credit with Texas Capital Bank and established a new unsecured line of credit of $75.0 million with The Huntington National Bank (the “New Credit Agreement”). The Company made an initial borrowing of $5.2 million on February 18, 2021. The New Credit Agreement matures on February 18, 2022 and contains customary terms, including with respect to acceleration in the event of non-payment and certain other defaults. Our goal in liquidity management at the Bank level is to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, as well as our operating cash needs. These requirements include the payment of deposits on demand at their contractual maturity, the repayment of borrowings as they mature, the payment of our ordinary business obligations, the ability to fund new and existing loans and other funding commitments, and the ability to take advantage of new business opportunities. The ALCO, has established an asset/liability management policy designed to achieve and maintain earnings performance consistent with long-term goals while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk, well capitalized regulatory status and adequate levels of liquidity. The ALCO has also established a contingency funding plan to address liquidity crisis conditions. The ALCO is designated as the body responsible for the monitoring and implementation of these policies. The ALCO reviews liquidity on a frequent basis and approves significant changes in strategies that affect balance sheet or cash flow positions. Sources of asset liquidity are cash, interest-earning deposits with other banks, federal funds sold, certain unpledged debt securities, loan repayments (scheduled and unscheduled), and future earnings. Sources of liability liquidity include a stable deposit base, the ability to renew maturing certificates of deposit, borrowing availability at the FHLB of Pittsburgh, unsecured lines with other financial institutions, access to reciprocal CDARS and ICS deposits and brokered deposits, and the ability to raise debt and equity. Customer deposits, which are an important source of liquidity, depend on the confidence of customers in us. Deposits are supported by our capital position and, up to applicable limits, the protection provided by FDIC insurance. ® ® We measure and monitor liquidity on an ongoing basis, which allows us to more effectively understand and react to trends in our balance sheet. In addition, the ALCO uses a variety of methods to monitor our liquidity position, including a liquidity gap, which measures potential sources and uses of funds over future periods. We have established policy guidelines for a variety of liquidity-related performance metrics, such as net loans to deposits, brokered funding composition, cash to total loans and duration of certificates of deposit, among others, all of which are utilized in measuring and managing our liquidity position. The ALCO also performs contingency funding and capital stress analyses at least annually to determine our ability to meet potential liquidity and capital needs under various stress scenarios. In response to the public health and economic crisis resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, we initially increased our liquid assets as a component of our assets and our deposits as a portion of our assets for the express purpose of carrying more on balance sheet liquidity to provide for potential or unforeseen clients’ needs during the pandemic, in particular during the early stages of the government shut-down programs. We believe that our liquidity position continues to be strong due to our ability to generate strong growth in deposits, which is evidenced by our ratio of total deposits to total assets of 85.8%, 85.4% and 83.7% as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, during a period when our total assets grew from $6.04 billion to $9.90 billion. Our ratio of average deposits to total average assets increased to 86.0% for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 83.7% from the same period in 2019. As of December 31, 2020, we had available liquidity of $1.77 billion, or 17.9% of total assets. These sources consisted of available cash and cash equivalents totaling $271.1 million, or 2.7% of total assets, certain unpledged investment securities of $793.7 million, or 8.0% of total assets, and the ability to borrow from the FHLB and correspondent bank lines totaling $704.1 million, or 7.1% of total assets. Available cash excludes pledged accounts for derivative and letter of credit transactions and the reserve balance requirement at the Federal Reserve. 80 The following table shows our available liquidity, by source, as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Available cash Certain unpledged investment securities Net borrowing capacity Total liquidity 2020 271,090 $ 793,658 704,082 1,768,830 $ $ $ December 31, 2019 167,695 $ 400,222 569,132 1,137,049 $ 2018 97,703 389,010 476,686 963,399 For the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated $85.4 million in cash from operating activities, compared to $68.2 million in 2019. This change in cash flow was primarily the result of a decrease in net income of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, more than offset by changes in working capital items largely related to timing. Investing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of $2.04 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to a net cash outflow of $1.46 billion in 2019. The outflows for the year ended December 31, 2020, were primarily due to $1.67 billion in net loan growth and $1.02 billion for the purchase of investment securities, partially offset by proceeds from the sale, principal repayments and maturities of investments securities of $635.8 million. The outflows for the year ended December 31, 2019, were primarily due to $1.44 billion in net loan growth and the purchase of investment securities of $317.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale, principal repayments and maturities of investments securities of $323.0 million. Financing activities resulted in a net inflow of $1.99 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to a net inflow of $1.60 billion in 2019, primarily as a result of the net growth in deposits of $1.85 billion, net proceeds from the issuance of stock of $100.0 million in net proceeds from our private placement, which closed on December 30, 2020, and $95.3 million in net proceeds from the issuance of subordinated notes payable, partially offset by a decrease of $55.0 million in FHLB advances for the year ended December 31, 2020. The inflows for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of net growth of $1.58 billion in deposits and the net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $77.6 million, partially offset by the repayment of subordinated debt of $35.0 million and a decrease in FHLB advances of $10 million. We continue to evaluate the potential impact on liquidity management of various regulatory proposals, including those being established under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as government regulators continue the final rule-making process. Capital Resources The access to and cost of funding for new business initiatives, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on our capital position. The Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC on December 26, 2019, which provides a means to allow us to issue registered securities to finance our growth objectives. The assessment of capital adequacy depends on a number of factors, including asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, changing competitive conditions and economic forces. We seek to maintain a strong capital base to support our growth and expansion activities, to provide stability to current operations and to promote public confidence in our Company. Shareholders’ Equity. Shareholders’ equity increased to $757.1 million as of December 31, 2020, compared to $621.3 million as of December 31, 2019. The $135.9 million increase during the year ended December 31, 2020, was primarily attributable to the issuance of $100.0 million in stock, net income of $45.2 million and the impact of $9.5 million in stock-based compensation, partially offset by preferred stock dividends declared of $7.9 million, a decrease of $3.8 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, the purchase of $3.6 million in treasury stock, $2.5 million in cancellation of stock options and $1.7 million related to our adoption of CECL on December 31, 2020. Shareholders’ equity increased to $621.3 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $479.4 million as of December 31, 2018. The $141.9 million increase during the year ended December 31, 2019, was primarily attributable to the issuance of $77.6 million in preferred stock, net income of $60.2 million, the impact of $8.8 million in stock-based compensation, an increase of $2.5 million in accumulated other comprehensive income and $900,000 in proceeds from stock options exercised, partially offset by preferred stock dividends declared of $5.8 million and the purchase of $2.3 million in treasury stock. On December 30, 2020, the Company completed the private placement of securities pursuant to an Investment Agreement, dated October 10, 2020 and amended December 9, 2020, with T-VIII PubOpps LP (“T-VIII PubOpps”), an affiliate of investment funds managed by Stone Point Capital LLC. Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, the Company sold to T-VIII PubOpps (i) 2,770,083 81 shares of voting common stock for $40.0 million, (ii) 650 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for $65.0 million, and (iii) warrants to purchase up to 922,438 shares of voting common stock, or a future series of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $17.50 per share. After two years, the Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of a future series of non-voting common stock or, when transferred under certain limited circumstances to a holder other than an affiliate of Stone Point Capital LLC, voting common stock, at a price of $13.75 per share. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, and is entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company, dividends at a rate of 6.75% per annum for each quarterly dividend period, payable in arrears in cash or additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock. The Company does not have redemption rights with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The Company received gross proceeds of $105.0 million at the closing of the private placement, and may receive up to an additional $16.1 million if the warrants are exercised in full. The net proceeds have been recorded to shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2020, and allocated to the three equity instruments issued using the relative fair value method applied to the common stock, and the preferred stock, and to the warrants issued which were recorded to additional paid-in capital. The net proceeds provide Tier 1 capital for the holding company under federal regulatory capital rules. In May 2019, the Company completed the issuance and sale of a registered, underwritten public offering of 3.2 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Series B Preferred Stock, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depository share). The Company received net proceeds of $77.6 million from the sale of 80,500 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock (equivalent to 3.2 million depositary shares), after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and direct offering expenses. The preferred stock provides Tier 1 capital for the holding company under federal regulatory capital rules. When, as, and if declared by the board of directors of the Compnay, dividends will be payable on the Series B Preferred Stock from the date of issuance to, but excluding July 1, 2026, at a rate of 6.375% per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, and from and including July 1, 2026, dividends will accrue and be payable at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 408.8 basis points per annum (subject to potential adjustment as provided in the definition of three- month LIBOR), payable quarterly, in arrears. The Company may redeem the Series B Preferred Stock at its option, subject to regulatory approval, on or after July 1, 2024, as described in the prospectus supplement relating to the offering filed with the SEC on May 23, 2019. In March 2018, the Company completed the issuance and sale of a registered, underwritten public offering of 1.6 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Series A Preferred Stock, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depository share). The Company received net proceeds of $38.5 million from the sale of 40,250 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock (equivalent to 1.6 million depositary shares), after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and direct offering expenses. The preferred stock provides Tier 1 capital for the holding company under federal regulatory capital rules. When, as, and if declared by the board of directors of the Company, dividends will be payable on the Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issuance to, but excluding April 1, 2023, at a rate of 6.75% per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, and from and including April 1, 2023, dividends will accrue and be payable at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 398.5 basis points per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears. The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at its option, subject to regulatory approval, on or after April 1, 2023, as described in the prospectus supplement relating to the offering filed with the SEC on March 19, 2018. Regulatory Capital. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank were in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and TriState Capital Bank was categorized as well capitalized for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. As we employ our capital and continue to grow our operations, our regulatory capital levels may decrease. However, we will monitor our capital in order to remain categorized as well capitalized under the applicable regulatory guidelines and in compliance with all regulatory capital standards applicable to us. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the capital conservation buffer was 2.5%, in addition to the minimum capital adequacy levels shown in the tables below. Both the Company and the Bank were above the levels required to avoid limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. In the first quarter of 2020, U.S. federal regulatory authorities issued an interim final rule that provides banking organizations that adopt CECL during the 2020 calendar year with the option to delay the impact of CECL on regulatory capital for up to two years (beginning January 1, 2020), followed by a three-year transition period. Due to the delayed implementation of CECL available under the CARES Act and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, the Company will be eligible and has elected to utilize the two-year delay of CECL’s impact on its regulatory capital (from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021) followed by the three-year transition period of CECL impact on regulatory capital (from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024). 82 The following tables present the actual capital amounts and regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Total risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 leverage ratio Company Bank (Dollars in thousands) Total risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 leverage ratio Company Bank December 31, 2020 Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio 833,819 789,273 707,711 758,658 530,568 758,658 707,711 758,658 14.12 % $ 13.41 % $ 11.99 % $ 12.89 % $ 8.99 % $ 12.89 % $ 7.29 % $ 7.83 % $ 472,267 470,820 354,200 353,115 265,650 264,836 388,408 387,626 8.00 % 8.00 % $ 6.00 % 6.00 % $ 4.50 % 4.50 % $ 4.00 % 4.00 % $ N/A 588,525 N/A 470,820 N/A 382,542 N/A 484,533 N/A 10.00 % N/A 8.00 % N/A 6.50 % N/A 5.00 % December 31, 2019 Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio 572,221 547,532 558,068 532,779 442,385 532,779 558,068 532,779 12.05 % $ 11.57 % $ 11.75 % $ 11.26 % $ 9.32 % $ 11.26 % $ 7.54 % $ 7.22 % $ 379,911 378,623 284,933 283,967 213,700 212,975 296,038 295,277 8.00 % 8.00 % $ 6.00 % 6.00 % $ 4.50 % 4.50 % $ 4.00 % 4.00 % $ N/A 473,279 N/A 378,623 N/A 307,631 N/A 369,097 N/A 10.00 % N/A 8.00 % N/A 6.50 % N/A 5.00 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 83 Contractual Obligations and Commitments The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations of principal, interest and expenses that may require future cash payments as of the date indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Transaction deposits Certificates of deposit Borrowings outstanding Interest payments on certificates of deposit and borrowings Operating leases Commitments for low income housing and historic tax credits Commitments for small business investment companies Preferred dividends declared Total contractual obligations (1) One Year or Less One to Three Years December 31, 2020 Three to Five Years Greater Than Five Years Total $ $ 6,903,252 $ 892,427 55,000 22,176 3,180 16,770 6,615 1,979 7,901,399 $ 499,805 $ 143,605 100,000 20,781 4,877 7,374 — — 776,442 $ 50,000 $ — 247,500 11,561 3,822 65 — — 312,948 $ — $ — 25,228 18,643 154 — — 44,025 $ 7,453,057 1,036,032 402,500 79,746 30,522 24,363 6,615 1,979 9,034,814 (1) On January 14, 2021, the Company’s board of directors declared dividends payable on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock. For more information, refer to Note 24, Subsequent Event, to our consolidated financial statements. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions that are not included in our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. These transactions include commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of business to approved customers. Unfunded loan commitments and demand line of credit availability, including standby letters of credit, are recorded on our statement of financial condition as they are funded. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Our measure of unfunded loan commitments and demand line of credit availability include unused availability under demand loans for our private banking lines secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance, as well as commitments to fund loans secured by residential properties, commercial real estate, construction loans, business lines of credit and other unused commitments of loans in various stages of funding. Not all commitments will fund or fully fund as customers often only draw on a portion of their available credit and we continuously monitor utilization of our unfunded lines of credit and on both commercial and private banking loans. We believe that we maintain sufficient liquidity or otherwise have the ability to generate the liquidity necessary to fund anticipated draws under unused loan commitments of demand lines of credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of our customer to a third party. In the event our customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. We minimize our exposure to loss under loan commitments and standby letters of credit and unfunded demand lines of credit by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity of the unused portions of these commitments cannot be reasonably predicted because, while the borrower has the ability to draw upon these commitments at any time under certain contractual agreements, these commitments often expire without being drawn. There is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used. The following table is a summary of the total notional amount of unused loan commitments and standby letters of credit commitments, based on the availability of eligible collateral or other terms under the loan agreement, by contractual maturities as of the date indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Unused loan commitments Standby letters of credit Total off-balance sheet arrangements December 31, 2020 Due on Demand $ $ 5,624,460 $ 1,054 5,625,514 $ One Year or Less One to Three Years Three to Five Years Greater Than Five Years 468,665 $ 41,397 510,062 $ 395,196 $ 33,351 428,547 $ 148,662 $ 6,235 154,897 $ 8,164 $ — 8,164 $ Total 6,645,147 82,037 6,727,184 84 Market Risk Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the level of both income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those that have a short term to maturity. Because of the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. From time to time we hold market risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes. The summary information provided in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Interest rate risk is comprised of re-pricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Re-pricing risk arises from differences in the cash flow or re-pricing between asset and liability portfolios. Basis risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different market rate indexes, which do not always change by the same amount or at the same time. Yield curve risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different maturities on a given yield curve; when the yield curve changes shape, the risk position is altered. Option risk arises from embedded options within asset and liability products as certain borrowers may prepay their loans and certain depositors may redeem their certificates when rates change. Our ALCO actively measures and manages interest rate risk. The ALCO is responsible for the formulation and implementation of strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and earnings, and for reviewing our interest rate sensitivity position. This involves devising policy guidelines, risk measures and limits, and managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. We utilize an asset/liability model to measure and manage interest rate risk. The specific measurement tools used by management on at least a quarterly basis include net interest income (“NII”) simulation, economic value of equity (“EVE”) and gap analysis. All are static measures that do not incorporate assumptions regarding future business. All are also measures of interest rate sensitivity used to help us develop strategies for managing exposure to interest rate risk rather than projecting future earnings. In our view, all three measures also have specific benefits and shortcomings. NII simulation explicitly measures exposure to earnings from changes in market rates of interest but does not provide a long-term view of value. EVE helps identify changes in optionality and price over a longer-term horizon, but its liquidation perspective does not convey the earnings-based measures that are typically the focus of managing and valuing a going concern. Gap analysis compares the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities subject to re-pricing over a period of time but only captures a single rate environment. Reviewing these various measures collectively helps management obtain a comprehensive view of our interest risk rate profile. The following NII simulation and EVE metrics were calculated using rate shocks that represent immediate rate changes that move all market rates by the same amount instantaneously. The variance percentages represent the change between the NII simulation and EVE calculated under the particular rate scenario versus the NII simulation and EVE calculated assuming market rates as of the dates indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Net interest income (loss): +300 +200 +100 –100 Economic value of equity: +300 +200 +100 –100 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Amount Change from Base Case Percent Change from Base Case Amount Change from Base Case Percent Change from Base Case $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 22,885 7,673 (7,386) (2,919) (88,848) (64,260) (42,314) 16,700 13.56 % $ 4.55 % $ (4.37)% $ (1.73)% $ (12.07)% $ (8.73)% $ (5.75)% $ 2.27 % $ 45,787 30,367 15,128 (16,822) 6,511 3,691 1,513 (10,886) 31.65 % 20.99 % 10.46 % (11.63)% 1.10 % 0.62 % 0.26 % (1.84)% We plan to continue to manage an asset sensitive interest rate risk position when it comes to net interest income due to the ongoing need for some duration in the liability portfolio. This appetite for duration in liabilities will likely increase with rates at historically low levels across the yield curve. The current exception to this asset sensitive NII position is in a 100 basis point shock scenario 85 where we accept the negative impact to NII caused by floors implemented on our loans throughout 2020 because of the material benefit provided by those floors in the base case - a case of low rates for a long period that we believe will persist. Given the longer-term nature of the EVE analysis and the absolute low level of interest rates, we have migrated to a more liability sensitive interest rate risk position when it comes to economic value of equity due to the aforementioned expectation of low rates for an extended period of time. The following gap analysis presents the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and related cash flow hedging instruments that are subject to re-pricing within the periods indicated. (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Interest-earning deposits Federal funds sold Total investment securities Total loans Other assets Total assets Liabilities: Transaction deposits Certificates of deposit Borrowings, net Other liabilities Total liabilities Equity Total liabilities and equity Interest rate sensitivity gap Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap Cumulative interest rate sensitive assets to rate sensitive liabilities Cumulative gap to total assets $ $ $ $ $ $ Less Than 90 Days 91 to 180 Days 181 to 365 Days One to Three Years Three to Five Years Greater Than Five Years Non-Sensitive Total Balance December 31, 2020 429,639 $ 5,462 216,973 7,774,160 — 8,426,234 $ 6,045,246 $ 451,124 55,000 — 6,551,370 — 6,551,370 $ — $ — 34,815 53,634 — 88,449 $ 401,580 179,165 — — 580,745 — 580,745 $ $ $ — — 52,862 76,458 — 129,320 — 262,138 — — 262,138 — 262,138 (132,818) $ $ $ $ $ $ — — 200,893 199,595 — 400,488 499,805 143,605 100,000 — 743,410 — 743,410 (342,922) 906,828 $ $ $ $ $ $ — — 151,410 77,484 — 228,894 50,000 — 245,493 — 295,493 — 295,493 (66,599) 840,229 $ $ $ $ $ $ — $ — 180,688 38,305 — 218,993 $ — $ — — — $ $ $ — — 4,904 17,782 381,752 404,438 456,426 — — 250,089 706,515 — — $ 757,145 1,463,660 $ 218,993 $ (1,059,222) 1,059,222 429,639 5,462 842,545 8,237,418 381,752 9,896,816 7,453,057 1,036,032 400,493 250,089 9,139,671 757,145 9,896,816 1,874,864 $ (492,296) 1,874,864 $ 1,382,568 $ 1,249,750 128.6 % 18.9 % 119.4 % 14.0 % 116.9 % 12.6 % 111.1 % 9.2 % 110.0 % 8.5 % 112.6 % 10.7 % 108.3 % The cumulative twelve-month ratio of interest rate sensitive assets to interest rate sensitive liabilities decreased to 116.9% as of December 31, 2020, as compared to 121.4% as of December 31, 2019. The Company entered into cash flow hedge transactions to fix the interest rate on certain of the Company’s borrowings for varying periods of time. During the life of these transactions, they have the effect on our gap analysis of moving $250.0 million of borrowings from the less than 90 days re-pricing category to the three months and longer re-pricing categories. Of the $250.0 million, $100.0 million was moved to the one to three years re-pricing category and $150.0 million was moved to the three to five year repricing category. For additional information on cash flow hedges, refer to Note 17, Derivatives and Hedging Activity, to our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, in all of these analyses (NII, EVE and gap), we use what we believe is a conservative treatment of non-maturity, interest-bearing deposits. In our gap analysis, the allocation of non-maturity, interest-bearing deposits is fully reflected in the less than 90 days re-pricing category. The allocation of non-maturity, noninterest-bearing deposits is fully reflected in the non-sensitive category. In taking this approach, we provide ourselves with no benefit to either NII or EVE from a potential time-lag in the rate increase of our non-maturity, interest-bearing deposits. 86 Impact of Inflation Our financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measure of financial position and operating results in terms of historic dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Inflation generally increases the costs of funds and operating overhead, and to the extent loans and other assets bear variable rates, the yields on such assets. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than the effects of general levels of inflation. In addition, inflation affects a financial institution’s cost of goods and services purchased, the cost of salaries and benefits, occupancy expense and similar items. Inflation and related increases in interest rates generally decrease the market value of investments and loans held and may adversely affect liquidity, earnings and shareholders’ equity. Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amount of related revenues and expenses. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect the financial results of our operations and financial condition. Our most significant accounting policies are presented in Part II, Item 8, Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in this Report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the Consolidated Financial Statements and how those values are determined. Certain accounting policies are based inherently to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. Management currently views the following accounting policies and estimates as critical accounting policies: investment securities, allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and fair value measurement. Investment Securities. The Company’s investments are classified as either: (1) held-to-maturity, which are debt securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost; (2) trading, which are debt securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in non-interest income; (3) available-for-sale, which are debt securities not classified as either held- to-maturity or trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), on an after-tax basis; or (4) equity securities, which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in non-interest income. The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded to interest income on investments over the estimated life of the security utilizing the level yield method. Management evaluates expected credit losses on held-to-maturity debt securities on a collective or pool basis, by investment category and credit rating. The Company measures credit losses by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost basis of the security that considers historical credit loss information, adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts. The Company’s investment securities can be classified into the following pools based on similar risk characteristics: (1) U.S. government agencies, (2) state and local municipalities, (3) domestic corporations, including trust preferred securities, and (4) non-agency securitizations. The Company's agency securities are issued by U.S. government entities and agencies and are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. For the remaining pools of securities, the credit rating of the issuers, the investment’s cash flow characteristics and the underlying instruments securitizing certain bonds are the most relevant risk characteristics of the investment portfolio. The Company’s investment policy only allows for purchases of investments with investment grade credit ratings and the Company continuously monitors for changes in credit ratings. Probability of default and loss given default rates are based on historical averages for each investment pool, adjusted to reflect the impact of a single, forward-looking forecast of certain macroeconomic variables, such as unemployment rates and interest rate spreads, which management considers to be both reasonable and supportable. The forecast of these macroeconomic variables is applied over a period of two years and reverts to historical averages over a three-year reversion period. 87 Management evaluates available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position quarterly for expected credit losses. Management first determines whether it intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the impaired securities. This determination considers current and forecasted liquidity requirements, regulatory and capital requirements, and securities portfolio management. If the Company intends to sell an available-for-sale security with a fair value below amortized cost or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell such a security before recovery, the security’s amortized cost is written down to fair value through current period earnings. For available-for-sale debt securities that the Company does not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell before recovery, a provision for credit losses is recorded through current period earnings for the amount of the valuation decline below amortized cost that is attributable to credit losses. Management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, credit ratings and other factors related to the security in assessing whether credit loss exists. The Company measures credit loss by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost basis of the security. An allowance for credit losses is recorded by the difference that the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and amortized cost (that is, the decline in fair value not attributable to credit losses) is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and the shareholders’ equity section of the consolidated statements of financial condition, on an after-tax basis. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for credit losses. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the security is uncollectible or management intends to sell or required to sell the security. The recognition of interest income on a debt security is discontinued when any principal or interest payment becomes 90 days past due, at which time the debt security is placed on non-accrual status. All accrued and unpaid interest on such debt security is then reversed. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of expected credit losses. Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases.. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans and leases to present management’s best estimate of the net amount expected to be collected. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are established through provisions for credit losses that are recorded in the consolidated statements of income. Loans and leases are charged off against the allowance for credit losses when management believes that the principal is uncollectible. If, at a later time, amounts are recovered with respect to loans and leases previously charged off, the recovered amount is credited to allowance for credit losses. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses represent estimates of expected credit losses for homogeneous loan pools that share similar risk characteristics such as commercial and industrial loans and leases, commercial real estate loans, and private banking loans which include consumer lines of credit and residential mortgages. The Company periodically reassesses each loan pool to ensure that the loans within the pool continue to share similar risk characteristics. Non-accrual loans and loans designated as TDRs, are assessed individually using a discounted cash flows method or, where a loan is collateral dependent, based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. The collateral on our private banking loans that are secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance are monitored daily and requires borrowers to continually replenish collateral as a result of fair value changes. Therefore, it is expected that the fair value of the collateral value securing each loan will exceed the loan’s amortized cost basis and no allowance for the off-balance sheet exposure would be required under Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) ASC 326-20-35-6 “Financial Assets Secured by Collateral Maintenance Provisions.” In estimating the general allowance for credit losses on loans and leases evaluated on a collective or pool basis, management considers past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts including historical charge-offs and subsequent recoveries. Management also considers qualitative factors that influence our credit quality, including, but not limited to, delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in loan underwriting guidelines and credit policies, and the results of internal loan reviews. Finally, management considers the impact of changes in current and forecasted local and regional economic conditions in the markets that we serve. Management bases the computation of the general allowance for credit losses on two factors: the primary factor and the secondary factor. The primary factor is based on the inherent risk identified by management within each of the Company’s three loan portfolios based on the historical loss experience of each loan portfolio. Management has developed a methodology that is applied to each of the three primary loan portfolios: commercial and industrial loans and leases, commercial real estate loans and private banking loans (other than those secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance). For each portfolio, management estimates expected credit losses over the life of each loan utilizing lifetime or cumulative loss rate methodology, which identifies macroeconomic factors and asset-specific characteristics that are correlated with credit loss experience including loan age, loan type, and leverage. The lifetime loss rate is applied to the amortized cost of the loan. This methodology 88 builds on default and recovery probabilities by utilizing pool-specific historical loss rates to calculate expected credit losses. These pool-specific historical loss rates may be adjusted for a forecast of certain macroeconomic variables, as further discussed below, and other factors such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, or when historical asset terms do not reflect the contractual terms of the financial assets being evaluated as of the measurement date. Each time the Company measures expected credit losses, the Company assesses the relevancy of historical loss information and considers any necessary adjustments to address any differences in asset-specific characteristics. The allowance represents management’s current estimate of expected credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, which includes extension or renewal options that are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company and are adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. Management’s judgment takes into consideration past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts including general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of the loan portfolio, historic loss experience, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. Although management believes it has used the best information available in making such determinations, and that the present allowance for credit losses represents management’s best estimate of current expected credit losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary, and net income may be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in determining the level of the allowance. The lifetime loss rates are estimated by analyzing a combination of internal and external data related to historical performance of each loan pool over a complete economic cycle. Loss rates are based on historical averages for each loan pool, adjusted to reflect the impact of a single, forward-looking forecast of certain macroeconomic variables such as gross domestic product (“GDP”), unemployment rates, corporate bond credit spreads and commercial property values, which management considers to be both reasonable and supportable. The single, forward-looking forecast of these macroeconomic variables is applied over the remaining life of the loan pools. The development of the reasonable and supportable forecast incorporates an assumption that each macroeconomic variable will revert to a long-term expectation starting in years two to four of the forecast and largely completing within the first five years of the forecast. The secondary factor is intended to capture additional risks related to events and circumstances that management believes have an impact on the performance of the loan portfolio that are not considered as part of the primary factor. Although this factor is more subjective in nature, the methodology focuses on internal and external trends in pre-specified categories, or risk factors, and applies a quantitative percentage that drives the secondary factor. Nine risk factors have been identified and each risk factor is assigned an allowance level based on management’s judgment as to the expected impact of each risk factor on each loan portfolio and is monitored on a quarterly basis. As the trend in any risk factor changes, management evaluates the need for a corresponding change to occur in the allowance associated with each respective risk factor to provide the most appropriate estimate of allowance for credit losses on loan and lease losses. The Company also maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures for unfunded loan commitments. This allowance is reflected as a component of other liabilities which represents management’s current estimate of expected losses in the unfunded loan commitments. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life based on management’s consideration of past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts. Management tracks the level and trends in unused commitments and takes into consideration the same factors as those considered for purposes of the allowance for credit losses on outstanding loans. Unconditionally cancellable loans are excluded from the calculation of allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. Results for full year and period end December 31, 2020, are presented under CECL methodology while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, Contingencies; and specific reserves based upon ASC Topic 310, Receivables. ASC Topic 450 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as commercial loans, consumer lines of credit and residential mortgages that are not individually evaluated for impairment. ASC Topic 310 is applied to commercial and consumer loans that are individually evaluated for impairment. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test. The Company reviews goodwill annually and again at any quarter-end if a material event occurs during the quarter that may affect goodwill. If goodwill testing is required, an assessment of qualitative factors can be completed before performing a goodwill impairment test. If an assessment of qualitative factors determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, then the goodwill impairment test is not required. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that may lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. The Company has determined that certain of its acquired mutual fund client relationships meet the criteria to be considered indefinite-lived assets because the Company expects both the renewal of these contracts and the cash flows 89 generated by these assets to continue indefinitely. Accordingly, the Company does not amortize these intangible assets, but instead reviews these assets annually or more frequently whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that the recorded indefinite-lived assets may be impaired. Each reporting period, the Company assesses whether events or circumstances have occurred which indicate that the indefinite life criteria are no longer met. If the indefinite life criteria are no longer met, the Company assesses whether the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to any such excess and the assets are reclassified to finite-lived. Other intangible assets that the Company has determined to have finite lives, such as its trade names, client lists and non-compete agreements are amortized over their estimated useful lives. These finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from four to 25 years. Finite-lived intangibles are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Income Taxes. The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities with regard to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Management assesses all available evidence to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. The available evidence used in connection with the assessments includes taxable income in prior periods, projected taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected reversals of deferred tax items. These assessments involve a degree of subjectivity and may undergo significant change. Changes to the evidence used in the assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which they occur. The Company considers uncertain tax positions that it has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits would be recognized in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. Fair Value Measurement. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date, using assumptions market participants would use when pricing such an asset or liability. An orderly transaction assumes exposure to the market for a customary period for marketing activities prior to the measurement date and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance provides a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad categories: • • • Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs. Fair value must be recorded for certain assets and liabilities every reporting period on a recurring basis or, under certain circumstances, on a non-recurring basis. Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments for Adoption In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) ASU 2020-06, “Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity.” This ASU reduces the number of accounting models for convertible instruments and allows more contracts to qualify for equity classification. This ASU is effective for: (1) Public business entities that meet the definition of a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filer, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC, for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021; (2) All other entities, for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company early adopted this standard on January 1, 2021, the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” which removes certain exceptions for: recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intraperiod allocation and calculating income taxes in interim periods. The ASU also adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas, including recognizing deferred taxes for tax goodwill and allocating taxes to members of a consolidated group. This standard is effective for public business entities for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning 90 after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard on January 1, 2021, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, discusses new accounting pronouncements that we have previously adopted. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are presented under the caption “Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 91 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Consolidated Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Consolidated Statements of Income Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Selected Quarterly Financial Data 92 93 96 97 98 99 100 102 148 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Board of Directors TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.: Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Change in Accounting Principle As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for the recognition and measurement of credit losses as of December 31, 2020 and has applied it retroactively to January 1, 2020 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Allowance for credit losses for loans and leases evaluated on a collective basis As discussed in notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans and leases was $34.6 million as of December 31, 2020. The most significant loan portfolios included within this amount are (1) commercial real estate and (2) commercial and industrial. The allowance for credit losses for these loan portfolios includes the estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for those loans that share similar risk characteristics (collective ACL). The Company estimated the collective ACL using a current expected credit losses methodology which is based on past events, current conditions, and reasonable 93 and supportable economic forecasts. For each portfolio, the Company uses lifetime loss rate models which identifies macroeconomic factors and asset-specific characteristics that are correlated with credit loss experience including loan age, loan type, and leverage. The lifetime loss rate is applied to the amortized cost of the loan to estimate the collective ACL over the contractual term of the loans, which includes extension or renewal options that are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company and are adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. The lifetime loss rates are estimated by analyzing a combination of internal and external data related to historical performance over a complete economic cycle that is adjusted to reflect the impact of a forward-looking forecast of certain macroeconomic variables. The forward-looking forecast of these macroeconomic variables is applied over the remaining life of the loan segments. The development of the reasonable and supportable forecast incorporates an assumption that each macroeconomic variable will revert to a long-term expectation starting in years two to four of the forecast and largely completing within the first five years of the forecast. A portion of the collective ACL is comprised of adjustments to historical loss rates for asset-specific risk characteristics and to reflect the extent to which the Company expects current or expected conditions to differ from the conditions that existed in the historical loss information evaluated. These adjustments are based on qualitative factors not reflected in the lifetime loss rate models but which impact the measurement of estimated credit losses. We identified the assessment of the collective ACL as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the estimation of the collective ACL due to the significant measurement uncertainty. Specifically, the assessment encompassed the evaluation of the collective ACL methodology, including the models used to estimate: (1) the lifetime loss rates, and their significant assumptions, including the selection of the forward-looking forecast, the reasonable and supportable forecast periods, and the internal and external historical loss information; and (2) the qualitative factors and their significant assumptions, including adjustments to account for current and expected macroeconomic conditions. The assessment also included an evaluation of the conceptual soundness and performance of the models. In addition, auditor judgment was required to evaluate the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained. The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s measurement of the collective ACL estimate, including controls over the: – Development of the collective ACL methodology – Development and conceptual soundness of the loss rate models – Performance monitoring of the loss rate models – Determination and measurement of the significant assumptions used in the loss rate models – Development of the qualitative factors, including the significant assumptions used in the measurement of the qualitative factors – Analysis of the collective ACL results, trends, and ratios. We evaluated the Company’s process to develop the collective ACL estimate by testing certain sources of data, factors, and assumptions that the Company used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data, factors, and assumptions. In addition, we involved credit risk professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in: – – Evaluating the Company’s collective ACL methodology for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles Evaluating judgments made by the Company relative to the development and performance monitoring of the loss rate models by comparing them to relevant Company-specific metrics and trends and the applicable industry and regulatory practices – Assessing the conceptual soundness and performance testing of the loss rate models by inspecting the model documentation to determine whether the models are suitable for their intended use – – – Evaluating the methodology used to develop the forward-looking forecast of certain macroeconomic variables and underlying assumptions by comparing it to the Company’s business environment and relevant industry practices Testing the historical loss rate information and reasonable and supportable forecast periods to evaluate the length of each period by comparing to specific portfolio risk characteristics, trends, and macroeconomic forecast trends Evaluating the methodology used to develop the qualitative factors and the effect of those factors on the collective ACL compared with relevant credit risk factors and consistency with credit trends. 94 We also evaluated the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained related to the collective ACL estimate by evaluating the cumulative results of the audit procedures, qualitative aspects of the Company’s accounting practices, and potential bias in the accounting estimates. /s/ KPMG LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania February 25, 2021 95 TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION (Dollars in thousands) ASSETS Cash Interest-earning deposits with other institutions Federal funds sold Cash and cash equivalents Debt securities available-for-sale, at fair value Debt securities held-to-maturity, at cost, net Federal Home Loan Bank stock Total investment securities Loans and leases held-for-investment Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Loans and leases held-for-investment, net Accrued interest receivable Investment management fees receivable, net Goodwill and other intangibles, net Office properties and equipment, net Operating lease right-of-use asset Bank owned life insurance Prepaid expenses and other assets Total assets LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Liabilities: Deposits Borrowings, net Accrued interest payable on deposits and borrowings Deferred tax liability, net Operating lease liability Other accrued expenses and other liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders’ Equity: Preferred stock, no par value; Shares authorized - 150,000; Series A Shares issued and outstanding - 40,250 and 40,250, respectively Series B Shares issued and outstanding -80,500 and 80,500, respectively Series C Shares issued and outstanding - 650 and 0, respectively Common stock, no par value; Shares authorized - 45,000,000; Shares issued - 34,919,572 and 31,482,408, respectively; Shares outstanding - 32,620,150 and 29,355,986, respectively Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net Treasury stock (2,299,422 and 2,126,422 shares, respectively) Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 96 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 341 $ 429,639 5,462 435,442 617,570 211,691 13,284 842,545 8,237,418 (34,630) 8,202,788 18,783 7,935 63,911 12,369 21,294 71,787 219,962 9,896,816 $ 8,489,089 $ 400,493 3,057 5,676 22,958 218,398 9,139,671 357 395,860 7,638 403,855 248,782 196,044 24,324 469,150 6,577,559 (14,108) 6,563,451 22,326 7,560 65,854 9,569 22,589 70,044 131,412 7,765,810 6,634,613 355,000 5,490 6,931 23,644 118,851 7,144,529 177,143 116,079 331,098 33,824 254,054 (2,697) (36,277) 757,145 9,896,816 $ 295,349 23,095 218,449 1,132 (32,823) 621,281 7,765,810 $ $ $ $ TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 Interest income: Loans and leases Investments Interest-earning deposits Total interest income Interest expense: Deposits Borrowings Total interest expense Net interest income Provision: Provision (credit) for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Service charges on deposits Net gain (loss) on the sale and call of debt securities Swap fees Commitment and other loan fees Bank owned life insurance income Other income (loss) Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Compensation and employee benefits Premises and equipment expense Professional fees FDIC insurance expense General insurance expense State capital shares tax Travel and entertainment expense Technology and data services Intangible amortization expense Marketing and advertising Change in fair value of acquisition earn out Other operating expenses Total non-interest expense Income before tax Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common shareholders Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. $ $ $ $ $ 200,839 $ 14,032 2,224 217,095 69,202 9,949 79,151 137,944 19,400 118,544 32,035 1,072 3,948 16,274 1,715 1,742 419 57,205 71,197 5,875 6,201 9,680 1,142 1,720 2,423 10,803 1,944 2,402 — 9,716 123,103 52,646 7,412 45,234 $ 7,873 37,361 $ 1.32 $ 1.30 $ 239,328 $ 16,324 6,795 262,447 125,592 9,798 135,390 127,057 (968) 128,025 36,442 559 416 11,029 1,788 1,736 812 52,782 69,176 5,458 6,188 5,292 1,097 420 4,620 8,520 2,009 2,263 — 7,106 112,149 68,658 8,465 60,193 $ 5,753 54,440 $ 1.95 $ 1.89 $ 185,349 10,683 3,754 199,786 78,493 7,889 86,382 113,404 (205) 113,609 37,647 570 (70) 7,311 1,411 1,716 (668) 47,917 64,771 4,867 4,729 4,543 1,030 1,521 3,816 6,754 1,968 1,682 (218) 5,694 101,157 60,369 5,945 54,424 2,120 52,304 1.90 1.81 97 TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Dollars in thousands) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss): Unrealized holding gains (losses) on debt securities, net of tax expense (benefit) of $1,267, $1,696 and $(901), respectively Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income on debt securities, net of tax benefit (expense) of $(927), $(76) and $17, respectively Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(2,216), $(538) and $254, respectively Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income on derivatives, net of tax benefit (expense) of $658, $(304) and $(330), respectively Other comprehensive income (loss) Total comprehensive income See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 45,234 $ 60,193 $ 54,424 3,997 (2,919) (6,981) 2,074 (3,829) 41,405 $ 5,356 (237) (1,701) (955) 2,463 62,656 $ (2,913) 53 773 (1,050) (3,137) 51,287 $ 98 TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Dollars in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2017 Net income Impact of adoption of ASU 2014-09 Reclassification for equity securities under ASU 2016- 01 Reclassification for certain income tax effects under ASU 2018-02 Other comprehensive loss Issuance of stock (net of offering costs of $1,782) Preferred stock dividends Exercise of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Cancellation of stock options Stock-based compensation Balance, December 31, 2018 Net income Other comprehensive income Issuance of stock (net of offering costs of $2,889) Preferred stock dividends Exercise of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Stock-based compensation Balance, December 31, 2019 Net income Impact of adoption of CECL (see Note 1) Other comprehensive loss Issuance of stock (net of offering costs of $4,998) Preferred stock dividend Exercise of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Reissuance of treasury stock Cancellation of stock options Stock-based compensation Balance, December 31, 2020 (1) Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Paid-in-Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net $ $ — $ — — — — — 38,468 — — — — — 38,468 $ — — 77,611 — — — — 289,507 $ — — — — — — — 3,848 — — — 293,355 $ — — — — 1,994 — — $ 116,079 $ 295,349 $ — — — 61,064 — — — — — — — — — 34,720 — 1,029 — — — — $ 177,143 $ 331,098 $ 10,290 $ — — 111,732 $ 54,424 533 — (286) — — — — (2,181) — (945) 8,200 15,364 $ — — — — (1,094) — 8,825 23,095 $ — — — 4,218 — (523) — — (2,484) 9,518 33,824 $ (274) — — (2,120) — — — — 164,009 $ 60,193 — — (5,753) — — — 218,449 $ 45,234 (1,731) — — (7,873) — — (25) — — 254,054 $ 1,246 $ — — 286 274 (3,137) — — — — — — (1,331) $ — 2,463 — — — — — 1,132 $ — — (3,829) — — — — — — — (2,697) $ Treasury Stock (23,704) $ — — — — — — — — (6,807) — — (30,511) $ — — — — — (2,312) — (32,823) $ — — — — — — (3,589) 135 — — (36,277) $ Total Shareholders' Equity 389,071 54,424 533 — — (3,137) 38,468 (2,120) 1,667 (6,807) (945) 8,200 479,354 60,193 2,463 77,611 (5,753) 900 (2,312) 8,825 621,281 45,234 (1,731) (3,829) 100,002 (7,873) 506 (3,589) 110 (2,484) 9,518 757,145 (1) Valuation of the warrants related to the issuance of stock was recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital. For additional information on the issuance of stock, refer to Note 12, Stock Transactions, to our consolidated financial statements. See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 99 TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and intangible amortization expense Amortization of deferred financing costs Provision (credit) for credit losses Net loss (gain) on the sale of loans Stock-based compensation expense Net loss (gain) on the sale or call of debt securities available-for-sale Net gain on the call of debt securities held-to-maturity Net loss (gain) from equity securities Income from debt securities trading Purchase of debt securities trading Proceeds from the sale of debt securities trading Net amortization of premiums and discounts on debt securities Decrease (increase) in investment management fees receivable, net Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable Bank owned life insurance income Change in fair value of acquisition earn out Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable Decrease in prepaid income taxes Deferred tax provision (credit) Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other accrued expenses Cash received for reimbursement of leasehold improvements Other, net Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Purchase of debt securities available-for-sale Purchase of debt securities held-to-maturity Purchase of equity securities Proceeds from the sale of debt securities available-for-sale Proceeds from the sale of equity securities Principal repayments and maturities of debt securities available-for-sale Principal repayments and maturities of debt securities held-to-maturity Investment in low income housing and historic tax credits Investment in small business investment companies Net redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock Net increase in loans and leases Proceeds from loan sales Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned Additions to office properties and equipment Acquisition Net cash used in investing activities 100 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 45,234 $ 60,193 $ 4,209 143 19,400 50 9,518 (3,846) (102) — (352) (40,477) 40,792 3,960 (375) 3,543 (2,433) (1,742) — 188 2,755 506 2,752 2,196 (512) 85,407 (571,837) (447,077) — 120,400 — 85,282 430,090 (4,219) (850) 11,040 (1,665,788) 6,158 1,527 (5,067) — (2,040,341) 3,646 84 (968) — 8,825 (312) (104) (842) — — — 16 (261) (1,624) 286 (1,736) — (156) 5,189 2,640 (6,361) — (322) 68,193 (59,110) (258,428) — 6,993 13,679 43,704 258,581 (12,505) (1,283) 347 (1,442,818) — 169 (6,080) — (1,456,751) 54,424 3,509 203 (205) (19) 8,200 73 (3) 775 — — — 606 421 (7,183) 2,705 (1,716) (218) (9) 8,369 234 9,566 — 2,966 82,698 (155,632) (144,127) (5,224) 31,306 — 25,652 7,176 (4,834) (736) (10,879) (956,706) 7,092 — (1,782) (1,335) (1,210,029) Cash flows from financing activities: Net increase in deposit accounts Net increase (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances Net increase (decrease) in line of credit advances Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable Net proceeds from issuance of stock Repayment of subordinated debt Net proceeds from exercise of stock options Cancellation of stock options Payment of contingent consideration Purchase of treasury stock, net Dividends paid on preferred stock Net cash provided by financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period (Dollars in thousands) Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid (received) during the year for: Interest expense Income taxes Other non-cash activity: Operating lease right-of-use asset Loan foreclosures and repossessions Contingent consideration See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 101 1,854,476 (55,000) 5,000 95,349 100,002 — 506 (2,484) — (3,479) (7,849) 1,986,521 31,587 403,855 435,442 $ 1,584,152 (10,000) (4,250) — 77,611 (35,000) 900 — (2,920) (2,312) (5,753) 1,602,428 213,870 189,985 403,855 $ 1,062,850 70,000 (1,950) — 38,468 — 1,667 (945) — (6,807) (2,120) 1,161,163 33,832 156,153 189,985 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 81,572 $ 693 $ — $ — $ — $ 135,021 $ (2,035) $ 22,589 $ 1,492 $ — $ 83,474 (4,331) — — 2,920 $ $ $ $ $ $ TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [1] SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES NATURE OF OPERATION TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” the “holding company,” the “parent company,” or the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company has three wholly owned subsidiaries: TriState Capital Bank, a Pennsylvania- chartered state bank (the “Bank”); Chartwell Investment Partners, LLC, a registered investment adviser (“Chartwell”); and Chartwell TSC Securities Corp., a registered broker/dealer (“CTSC Securities”). The Bank was established to serve the commercial banking needs of regionally located middle-market businesses and financial services providers and the private banking needs of high-net-worth individuals nation-wide. The Bank has two wholly owned subsidiaries: TSC Equipment Finance LLC (“TSC Equipment Finance”), established to hold and manage loans and leases of our equipment finance business, and Meadowood Asset Management, LLC (“Meadowood”), established to hold and manage other real estate owned by the Bank and/or foreclosed properties for the Bank. Chartwell provides investment management services primarily to institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors. CTSC Securities supports marketing efforts for the proprietary investment products provided by Chartwell, including shares of mutual funds advised and/or administered by Chartwell. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and its Reserve Banks, which we refer to as the Federal Reserve. Chartwell is a registered investment adviser regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). CTSC Securities is regulated by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). The Bank conducts business through its main office located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, as well as its four additional representative offices in Cleveland, Ohio; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Edison, New Jersey; and New York, New York. Chartwell conducts business through its office located in Berwyn, Pennsylvania, and CTSC Securities conducts business through its office located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of related revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be different than those anticipated in the estimates, which could materially affect the financial results of our operations and financial condition. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets and their evaluation for impairment, fair value measurements and deferred income taxes and their related recoverability, each of which is discussed later in this section. CONSOLIDATION Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank, Chartwell and CTSC Securities, after elimination of inter-company accounts and transactions. The accounts of the Bank, in turn, include its wholly owned subsidiaries, TSC Equipment Finance and Meadowood, after elimination of inter-company accounts and transactions. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal, recurring adjustments) and disclosures, considered necessary for the fair presentation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, have been included. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash, interest-earning deposits with other institutions, federal funds sold and short-term investments that have an original maturity of 90 days or less. Under agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties, the Company is required to maintain minimum cash collateral posting thresholds with such counterparties. The cash subject to these agreements is considered restricted for these purposes. 102 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the acquired company’s net assets are recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition, and the results of operations of the acquired company are combined with our results from that date forward. Acquisition costs are expensed when incurred. The difference between the purchase price, which includes an initial measurement of any contingent earn out, and the fair value of the net assets acquired (including identified intangibles) is recorded as goodwill in the consolidated statements of financial condition. A change in the initial estimate of any contingent earn out amount is recorded to non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. INVESTMENT SECURITIES The Company’s investments are classified as either: (1) held-to-maturity, which are debt securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost; (2) trading, which are debt securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in non-interest income; (3) available-for-sale, which are debt securities not classified as either held-to- maturity or trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), on an after-tax basis; or (4) equity securities, which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in non-interest income. The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded to interest income on investments over the estimated life of the security utilizing the level yield method. Management evaluates expected credit losses on held-to- maturity debt securities on a collective or pool basis, by investment category and credit rating. The Company measures credit losses by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost basis of the security that considers historical credit loss information, adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts. The Company’s investment securities can be classified into the following pools based on similar risk characteristics: (1) U.S. government agencies, (2) state and local municipalities, (3) domestic corporations, including trust preferred securities, and (4) non-agency securitizations. The Company's U.S. government agency securities are issued by U.S. government entities and agencies and are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. For the remaining pools of securities, the credit rating of the issuers, the investment’s cash flow characteristics and the underlying instruments securitizing certain bonds are the most relevant risk characteristics of the investment portfolio. The Company’s investment policy only allows for purchases of investments with investment grade credit ratings and the Company continuously monitors for changes in credit ratings. Probability of default and loss given default rates are based on historical averages for each investment pool, adjusted to reflect the impact of a single, forward-looking forecast of certain macroeconomic variables, such as unemployment rates and interest rate spreads, which management considers to be both reasonable and supportable. The forecast of these macroeconomic variables is applied over a period of two years and reverts to historical averages over a three-year reversion period. Management evaluates available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position quarterly for expected credit losses. Management first determines whether it intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the impaired securities. This determination considers current and forecasted liquidity requirements, regulatory and capital requirements, and securities portfolio management. If the Company intends to sell an available-for- sale security with a fair value below amortized cost or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell such a security before recovery, the security’s amortized cost is written down to fair value through current period earnings. For available-for-sale debt securities that the Company does not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell before recovery, a provision for credit losses is recorded through current period earnings for the amount of the valuation decline below amortized cost that is attributable to credit losses. Management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, credit ratings and other factors related to the security in assessing whether credit loss exists. The Company measures credit loss by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost basis of the security. An allowance for credit losses is recorded by the difference that the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and amortized cost (that is, the decline in fair value not attributable to credit losses) is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and the shareholders’ equity section of the consolidated statements of financial condition, on an after-tax basis. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for credit losses. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the security is uncollectible or management intends to sell or is required to sell the security. The recognition of interest income on a debt security is discontinued when any principal or interest payment becomes 90 days past due, at which time the debt security is placed on non-accrual status. All accrued and unpaid interest on such debt security is then reversed. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of expected credit losses. 103 For additional detail regarding investment securities, see Note 2. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK The Company is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh. Member institutions are required to invest in FHLB stock. The stock is carried at cost, which approximates its liquidation value, and it is evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The following matters are considered by management when evaluating the FHLB stock for impairment: the ability of the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB; the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the institution and its customer base; and the Company’s intent and ability to hold its FHLB stock for the foreseeable future. Management believes the Company’s holdings in the FHLB stock were recoverable at par value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Cash and stock dividends are reported as interest income on investments in the consolidated statements of income. For additional detail regarding Federal Home Loan Bank stock, see Note 3. LOANS AND LEASES Loans and leases held-for-investment are stated at amortized cost. Amortized cost is the unpaid principal balance, net of deferred loan fees and costs. Loans held-for-sale are stated at the lower of cost or fair value. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual rate on the principal amount outstanding. Deferred loan fees and costs are amortized to interest income over the estimated life of the loan, taking into consideration scheduled payments and prepayments. The Company considers a loan to be a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when there is a concession made to a financially troubled borrower without adequate consideration provided to the Company. Once a loan is deemed to be a TDR, the Company considers whether the loan should be placed on non- accrual status. In assessing accrual status, the Company considers the likelihood that repayment and performance according to the original contractual terms will be achieved, as well as the borrower’s historical payment performance. A loan is designated and reported as a TDR until such loan is either paid off or sold, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement. The recognition of interest income on a loan is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, it is probable the borrower is unable to meet payments as they become due or when the loan becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first, at which time the loan is placed on non-accrual status. All accrued and unpaid interest on such loans is then reversed. The interest ultimately collected is applied to reduce principal if there is doubt about the collectability of principal. If a borrower brings a loan current for which accrued interest has been reversed, then the recognition of interest income on the loan is resumed once the loan has been current for a period of six consecutive months or greater. The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, such as commitments to extend credit, in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the lending agreement with such customer. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses (i.e., loans due on demand) and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the unfunded commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis using the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of a commitment, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. For additional detail regarding loans and leases, see Note 4. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED Real estate owned, other than bank premises, is recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair value is determined based on an independent appraisal. Expenses related to holding the property are charged against earnings when incurred. Depreciation is not recorded on other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS AND LEASES The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans and leases to present management’s best estimate of the net amount expected to be collected. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are established through provisions for credit losses that are recorded in the consolidated statements of income. Loans and leases are charged off against the allowance for credit losses when management believes that the principal is uncollectible. If, at a later time, amounts are recovered with respect to loans and leases previously charged off, the recovered amount is credited to allowance for credit losses. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of expected credit losses. 104 The allowance for credit losses represent estimates of expected credit losses for homogeneous loan pools that share similar risk characteristics such as commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans and leases, commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, and private banking loans which include consumer lines of credit and residential mortgages. The Company periodically reassesses each loan pool to ensure that the loans within the pool continue to share similar risk characteristics. Non-accrual loans and loans designated as TDRs, are assessed individually using a discounted cash flows method or, where a loan is collateral dependent, based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. The collateral on our private banking loans that are secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance are monitored daily and requires borrowers to continually replenish collateral as a result of fair value changes. Therefore, it is expected that the fair value of the collateral value securing each loan will exceed the loan’s amortized cost basis and no allowance for the off-balance sheet exposure would be required under Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) ASC 326-20-35-6 “Financial Assets Secured by Collateral Maintenance Provisions.” In estimating the general allowance for credit losses for loans evaluated on a collective or pool basis, management considers past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts, including historical charge-offs and subsequent recoveries. Management also considers qualitative factors that influence our credit quality, including, but not limited to, delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in loan underwriting guidelines and credit policies, and the results of internal loan reviews. Finally, management considers the impact of changes in current and forecasted local and regional economic conditions in the markets that we serve. Management bases the computation of the general allowance for credit losses on two factors: the primary factor and the secondary factor. The primary factor is based on the inherent risk identified by management within each of the Company’s three loan portfolios based on the historical loss experience of each loan portfolio. Management has developed a methodology that is applied to each of the three primary loan portfolios: C&I loans and leases, CRE loans and private banking loans (other than those secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance). For each portfolio, management estimates expected credit losses over the life of each loan utilizing lifetime or cumulative loss rate methodology, which identifies macroeconomic factors and asset-specific characteristics that are correlated with credit loss experience, including loan age, loan type, leverage, risk rating, interest rate spread and industry. The lifetime loss rate is applied to the amortized cost of the loan. This methodology builds on default and recovery probabilities by utilizing pool-specific historical loss rates to calculate expected credit losses. These pool-specific historical loss rates may be adjusted for a forecast of certain macroeconomic variables, as further discussed below, and other factors such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, or when historical asset terms do not reflect the contractual terms of the financial assets being evaluated as of the measurement date. Each time the Company measures expected credit losses, the Company assesses the relevancy of historical loss information and considers any necessary adjustments to address any differences in asset-specific characteristics. The allowance represents management’s current estimate of expected credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, which includes extension or renewal options that are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company and are adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. Management’s judgment takes into consideration past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts including general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of the loan portfolio, historic loss experience, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. Although management believes it has used the best information available in making such determinations, and that the present allowance for credit losses represents management’s best estimate of current expected credit losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary, and net income may be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in determining the level of the allowance. The lifetime loss rates are estimated by analyzing a combination of internal and external data related to historical performance of each loan pool over a complete economic cycle. Loss rates are based on historical averages for each loan pool, adjusted to reflect the impact of a single, forward-looking forecast of certain macroeconomic variables such as gross domestic product (“GDP”), unemployment rates, corporate bond credit spreads and commercial property values, which management considers to be both reasonable and supportable. The single, forward-looking forecast of these macroeconomic variables is applied over the remaining life of the loan pools. The development of the reasonable and supportable forecast incorporates an assumption that each macroeconomic variable will revert to a long-term expectation starting in years two to four of the forecast and largely completing within the first five years of the forecast. The secondary factor is intended to capture additional risks related to events and circumstances that management believes have an impact on the performance of the loan portfolio that are not considered as part of the primary factor. Although this factor is more subjective in nature, the methodology focuses on internal and external trends in pre-specified categories, or risk factors, and applies a quantitative percentage that drives the secondary factor. Nine risk factors have been identified and each risk factor is 105 assigned an allowance level based on management’s judgment as to the expected impact of each risk factor on each loan portfolio and is monitored on a quarterly basis. As the trend in any risk factor changes, management evaluates the need for a corresponding change to occur in the allowance associated with each respective risk factor to provide the most appropriate estimate of allowance for credit losses on loans and leases. The Company also maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures for unfunded loan commitments. This allowance is reflected as a component of other liabilities which represents management’s current estimate of expected losses in the unfunded loan commitments. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life based on management’s consideration of past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts. Management tracks the level and trends in unused commitments and takes into consideration the same factors as those considered for purposes of the allowance for credit losses on outstanding loans. Unconditionally cancellable loans are excluded from the calculation of allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. Results for full year and period end December 31, 2020, are presented under CECL methodology while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, Contingencies; and specific reserves based upon ASC Topic 310, Receivables. ASC Topic 450 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as commercial loans, consumer lines of credit and residential mortgages that are not individually evaluated for impairment. ASC Topic 310 is applied to commercial and consumer loans that are individually evaluated for impairment. For additional detail regarding allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, see Note 5. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES The Company recognizes investment management fee revenue when advisory services are performed. Fees are based on assets under management and are calculated pursuant to individual client contracts. Investment management fees are generally received on a quarterly basis. Certain incremental costs incurred to acquire some of our investment management contracts are deferred and amortized to non-interest expense over the estimated life of the contract. Investment management fees receivable represent amounts due for contractual investment management services provided to the Company’s clients, primarily institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors. Management performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition when it is deemed to be necessary and does not require collateral. The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible accounts based on specifically identified receivables. The Company has not experienced any losses on receivables for asset management fees for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Company had no allowance for credit losses on investment management fees as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test. The Company reviews goodwill annually and again at any quarter-end if a material event occurs during the quarter that may affect goodwill. If goodwill testing is required, an assessment of qualitative factors can be completed before performing a goodwill impairment test. If an assessment of qualitative factors determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, then the goodwill impairment test is not required. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that may lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. The Company has determined that certain of its acquired mutual fund client relationships meet the criteria to be considered indefinite-lived assets because the Company expects both the renewal of these contracts and the cash flows generated by these assets to continue indefinitely. Accordingly, the Company does not amortize these intangible assets, but instead reviews these assets annually or more frequently whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that the recorded indefinite-lived assets may be impaired. Each reporting period, the Company assesses whether events or circumstances have occurred which indicate that the indefinite life criteria are no longer met. If the indefinite life criteria are no longer met, the Company assesses whether the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to any such excess and the assets are reclassified to finite-lived. Other intangible assets that the Company has determined to have finite lives, such as its trade names, client lists and non-compete agreements are amortized over their estimated useful lives. These finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from four to 25 years. Finite-lived intangibles are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For additional detail regarding goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 6. 106 OFFICE PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Office properties include furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements. Equipment includes computer equipment and internal use software. Depreciation is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Estimated useful lives are dependent upon the nature and condition of the asset and range from three to 10 years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements that extend the useful life are capitalized and depreciated to non-interest expense over the estimated remaining life of the asset. For additional detail regarding office properties and equipment, see Note 7. OPERATING LEASES The Company is a lessee in noncancellable operating leases, primarily for its office spaces and other office equipment. The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC Topic 842, “Leases,” and records operating leases as a right-of-use asset and an offsetting lease liability in the consolidated statements of financial condition at the present value of the unpaid lease payments. The Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate for operating leases. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred less any lease incentives received. For operating leases, the right-of-use asset is subsequently measured throughout the lease term at the carrying amount of the lease liability, plus initial direct costs, plus (minus) any prepaid (accrued) lease payments, less the unamortized balance of lease incentives received. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For additional detail regarding operating leases, see Note 8. BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies on certain officers and employees are recorded at net cash surrender value on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Upon termination of a BOLI policy the Company receives the cash surrender value. BOLI benefits are payable to the Company upon the death of the insured. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized as non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. DEPOSITS Deposits are stated at principal outstanding. Interest on deposits is accrued and charged to interest expense daily and is paid or credited in accordance with the terms of the respective accounts. For additional detail regarding deposits, see Note 9. BORROWINGS The Company records FHLB advances, line of credit borrowings and subordinated notes payable at their principal amount net of debt issuance costs. Interest expense is recognized based on the coupon rate of the obligations. Costs associated with the acquisition of subordinated notes payable are amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the borrowing. For additional detail regarding borrowings, see Note 10. INCOME TAXES The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities with regard to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Management assesses all available evidence to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. The available evidence used in connection with the assessments includes taxable income in prior periods, projected taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected reversals of deferred tax items. These assessments involve a degree of subjectivity and may undergo significant change. Changes to the evidence used in the assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which they occur. The Company considers uncertain tax positions that it has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits would be recognized in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. For additional detail regarding income taxes, see Note 11. 107 EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE Earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for common stock and participating securities, according to dividends and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under this method, net earnings is reduced by the amount of dividends declared in the current period for common shareholders and participating security holders. The remaining earnings or “undistributed earnings” are allocated between common stock and participating securities to the extent that each security may share in earnings as if all the earnings for the period had been distributed. The two-class method requires that the Series C perpetual non-cumulative convertible non-voting preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) and warrants to be treated as participating classes of securities in the computation of EPS. In addition, net income is reduced by dividends declared on all series of preferred stock to derive net income available to common shareholders. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income allocable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of the Company’s common shares outstanding for the period, excluding non-vested restricted stock. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution upon the exercise of stock options and warrants, and the vesting of restricted stock awards granted utilizing the treasury stock method. For additional detail regarding earnings per common share, see Note 15. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards based on estimated fair values of stock-based awards made to employees and directors. Compensation cost for all stock-based payments is based on the estimated grant-date fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is included in compensation and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of income and recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital. Compensation expense for all awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire grant. For additional detail regarding stock-based compensation, see Note 16. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES All derivatives are evaluated at inception as to whether or not they are hedging or non-hedging activities. All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition and measured at fair value. For derivatives designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item related to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. Any hedge ineffectiveness would be recognized in the income statement line item pertaining to the hedged item. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value of the effective portion of the cash flow hedges are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). When the cash flows associated with the hedged item are realized, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The Company also has interest rate derivative positions that are not designated as hedging instruments. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. The Company is required to have minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties, which is considered restricted cash. The Company executes interest rate derivatives with its commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies, which generate swap fee income. Those derivatives are simultaneously and economically hedged by offsetting derivatives that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company eliminates its interest rate exposure resulting from such transactions and are not designated as hedging instruments. Swap fees are based on the notional amount and weighted maturity of each individual transaction and are collected and recorded to non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income when the transaction is executed. For additional detail regarding derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 17. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date, using assumptions market participants would use when pricing such an asset or liability. An orderly transaction assumes exposure to the market for a customary period for marketing activities prior to the measurement date and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance provides a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad categories: • Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 108 • • Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs. Fair value must be recorded for certain assets and liabilities every reporting period on a recurring basis or, under certain circumstances, on a non-recurring basis. For additional detail regarding fair value measurement, see Note 18. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) Unrealized holding gains and the non-credit component of unrealized losses on the Company’s debt securities available-for-sale are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Also included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is the remaining unamortized balance of the unrealized holding gains (non-credit losses) net of applicable income taxes, that existed on the transfer date for debt securities reclassified into the held-to-maturity category from the available-for-sale category. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on the effective portion of the Company’s cash flow hedge derivatives are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes, which will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s debt. Income tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are released as investments are sold or matured and as liabilities are extinguished. For additional detail regarding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), see Note 19. TREASURY STOCK The repurchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the time of reissuance, the treasury stock account is reduced using the average cost method. Gains and losses on the reissuance of common stock are recorded in additional paid-in capital, to the extent additional paid-in capital from any previous net gains on treasury share transactions exists. Any net deficiency is charged to retained earnings. RECLASSIFICATION Certain items previously reported have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s reporting presentation and are considered immaterial. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company made changes to certain Non-Interest Expense line items appearing on the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income to better align with and provide additional clarity on how management views the business. All prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the changes and provide comparability to the new presentation. The adjustments are as follows: Marketing and Advertising, which was previously a component of Other Operating Expenses, is now presented as a separate line item. Technology and Data Services is also presented as a separate line item and includes data processing expense, data and information services and certain software costs. These costs were previously included in Premises and Equipment. Telephone Expense, which was previously reported as a component of Other Operating Expense, is now included in Premises and Equipment Expense. Premises and Occupancy Costs was renamed to Premises and Equipment Expense. RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” along with several other subsequent codification updates related to accounting for credit losses, which required the way entities recognize impairment of many financial assets by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over their remaining life. The new impairment methodology under this accounting standard, known as the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) 109 model, replaced the current incurred loss model and required financial assets measured at amortized cost basis, such as loans, debt securities, net investments in leases, and off-balance-sheet credit exposures, to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. CECL requires the use of expected credit losses based on a standard of relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. The Company applied the standard's provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of December 31, 2020. The changes were originally effective for public business entities that are SEC filers for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, included a provision that permits financial institutions to defer temporarily the use of CECL until the earlier of the end of the national emergency declaration related to the COVID- 19 crisis or December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 extended the option to delay CECL implementation until January 1, 2022. The Company elected to delay the adoption of the CECL standard in accordance with the relief provided under the CARES Act from January 1, 2020 until year- end. The Company has adopted the CECL standard as of December 31, 2020, and has applied it retroactively to periods beginning January 1, 2020. For the cumulative effect (net of tax) of adopting CECL, the Company recorded a net decrease to retained earnings of $1.7 million as of January 1, 2020. In an action relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the joint federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule in 2020, that allows banking organizations that implemented CECL in 2020 to elect to delay the effects of the CECL accounting standard on their regulatory capital for two years. This two-year delay is in addition to a three-year transition period that the agencies had already made available in December 2018. The Company elected to delay the effects of the CECL accounting standard on its and the Bank’s regulatory capital beginning January 1, 2020. As a result, the effects of CECL on the Company's and the Bank’s regulatory capital will be delayed through the year 2021, after which the effects will be phased-in over a three-year period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. The following table illustrates the impact of ASC Topic 326: (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Allowance for credit losses on held-to-maturity debt securities Liabilities: Allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments Deferred tax liability, net Equity: Retained earnings Pre-CECL Adoption January 1, 2020 Impact of CECL Adoption As Reported under CECL $ 14,108 $ — 645 6,931 942 $ 49 1,283 (543) 15,050 49 1,928 6,388 218,449 (1,731) 216,718 [2] INVESTMENT SECURITIES Debt securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity were comprised of the following: (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Total debt securities available-for-sale Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Depreciation Allowance for Credit Losses (1) Estimated Fair Value $ $ 157,452 $ 18,228 22,058 406,741 8,013 612,492 $ 1,538 $ 57 36 3,595 790 6,016 $ 526 $ 198 5 209 — 938 $ — $ — — — — — $ 158,464 18,087 22,089 410,127 8,803 617,570 (1) Available-for-sale securities are recorded on the statement of financial condition at estimated fair value, net of allowance for credit losses, if applicable. 110 (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Residential mortgage-backed securities Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities held-to-maturity Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value Allowance for (1) Credit Losses $ $ 28,672 $ 48,130 6,577 124,152 4,309 211,840 $ 566 $ 1,051 45 237 778 2,677 $ 1 $ — — 217 — 218 $ 29,237 49,181 6,622 124,172 5,087 214,299 $ $ 79 — — 70 — 149 (1) Held-to-maturity securities are recorded on the statement of financial condition at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses. (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Total debt securities available-for-sale (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities held-to-maturity Interest income on investment securities was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Taxable interest income Non-taxable interest income Dividend income Total interest income on investments December 31, 2019 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value 172,704 $ 18,092 27,262 18,058 8,961 245,077 $ 2,821 $ 216 11 451 441 3,940 $ 107 $ 48 80 — — 235 $ 175,418 18,260 27,193 18,509 9,402 248,782 December 31, 2019 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Appreciation Gross Unrealized Depreciation Estimated Fair Value 24,678 $ 149,912 17,094 4,360 196,044 $ 619 $ 628 144 255 1,646 $ — $ 935 — — 935 $ 25,297 149,605 17,238 4,615 196,755 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 12,707 $ 227 1,098 14,032 $ 14,558 $ 381 1,385 16,324 $ 9,062 420 1,201 10,683 $ $ $ $ $ $ 111 As of December 31, 2020, the contractual maturities of the debt securities were: (Dollars in thousands) Due in less than one year Due from one to five years Due from five to 10 years Due after 10 years Total debt securities December 31, 2020 Available-for-Sale Held-to-Maturity Amortized Cost Estimated Fair Value Amortized Cost Estimated Fair Value $ $ 19,691 $ 68,881 95,803 428,117 612,492 $ 19,765 $ 69,922 95,765 432,118 617,570 $ 2,192 $ 13,283 59,793 136,572 211,840 $ 2,205 13,573 60,197 138,324 214,299 The $432.1 million fair value of debt securities available-for-sale with a contractual maturity due after 10 years as of December 31, 2020, included $31.8 million, or 7.4%, that are floating-rate securities. The $59.8 million amortized cost of debt securities held-to-maturity with a contractual maturity due from five to 10 years as of December 31, 2020, included $19.2 million that have call provisions within the next five years that would either mature, if called, or become floating-rate securities after the call date. Prepayments may shorten the contractual lives of the collateralized mortgage obligations, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized loan obligations. Proceeds from the sale and call of debt securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity and related gross realized gains and losses were: (Dollars in thousands) Proceeds from sales Proceeds from calls Total proceeds Gross realized gains Gross realized losses Net realized gains (losses) Available-for-Sale Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 $ $ $ $ 120,400 $ 11,426 131,826 $ 3,846 $ — 3,846 $ 6,993 $ 17,336 24,329 $ 312 $ — 312 $ 2018 2020 Held-to-Maturity Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 31,306 $ 6,129 37,435 $ 51 $ 124 (73) $ — $ 398,248 398,248 $ 102 $ — 102 $ — $ 255,538 255,538 $ 104 $ — 104 $ — 1,000 1,000 3 — 3 Debt securities available-for-sale of $2.4 million, as of December 31, 2020, were held in safekeeping at the FHLB and were included in the calculation of the Company’s borrowing capacity. Additionally, there were $30.1 million of debt securities held-to-maturity that were pledged as collateral for certain deposit relationships. 112 Changes in the allowance for credit losses on held-to-maturity securities were as follows for the year ended December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Impact of adopting CECL Provision for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance, end of period Corporate Bonds Residential Mortgage- Backed Securities Municipal Bonds Agency Debentures and Mortgage-Backed Securities Total Year Ended December 31, 2020 $ $ — $ 49 30 — — 79 $ — $ — 70 — — 70 $ — $ — — — — — $ — $ — — — — — $ — 49 100 — — 149 The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealized losses debt securities available-for-sale, by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position (1) Less than 12 Months December 31, 2020 12 Months or More Total Fair value Unrealized losses Fair value Unrealized losses Fair value Unrealized losses $ $ 28,796 $ 13,313 — 89,931 132,040 $ 277 198 — 209 684 $ $ 9,751 $ — 9,863 — 19,614 $ 249 — 5 — 254 $ $ 38,547 $ 13,313 9,863 89,931 151,654 $ 526 198 5 209 938 (1) The number of investment positions with unrealized losses totaled 33 for available-for-sale. (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Total debt securities available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position (1) Less than 12 Months December 31, 2019 12 Months or More Total Fair value Unrealized losses Fair value Unrealized losses Fair value Unrealized losses $ $ 4,942 $ — 22,117 27,059 $ 58 — 66 124 $ $ 19,951 $ 4,417 2,544 26,912 $ 49 48 14 111 $ $ 24,893 $ 4,417 24,661 53,971 $ 107 48 80 235 (1) The number of investment positions with unrealized losses totaled 86 for available-for-sale securities. The changes in the fair values of our municipal bonds, agency debentures, agency collateralized mortgage obligations and agency mortgage-backed securities are primarily the result of interest rate fluctuations. To assess for credit impairment, management evaluates the underlying issuer’s financial performance and the related credit rating information through a review of publicly available financial statements and other publicly available information. The most recent assessment for credit impairment did not identify any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal and interest on these debt securities. In addition, the Company has the ability and intent to hold debt securities in an unrealized loss position until recovery of their amortized cost. Based on this, no allowance for credit losses has been recognized on debt securities available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position. The Company monitors the credit quality of debt securities held-to-maturity including credit ratings quarterly. The following tables present the amortized costs basis of debt securities held-to-maturity by Moody’s bond credit rating. 113 (Dollars in thousands) Debt securities held-to-maturity: Corporate Bonds Agency debentures Municipal bonds Residential mortgage-backed securities Agency mortgage-backed securities Total debt securities held-to-maturity Aaa Aa December 31, 2020 Baa A Ba Total $ $ — $ 48,130 — 124,152 4,309 176,591 $ — $ — 5,787 — — 5,787 $ — $ — 790 — — 790 $ 28,672 $ — — — — 28,672 $ — $ — — — — — $ 28,672 48,130 6,577 124,152 4,309 211,840 Accrued interest receivable of $697,000 and $1.5 million on debt securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, was excluded from the amortized cost used in the allowance for credit losses. The Company had no debt securities held-to-maturity that were past due as of December 31, 2020. There were no outstanding debt securities classified as trading as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. There was $13.3 million and $24.3 million in FHLB stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. [3] FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK The Company is a member of the FHLB system. As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, the Company must maintain a minimum investment in the capital stock of the FHLB in an amount equal to 4.00% of its outstanding advances, 0.75% of its issued letters of credits, and 0.10% of its membership asset value, as defined, with the FHLB. The FHLB has the ability to change the calculation of the required stock investment at any time. At December 31, 2020, $13.3 million of stock was required based on $300.0 million in outstanding advances, $6.0 million in issued letters of credit and the Bank’s membership asset value of approximately $1.24 billion. The Company held FHLB stock totaling $13.3 million and $24.3 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company received dividends from its holdings in FHLB capital stock of $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $924,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. [4] LOANS AND LEASES The Company generates loans through the private banking and middle-market banking channels. The private banking channel primarily includes loans made to high-net-worth individuals, trusts and businesses that are typically secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. The middle-market banking channel consists of the Company’s C&I loan and lease portfolio and CRE loan portfolio, which serve middle-market businesses and real estate developers in our primary markets. Loans and leases held-for-investment were comprised of the following: (Dollars in thousands) Loans and leases held-for-investment, before deferred fees and costs Net deferred loan costs (fees) Loans and leases held-for-investment, net of deferred fees and costs Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Loans and leases held-for-investment, net Private Banking 4,797,881 $ 9,919 4,807,800 (2,047) 4,805,753 $ $ $ December 31, 2020 Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate 1,269,248 $ 4,904 1,274,152 (5,254) 1,268,898 $ 2,160,784 $ (5,318) 2,155,466 (27,329) 2,128,137 $ Total 8,227,913 9,505 8,237,418 (34,630) 8,202,788 114 (Dollars in thousands) Loans and leases held-for-investment, before deferred fees and costs Net deferred loan costs (fees) Loans and leases held-for-investment, net of deferred fees and costs Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Loans and leases held-for-investment, net Private Banking 3,688,779 $ 6,623 3,695,402 (1,973) 3,693,429 $ $ $ December 31, 2019 Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate 1,080,767 $ 4,942 1,085,709 (5,262) 1,080,447 $ 1,801,375 $ (4,927) 1,796,448 (6,873) 1,789,575 $ Total 6,570,921 6,638 6,577,559 (14,108) 6,563,451 The Company’s customers have unused loan commitments based on the availability of eligible collateral or other terms and conditions under their loan agreements. Included in unused loan commitments are unused availability under demand loans for our private banking lines secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance, as well as commitments to fund loans secured by residential properties, commercial real estate, construction loans, business lines of credit and other unused commitments of loans in various stages of funding. Not all commitments will fund or fully fund as customers often only draw on a portion of their available credit. The amount of unfunded commitments, including standby letters of credit, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, was $6.73 billion and $4.91 billion, respectively. The interest rate for each commitment is based on the prevailing market conditions at the time of funding. The total unfunded commitments above included loans in the process of origination totaling approximately $39.6 million and $20.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which extend over varying periods of time. The Company issues standby letters of credit in the normal course of business. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party. The Company would be required to perform under a standby letter of credit when drawn upon by the guaranteed party in the case of non-performance by the Company’s customer. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The amount of unfunded commitments related to standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, included in the total unfunded commitments above, was $82.0 million and $72.8 million, respectively. Should the Company be obligated to perform under any standby letters of credit, the Company will seek repayment from the customer for amounts paid. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were draws on letters of credit totaling $383,000 and $163,000, respectively, which were immediately repaid by the borrowers or converted to an outstanding loan based on the contractual terms and subsequently repaid. Most of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon and the total amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures was $3.4 million and $645,000 as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which includes allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 90.3% and 92.4%, respectively, of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio was comprised of loans to customers within the Company’s primary market areas of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, New York and contiguous states. As a result, the commercial loan and lease portfolio is subject to the general economic conditions within those areas. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on an individual basis. The amount of collateral obtained by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. The Company does not believe it has significant concentrations of credit risk in any one group of borrowers given its underwriting and collateral requirements. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio is comprised of amortizing loans, where scheduled principal and interest payments are applied according to the terms of the loan agreement, as well as interest-only loans. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, interest-only loans represented 76.1% and 75.8%, respectively, of the loans held-for-investment, the majority of which were lines of credit. There were $4.57 billion in loans that are due on demand with no stated maturity and $3.67 billion in loans with stated maturities which have an expected average remaining maturity of approximately three years as of December 31, 2020, compared to $3.47 billion in loans that are due on demand with no stated maturity and $3.11 billion in loans with stated maturities which have an expected average remaining maturity of approximately five years as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 93.8% and 92.4%, respectively, of the Company’s portfolio was comprised of variable rate loans. [5] ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS AND LEASES Our allowance for credit losses represents our current estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at a specific point in time. This estimate includes credit losses associated with loans and leases evaluated on a collective or pool basis, as well as expected credit losses of the individually evaluated loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance at least quarterly, and in doing so relies on various factors including, but not limited to, assessment of historical loss 115 experience, delinquency and non-accrual trends, portfolio growth, underlying collateral coverage and current economic conditions, and economic forecasts over a reasonable and supportable period of time. This evaluation is subjective and requires material estimates that may change over time. The calculation of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases takes into consideration the inherent risk identified within each of the Company’s three primary loan portfolios. The lifetime loss rates are estimated by analyzing a combination of internal and external data related to historical performance of each loan pool over a complete economic cycle. Results for full year and period end December 31, 2020, are presented under CECL methodology while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for more details on the Company’s policy on allowance for credit losses on loans and leases. The following discusses key characteristics and risks within each primary loan portfolio: Private Banking Loans Our private banking lending activities are conducted on a national basis. This loan portfolio primarily includes loans made to high-net-worth individuals, trusts and businesses that are typically secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance. The Company actively monitors the value of the collateral securing these loans daily and requires borrowers to continually replenish collateral as a result of fair value changes. Therefore, it is expected that the fair value of the collateral value securing each loan will exceed the loan’s amortized cost basis and no allowance for credit loss is required under ASC 326- 20-35-6 “Financial Assets Secured by Collateral Maintenance Provisions.” This portfolio also has some loans that are secured by residential real estate or other financial assets, lines of credit and unsecured loans. The primary sources of repayment for these loans are the income and/or assets of the borrower. The underlying collateral is the most important indicator of risk for this loan portfolio. The overall lower risk profile of this portfolio is driven by loans secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance, which were 98.6% and 97.4% of total private banking loans as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Commercial Banking: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases This loan and lease portfolio primarily include loans and leases made to financial and other service companies or manufacturers generally for the purposes of financing production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, acquisitions and recapitalizations. Cash flow from the borrower’s operations is the primary source of repayment for these loans and leases, except for certain commercial loans that are secured by marketable securities. The borrower’s industry and local and regional economic conditions are important indicators of risk for this loan portfolio. Collateral for these types of loans at times does not have sufficient value in a distressed or liquidation scenario to satisfy the outstanding debt. C&I loans collateralized by marketable securities are treated the same as private banking loans for purposes of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases calculation. Commercial Banking: Commercial Real Estate Loans This loan portfolio includes loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner-occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes including office, industrial, multifamily, retail, hospitality, healthcare and self-storage. The primary source of repayment for CRE loans secured by owner-occupied properties is cash flow from the borrower’s operations. Individual project cash flows, global cash flows and liquidity from the developer, or the sale of the property are the primary sources of repayment for CRE loans secured by investment properties. Also included are commercial construction loans to finance the construction or renovation of structures as well as to finance the acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. The increased level of risk for these loans is generally confined to the construction period. If problems arise, the project may not be completed and as such, may not provide sufficient cash flow on its own to service the debt or have sufficient value in a liquidation to cover the outstanding principal. The underlying purpose and collateral of the loans are important indicators of risk for this loan portfolio. Additional risks exist and are dependent on several factors such as the condition of the local and regional economies, whether or not the project is owner-occupied, the type of project, and the experience and resources of the developer. On a monthly basis, management monitors various credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio, including delinquency, non-performing status, changes in risk ratings, changes in the underlying performance of the borrowers and other relevant factors. On a daily basis, the Company monitors the collateral of loans secured by cash, marketable securities and/or cash value life insurance within the private banking portfolio which further reduces the risk profile of that portfolio. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for the Company’s policy for determining past due status of loans. Loan risk ratings are assigned based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower and the quality of the collateral for loans secured by marketable securities. Loan risk ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to internal policies. Loans within the pass rating are believed to have a lower risk of loss than loans that are risk rated as special mention, substandard or doubtful, which are believed 116 to have an increasing risk of loss. Our internal risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance. Management also monitors the loan portfolio through a formal periodic review process. All non-pass rated loans are reviewed monthly and higher risk-rated loans within the pass category are reviewed three times a year. The Company’s risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance and are as follows: Pass – The loan is currently performing in accordance with its contractual terms. Special Mention – A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects or in our credit position at some future date. Economic and market conditions beyond the customer’s control may in the future necessitate this classification. Substandard – A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful – A doubtful loan has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan categorized as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The following table presents the amortized cost basis of loans by portfolio, risk rating and year of origination: (Dollars in thousands) Private Banking: Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Private Banking Loans Commercial and Industrial: Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Commercial and Industrial Loans Commercial Real Estate: Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Commercial Real Estate Loans Loans and leases held-for- investment $ 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Prior Revolving Loans (1) Total As of December 31, 2020 $ 64,829 $ — — — 64,829 216,459 1,795 750 — 44,210 $ — 516 — 44,726 223,189 — — — 57,081 $ — — — 57,081 88,212 5,416 7,875 — 7,736 $ — — — 7,736 44,575 — — — 219,004 223,189 101,503 44,575 514,920 446 91 — 515,457 617,120 5,395 — — 622,515 435,708 4,308 6,296 — 446,312 202,001 — 2,926 — 204,927 12,040 $ — — — 12,040 9,383 — — — 9,383 181,108 1,186 7,054 — 189,348 55,092 $ — — — 55,092 20,709 — — — 4,566,296 $ — — — 4,566,296 651,900 3,431 458 — 4,807,284 — 516 — 4,807,800 1,254,427 10,642 9,083 — 20,709 655,789 1,274,152 134,700 145 3,260 — 138,105 38,802 — — — 38,802 2,124,359 11,480 19,627 — 2,155,466 799,290 $ 890,430 $ 604,896 $ 257,238 $ 210,771 $ 213,906 $ 5,260,887 $ 8,237,418 (1) The Company had no revolving loans which were converted to term loans included in loans and leases held-for-investment at December 31, 2020. Accrued interest receivable of $16.4 million and $19.3 million on loans and leases as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, was excluded from the amortized cost used in the allowance for credit losses. 117 Changes in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Impact of adopting CECL Provision for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance, end of period (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Provision (credit) for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance, end of period (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Provision (credit) for credit losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance, end of period Year Ended December 31, 2020 Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate Private Banking Total 5,262 $ (2,431) 1,973 — 450 5,254 $ 6,873 $ 3,560 16,896 — — 27,329 $ 1,973 $ (187) $ 432 (171) — 2,047 $ 14,108 942 19,301 (171) 450 34,630 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate Private Banking Total 5,764 $ (2,482) — 1,980 5,262 $ 5,502 $ 1,371 — — 6,873 $ 1,942 $ 143 (112) — 1,973 $ 13,208 (968) (112) 1,980 14,108 Year Ended December 31, 2018 Private Banking Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate Total 1,577 $ 365 — — 1,942 $ 8,043 $ (1,275) (2,068) 1,064 5,764 $ 4,797 $ 705 — — 5,502 $ 14,417 (205) (2,068) 1,064 13,208 $ $ $ $ $ $ The following tables present the age analysis of past due loans segregated by class of loan: (Dollars in thousands) Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Loans and leases held-for-investment (Dollars in thousands) Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Loans and leases held-for-investment $ $ $ $ 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90 Days or More Past Due Total Past Due December 31, 2020 250 $ — 2,926 3,176 $ — $ — — — $ — $ 458 6,296 6,754 $ 250 $ 458 9,222 9,930 $ Current Total 4,807,550 $ 1,273,694 2,146,244 8,227,488 $ 4,807,800 1,274,152 2,155,466 8,237,418 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90 Days or More Past Due Total Past Due December 31, 2019 184 $ — — 184 $ 261 $ — — 261 $ — $ — — — $ 118 445 $ — — 445 $ Current Total 3,694,957 $ 1,085,709 1,796,448 6,577,114 $ 3,695,402 1,085,709 1,796,448 6,577,559 Individually Evaluated Loans Management monitors the delinquency status of the Company’s loan portfolio on a monthly basis. Loans are considered non-performing when interest and principal are 90 days or more past due or management has determined that it is probable the borrower is unable to meet payments as they become due. The risk of loss is generally highest for non-performing loans. The following tables present the Company’s amortized cost of individually evaluated loans and related information on those loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) With a related allowance recorded: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total with a related allowance recorded Without a related allowance recorded: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total without a related allowance recorded Total: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total (Dollars in thousands) With a related allowance recorded: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total with a related allowance recorded Without a related allowance recorded: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total without a related allowance recorded Total: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total $ $ $ $ As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 Amortized Cost Unpaid Principal Balance Related Allowance Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized — $ 458 9,222 9,680 — — — — — 458 9,222 9,680 $ — $ 457 9,251 9,708 — — — — — 457 9,251 9,708 $ — $ 103 1,885 1,988 — — — — — 103 1,885 1,988 $ — $ 458 9,222 9,680 — — — — — 458 9,222 9,680 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Amortized Cost Unpaid Principal Balance Related Allowance Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized 193 $ — — 193 13 — — 13 206 — — 206 $ 171 $ — — 171 — — — — 171 — — 171 $ 171 $ — — 171 13 — — 13 184 — — 184 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — 171 $ — — 171 13 — — 13 184 — — 184 $ 119 (Dollars in thousands) With a related allowance recorded: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total with a related allowance recorded Without a related allowance recorded: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total without a related allowance recorded Total: Private banking Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate Total As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 Amortized Cost Unpaid Principal Balance Related Allowance Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized $ $ 2,237 $ — — 2,237 — — — — 2,237 — — 2,237 $ 2,421 $ — — 2,421 — — — — 2,421 — — 2,421 $ 437 $ — — 437 — — — — 437 — — 437 $ 2,293 $ — — 2,293 — — — — 2,293 — — 2,293 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — Individually evaluated loans were $9.7 million and $184,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There was no interest income recognized on individually evaluated loans that were also on non-accrual status for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest income. The Company estimates allowance for credit losses individually for loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, including non-accrual loans and loans designated as a TDR, using a discounted cash flow method or based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Based on those evaluations there were specific reserves totaling $2.0 million and $171,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for the Company’s policy on evaluating loans for expected credit losses and interest income. The following tables present the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases and amortized cost of individually evaluated loans: (Dollars in thousands) Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Loans and leases held-for-investment: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Loans and leases held-for-investment December 31, 2020 Private Banking Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate Total — $ 2,047 2,047 $ 103 $ 5,151 5,254 $ 1,885 $ 25,444 27,329 $ 1,988 32,642 34,630 — $ 4,807,800 4,807,800 $ 458 $ 1,273,694 1,274,152 $ 9,222 $ 2,146,244 2,155,466 $ 9,680 8,227,738 8,237,418 $ $ $ $ 120 (Dollars in thousands) Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Loans and leases held-for-investment: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Loans and leases held-for-investment Troubled Debt Restructuring December 31, 2019 Private Banking Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate Total $ $ $ $ 171 $ 1,802 1,973 $ — $ 5,262 5,262 $ — $ 6,873 6,873 $ 171 13,937 14,108 184 $ 3,695,218 3,695,402 $ — $ 1,085,709 1,085,709 $ — $ 1,796,448 1,796,448 $ 184 6,577,375 6,577,559 The aggregate recorded investment of impaired loans with terms modified through a troubled debt restructuring was $2.9 million and $171,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which were also on non-accrual. There were no unused commitments on loans designated as troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The modifications made to restructured loans typically consist of an extension of the payment terms or the deferral of principal payments. There were no loans modified as TDRs within 12 months of the corresponding balance sheet date with payment defaults during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018. The financial effects of our modifications made to loans newly designated as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2020, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Real Estate: Extended term, forgave principal and change in interest terms Total Count 1 1 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Recorded Investment at the time of Modification Current Recorded Investment Allowance for Credit Losses at the time of Modification Current Allowance for Credit Losses $ $ 2,926 $ 2,926 $ 2,926 $ 2,926 $ 468 $ 468 $ 468 468 There were no loans newly designated as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2019. Other Real Estate Owned As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of OREO was $2.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, a property was sold from OREO for $1.5 million with a net gain of $65,000. There were no residential mortgage loans that were in the process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2020. [6] GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The following table presents the change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Additions Balance, end of period 2020 2019 41,660 $ — 41,660 $ 41,660 — 41,660 $ $ 121 The Company determined the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon an independent valuation. The following table presents the change in intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Additions Amortization Balance, end of period 2020 2019 24,194 $ — (1,943) 22,251 $ 26,203 — (2,009) 24,194 $ $ The following table presents the gross amount of intangible assets and total accumulated amortization by class: (Dollars in thousands) Trade name Client Relationships: Sub-advisory client list Separate managed accounts client list Other institutional client list Non-compete agreements Total finite-lived intangibles Client Relationships: Mutual fund client relationships (indefinite-lived) Total intangibles assets December 31, 2020 Accumulated Amortization Gross Amount Net Carrying Amount Gross Amount December 31, 2019 Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount $ 4,040 $ (939) $ 3,101 $ 4,040 $ (765) $ 3,275 11,645 3,175 5,950 522 25,332 (5,838) (1,404) (3,696) (504) (12,381) 5,807 1,771 2,254 18 12,951 11,645 3,175 5,950 522 25,332 (4,968) (1,092) (3,155) (458) (10,438) 9,300 34,632 $ — (12,381) $ 9,300 22,251 $ 9,300 34,632 $ — (10,438) $ $ 6,677 2,083 2,795 64 14,894 9,300 24,194 Intangible amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets totaled $1.9 million, $2.0 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The following is a summary of the expected intangible amortization expense for finite-lived intangibles assets, assuming no new additions, for each of the five years following December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total finite-lived intangibles [7] OFFICE PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT The following is a summary of office properties and equipment by major classification as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Furniture, fixtures and equipment Leasehold improvements Total, at cost Accumulated depreciation Net office properties and equipment 122 Amount 1,911 1,900 1,897 1,805 1,336 4,102 12,951 $ $ December 31, 2020 2019 20,244 $ 8,366 28,610 (16,241) 12,369 $ 15,752 7,792 23,544 (13,975) 9,569 $ $ Depreciation expense was $2.3 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. [8] OPERATING LEASES The Company has noncancellable operating leases primarily for its six office spaces and other office equipment that expire between 2021 and 2036. These leases generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from one to five years. Because the Company is not reasonably certain that it will exercise these renewal options, the options are not considered in determining the lease terms and associated potential option payments are excluded from lease payments. The Company’s leases generally do not include termination options for either party to the lease or restrictive financial or other covenants. Payments due under the lease contracts include fixed payments and, for many of the Company’s leases, variable payments. Variable payments for office space leases include the Company’s proportionate share of the building’s property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance. For office equipment leases for which the Company has elected not to separate lease and nonlease components, maintenance services are provided by the lessor at a fixed cost and are included in the fixed lease payments for the single, combined lease component. The Company rents office space in its six office locations which are accounted for as operating leases. The remaining lease terms have expirations from 2021 to 2036 and provide for one or more renewal options. These leases provide for annual rent escalations and payment of certain operating expenses applicable to the leased space. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Operating lease cost was $3.1 million, $2.8 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The net deferred rent liability was $1.7 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term was 13 years and the weighted average discount rate as 4.25%. Maturities of lease liabilities under noncancellable leases as of December 31, 2020, are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total undiscounted lease payments Imputed interest Operating lease liability [9] DEPOSITS Amount 3,181 2,585 2,293 2,062 1,760 18,642 30,523 7,565 22,958 $ $ $ As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, deposits were comprised of the following: (Dollars in thousands) Demand and savings accounts: Noninterest-bearing checking accounts Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Total demand and savings accounts Certificates of deposit Total deposits Weighted average rate on interest-bearing accounts Interest Rate Range December 31, 2020 — 0.05 to 1.70% 0.10 to 2.95% 0.06 to 3.22% Weighted Average Interest Rate Balance December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 — 0.38% 0.56% 1.08% 0.56% — 1.57% 1.84% 2.24% 1.87% $ $ 456,426 $ 3,068,834 3,927,797 7,453,057 1,036,032 8,489,089 $ 356,102 1,398,264 3,426,745 5,181,111 1,453,502 6,634,613 123 As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank had total brokered deposits of $753.3 million and $766.6 million, respectively. Reciprocal deposits through Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS ”) and Insured Cash Sweep (“ICS ”) totaled $1.72 billion and $857.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were considered non-brokered. ® ® ® ® As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more, excluding brokered and reciprocal deposits, totaled $534.3 million and $551.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, certificates of deposit with balances of $250,000 or more, excluding brokered and reciprocal deposits, totaled $159.6 million and $233.5 million. The contractual maturity of certificates of deposit was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 12 months or less 12 months to 24 months 24 months to 36 months Total Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Interest-bearing checking accounts Money market deposit accounts Certificates of deposit Total interest expense on deposits [10] BORROWINGS December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 892,427 $ 132,443 11,162 1,036,032 $ 1,244,838 168,437 40,227 1,453,502 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ 14,493 $ 35,095 19,614 69,202 $ 21,480 $ 69,336 34,776 125,592 $ 11,440 45,106 21,947 78,493 As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, borrowings were comprised of the following: (Dollars in thousands) FHLB borrowings: FHLB line of credit Issued 12/21/2020 Issued 12/2/2020 Issued 12/1/2020 Issued 10/8/2020 Issued 12/12/2019 Issued 12/02/2019 Issued 10/08/2019 Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable (net of debt issuance costs of $2,007 and $0, respectively) Total borrowings, net Interest Rate December 31, 2020 Ending Balance Maturity Date Interest Rate December 31, 2019 Ending Balance Maturity Date 0.39% 0.33% 0.33% 0.39% 4.25% 5.75% $ $ — 50,000 50,000 150,000 50,000 — — — 5,000 95,493 400,493 3/22/2021 3/2/2021 3/1/2021 1/8/2021 10/17/2021 5/15/2030 1.81% $ 1.85% 1.91% 2.00% $ 55,000 — — — — 100,000 150,000 50,000 — — 355,000 5/1/2020 1/13/2020 3/2/2020 1/8/2020 In 2020, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of subordinated notes due 2030, raising aggregate proceeds of $97.5 million. The subordinated notes have a term of 10 years at a fixed-to-floating rate of 5.75%. The subordinated notes qualify under federal regulatory rules as Tier 2 capital for the holding company. The Bank’s FHLB borrowing capacity is based on the collateral value of certain securities held in safekeeping at the FHLB and loans pledged to the FHLB. The Bank submits a quarterly Qualifying Collateral Report (“QCR”) to the FHLB to update the value of the loans pledged. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank’s borrowing capacity is based on the information provided in the September 30, 2020, QCR filing. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank had securities held in safekeeping at the FHLB with a fair value of $2.4 million, combined with pledged loans of $1.30 billion, for a gross borrowing capacity of $929.1 million, of which $300.00 million was 124 outstanding in advances. As of December 31, 2019, there was $355.0 million outstanding in advances from the FHLB. When the Bank borrows from the FHLB, interest is charged at the FHLB’s posted rates at the time of the borrowing. The Bank maintains an unsecured line of credit of $10.0 million with M&T Bank and an unsecured line of credit of $20.0 million with Texas Capital Bank. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no outstanding borrowings under these lines of credit, and they are available to the Bank at the lenders’ discretion. In addition, the Bank maintains an $8.0 million unsecured line of credit with PNC Bank for private label credit card facilities for certain existing commercial clients of the Bank, of which $2.6 million in notional value of credit cards have been issued. The clients of the Bank are responsible for repaying any balances due on these credit cards directly to PNC, however if the customer fails to repay PNC, the Bank could be required to satisfy the obligation to PNC and initiate collection from our customer as part of the existing credit facility of that customer. As of December 31, 2020, the company maintained an unsecured line of credit of $50.0 million with Texas Capital Bank. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was $5.0 million and $0.0 million outstanding under this line of credit, respectively. Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) FHLB borrowings Line of credit borrowings Subordinated notes payable Total interest expense on borrowings [11] INCOME TAXES Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ 6,095 $ 261 3,593 9,949 $ 8,639 $ 68 1,091 9,798 $ 5,555 119 2,215 7,889 The income tax provision reconciled to taxes computed at the statutory federal rate for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Tax provision at statutory rate Nondeductible expenses Bank owned life insurance Stock option exercises and cancellations State tax expense, net of federal benefit Impact of change in tax rates Adjustments to prior year tax Tax exempt income, net of disallowed interest Renewable energy tax credits Low income housing tax credits Historic tax credits Other Income tax provision Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ 11,056 $ 772 (366) (288) 1,636 — 284 (47) (1,531) (880) (3,273) 49 7,412 $ 14,418 $ 919 (364) (668) 2,481 — (121) (71) (1,912) (364) (6,036) 183 8,465 $ 12,677 595 (360) (844) 1,927 (332) (133) (79) (6,568) (95) (860) 17 5,945 The tax credits in the table above relate to transactions for the financing of renewable solar energy facilities, low-income housing tax credits and historic tax credits. These transactions provided federal tax credits and state tax credits (where applicable) during the 2020, 2019 and 2018 tax years. The financing of the solar energy facilities is accounted for as direct financing leases included within the C&I loan and lease portfolio. The amortization of the Company’s low income housing tax credit investments has been reflected as income tax expense. The net amount of low income housing tax credits, amortization and tax benefits recorded to income tax expenses during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was $880,000, $364,000 and $95,000, respectively. The carrying amount of the investment in low income housing tax credits was $35.2 million, of which $14.4 million was unfunded as of December 31, 2020. The carrying amount of the investment in historic tax credits was $14.9 million, of which $10.0 million was unfunded as of December 31, 2020. 125 The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, consisted of: (Dollars in thousands) Current income tax provision - federal Current income tax provision - state Deferred tax provision - federal Deferred tax provision (benefit) - state Income tax provision Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ 4,812 $ 2,094 431 75 7,412 $ 4,058 $ 1,767 1,312 1,328 8,465 $ 2,712 2,999 904 (670) 5,945 The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Net operating loss - state Start-up expenses Stock compensation Compensation related accruals Leasehold improvement Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases Right-of-use liability Reserve for unfunded commitments Supplemental executive retirement plan Transaction costs Earn out liability non-purchase accounting Unrealized loss on investments and derivatives State bonus depreciation General business credits Other Gross deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Office properties and equipment Prepaid expenses Deferred loan costs Intangibles Goodwill State capital shares tax liability Right-of-use asset Unrealized gain on investments and derivatives Gross deferred tax liability Net deferred tax liability December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 672 $ 9 1,546 4,311 666 8,369 4,891 820 917 112 214 857 3,535 14,551 31 41,501 (31,632) (649) (5,036) (257) (4,885) (229) (4,489) — (47,177) (5,676) $ 233 28 3,146 4,007 155 3,421 5,737 156 883 126 246 — 2,295 10,677 399 31,509 (21,857) (874) (5,110) (164) (4,209) (127) (5,737) (362) (38,440) (6,931) Management believes that, as of December 31, 2020, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be fully realized upon the generation of future taxable income. The Company has certain pre-tax state net operating loss carryforwards of $10.2 million, which will expire in years 2034-2040. The Company has general business credits of $14.6 million, which will expire in 2038. 126 The change in the net deferred tax asset or liability for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, was detailed as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Deferred tax benefit Deferred tax retained earnings for CECL adoption Deferred tax impact from other comprehensive income Change in net deferred tax asset or liability December 31, 2020 2019 (506) $ 543 1,218 1,255 $ (2,640) — (778) (3,418) $ $ The Company considers uncertain tax positions that it has taken or expects to take on a tax return. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties (if any) related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Tax years 2017 through 2020 remain subject to federal and state tax examinations as of December 31, 2020. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Beginning of year balance Increases in prior period tax positions Decreases in prior period tax positions Increases in current period tax positions Settlements End of year balance 2020 December 31, 2019 2018 528 $ — (46) 203 — 685 $ 704 $ 111 — 148 (435) 528 $ 744 — (250) 210 — 704 $ $ The total estimated unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate was approximately $628,000, $478,000 and $605,000 as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The impact of interest and penalties was immaterial to the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Company does not expect changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months to have a material impact on its financial statements. [12] STOCK TRANSACTIONS On December 30, 2020, the Company completed the private placement of securities pursuant to an Investment Agreement, dated October 10, 2020 and amended December 9, 2020, with T-VIII PubOpps LP (“T-VIII PubOpps”), an affiliate of investment funds managed by Stone Point Capital LLC. Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, the Company sold to T-VIII PubOpps (i) 2,770,083 shares of voting common stock for $40.0 million, (ii) 650 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for $65.0 million, and (iii) warrants to purchase up to 922,438 shares of voting common stock, or a future series of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $17.50 per share. After two years, the Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of a future series of non-voting common stock or, when transferred under certain limited circumstances to a holder other than an affiliate of Stone Point Capital LLC, voting common stock, at a price of 13.75 per share. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, and pays a quarterly dividend at an annualized rate of 6.75%. The Company received gross proceeds of $105.0 million at closing, and may receive up to an additional $16.1 million if the warrants are exercised in full. The net proceeds have been recorded to shareholders’ equity at December 31,2020 and allocated to the three equity instruments issued using the relative fair value method applied to common stock, preferred stock, and to the warrants issued which were recorded to additional paid-in capital. The net proceeds provide Tier 1 capital for the holding company under federal regulatory capital rules. In May 2019, the Company completed the issuance and sale of a registered, underwritten public offering of 3.2 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par value (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depository share). The Company received net proceeds of $77.6 million from the sale of 80,500 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock (equivalent to 3.2 million depositary shares), after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and direct offering expenses. The preferred stock provides Tier 1 capital for the holding company under federal regulatory capital rules. When, as, and if declared by the board of directors (the “Board”) of the Company, dividends will be payable on the Series B Preferred Stock from the date of issuance to, but excluding July 1, 2026, at a rate of 6.375% per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, and from and including July 1, 2026, dividends will accrue and be payable at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 408.8 basis points per annum (subject to potential adjustment as provided in the definition of three-month LIBOR), payable quarterly, in arrears. The Company may redeem the Series B Preferred Stock at its option, subject to regulatory approval, on or after July 1, 2024, as described in the prospectus supplement relating to the offering filed with the SEC on May 23, 2019. 127 In March 2018, the Company completed the issuance and sale of a registered, underwritten public offering of 1.6 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par value (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depository share). The Company received net proceeds of $38.5 million from the sale of 40,250 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock (equivalent to 1.6 million depositary shares), after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and direct offering expenses. The preferred stock provides Tier 1 capital for the holding company under federal regulatory capital rules. When, as, and if declared by the Board, dividends will be payable on the Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issuance to, but excluding April 1, 2023, at a rate of 6.75% per annum (subject to potential adjustment), payable quarterly, in arrears, and from and including April 1, 2023, dividends will accrue and be payable at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 398.5 basis points per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears. The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at its option, subject to regulatory approval, on or after April 1, 2023, as described in the prospectus supplement relating to the offering filed with the SEC on March 19, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid dividends of $2.7 million on its Series A Preferred Stock and $5.1 million on its Series B Preferred Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid dividends of $2.7 million on its Series A Preferred Stock and $3.1 million on its Series B Preferred Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company paid dividends of $2.1 million on its Series A Preferred Stock. Under authorization of the Board, the Company was permitted to repurchase shares of its common stock up to prescribed amounts of which $9.8 million remained available as of December 31, 2020. The Board also authorized the Company to utilize some of the share repurchase program authorizations to cancel certain options to purchase shares of its common stock granted by the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased a total of 40,000 shares of common stock for approximately $671,000, at an average cost of $16.76 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased a total of 90,000 shares of common stock for approximately $1.8 million, at an average cost of $20.21 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company repurchased a total of 263,540 shares of common stock for approximately $6.8 million, at an average cost of $25.83 per share. The repurchased shares are held as treasury stock. In addition to the shares purchased in the market, treasury shares increased 141,500, or approximately $2.9 million, in connection with the net settlement of equity awards exercised or vested during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company reissued 8,500 shares of treasury stock for approximately $135,000 during the year ended December 31, 2020. Treasury shares increased 21,512, or approximately $493,000, in connection with the net settlement of equity awards exercised or vested during the year ended December 31, 2019. 128 The table below shows the changes in the Company’s preferred and common shares outstanding during the periods indicated: Number of Preferred Shares Outstanding Number of Common Shares Outstanding Number of Treasury Shares Balance, December 31, 2017 Issuance of preferred stock Issuance of restricted common stock Forfeitures of restricted common stock Exercise of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Balance, December 31, 2018 Issuance of preferred stock Issuance of restricted common stock Forfeitures of restricted common stock Exercise of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Increase in treasury stock related to equity awards Balance, December 31, 2019 Issuance of preferred stock Issuance of common stock Issuance of restricted common stock Forfeitures of restricted common stock Exercise of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Increase in treasury stock related to equity awards Reissuance of treasury stock Balance, December 31, 2020 [13] REGULATORY CAPITAL — 40,250 — — — — 40,250 80,500 — — — — — 120,750 650 — — — — — — — 121,400 28,591,101 — 423,113 (27,250) 155,250 (263,540) 28,878,674 — 580,453 (78,209) 86,580 (90,000) (21,512) 29,355,986 — 2,770,083 638,832 (32,751) 61,000 (40,000) (141,500) 8,500 32,620,150 1,751,370 — — — — 263,540 2,014,910 — — — — 90,000 21,512 2,126,422 — — — — — 40,000 141,500 (8,500) 2,299,422 The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the tables below) of Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET 1”), Tier 1 and Total risk-based capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subjected. Financial depository institutions are categorized as well capitalized if they meet minimum capital ratios as set forth in the tables below. The Bank exceeded the capital ratios necessary to be well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There have been no conditions or events since the filing of the most recent Call Report that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital, as presented in the tables below. A banking organization is also subject to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization does not maintain the necessary capital conservation buffer - a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 2.5% or more, in addition to the minimum capital adequacy levels shown in the tables below. Both the Company and the Bank were above the levels required to avoid limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. 129 The following tables set forth certain information concerning the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Total risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 leverage ratio Company Bank (Dollars in thousands) Total risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Company Bank Tier 1 leverage ratio Company Bank [14] EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS December 31, 2020 Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio 833,819 789,273 707,711 758,658 530,568 758,658 707,711 758,658 14.12 % $ 13.41 % $ 11.99 % $ 12.89 % $ 8.99 % $ 12.89 % $ 7.29 % $ 7.83 % $ 472,267 470,820 354,200 353,115 265,650 264,836 388,408 387,626 8.00 % 8.00 % $ 6.00 % 6.00 % $ 4.50 % 4.50 % $ 4.00 % 4.00 % $ N/A 588,525 N/A 470,820 N/A 382,542 N/A 484,533 N/A 10.00 % N/A 8.00 % N/A 6.50 % N/A 5.00 % December 31, 2019 Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio 572,221 547,532 558,068 532,779 442,385 532,779 558,068 532,779 12.05 % $ 11.57 % $ 11.75 % $ 11.26 % $ 9.32 % $ 11.26 % $ 7.54 % $ 7.22 % $ 379,911 378,623 284,933 283,967 213,700 212,975 296,038 295,277 8.00 % 8.00 % $ 6.00 % 6.00 % $ 4.50 % 4.50 % $ 4.00 % 4.00 % $ N/A 473,279 N/A 378,623 N/A 307,631 N/A 369,097 N/A 10.00 % N/A 8.00 % N/A 6.50 % N/A 5.00 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ The Company participates in a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan under which eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their salary, at their discretion. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company automatically contributed three percent of each eligible employee’s base salary to the individual’s 401(k) plan, subject to IRS limitations. Full-time employees and certain part-time employees are eligible to participate upon the first month following their first day of employment or having attained the age of 21, whichever is later. The Company’s contribution expense was $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $952,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. On February 28, 2013, the Company entered into a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The benefits were earned over a five-year period ended January 31, 2018, with the projected payments for this SERP of $25,000 per month for 180 months commencing the latter of retirement or 60 months. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded expense related to SERP of $149,000, $8,000 and $127,000, respectively, utilizing a discount rate of 2.52%, 3.66% and 3.70%, respectively. The recorded liability related to the SERP plan was $3.8 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 130 [15] EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was as follows: (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Basic earnings per common share: Net income Less: Preferred dividends on Series A and Series B Less: Preferred dividends on Series C Net income available to common shareholders Allocation of net income available: Common shareholders Series C convertible preferred shareholders Warrant shareholders Total Basic weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic common shares Series C convertible preferred stock, as-if converted Warrants, as-if exercised Basic earnings per common share Diluted earnings per common share: Income available to common shareholders after allocation Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic common shares Restricted stock - dilutive Stock options - dilutive Diluted common shares Diluted earnings per common share Anti-dilutive shares: Restricted stock Stock options Series C convertible preferred stock, as-if converted Warrants, as-if exercised Total anti-dilutive shares 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 45,234 $ 7,849 24 37,361 $ 37,320 $ 34 7 37,361 $ 60,193 $ 5,753 — 54,440 $ 54,440 $ — — 54,440 $ 54,424 2,120 — 52,304 52,304 — — 52,304 28,267,512 25,832 5,041 27,864,933 — — 27,583,519 — — 1.32 $ 1.95 $ 1.90 37,320 $ 54,440 $ 52,304 28,267,512 345,026 125,930 28,738,468 27,864,933 633,802 334,600 28,833,335 27,583,519 780,357 469,520 28,833,396 1.30 $ 1.89 $ 1.81 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 581,717 — 4,727,272 922,438 6,231,427 31,500 — — — 31,500 7,000 — — — 7,000 The Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants are antidilutive under the treasury stock method compared to the basic EPS calculation under the two-class method. [16] STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PROGRAMS The Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”) provided for the granting of incentive and non-qualifying stock options to the Company’s key employees, key contractors and outside directors at the discretion of the Board. The Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 20, 2014, provides for the granting of incentive and non-qualifying stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based or equity-related awards to the Company’s key employees, key contractors and outside directors at the discretion of the 131 Board. The Omnibus Plan, upon its approval, replaced the 2006 Plan. The total number of shares of common stock that may be granted under the Omnibus Plan is the number of authorized shares of common stock of the Company that remained available under the 2006 Plan as of the date of shareholder approval, plus any shares of common stock issued pursuant to the 2006 Plan that were forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated. The shares reserved for grants under the 2006 Plan are no longer available for grants under that plan but are instead reserved for grants under the Omnibus Plan. In May 2020, the shareholders of the Company authorized the issuance of up to an additional 1,000,000 common shares relating to stock awards, which may be issued upon the grant or exercise of stock-based awards, bringing the total authorized shares in connection with stock-based awards to 5,000,000 as of December 31, 2020, under both the 2006 Plan and the Omnibus Plan (combined the “Plans”). As of December 31, 2020, the Company has issued non-qualifying stock options and restricted shares. The aggregate awards outstanding were 1,820,748 under both of the Plans. As of December 31, 2020, 2,191,029 stock options and restricted shares had been exercised or vested, respectively, leaving 988,223 additional awards available for the Company to grant under the Omnibus Plan. The Company’s stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule whereby portions of the options vest in increments over the requisite service period. Options and restricted shares issued under the Plans typically vest in 2.5 to 5 years. The Company recognizes compensation expense for awards with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire grant. The Company’s compensation expense for all awards was $9.5 million, $8.8 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In 2020 and 2018, the Board approved stock option cancellation programs to allow for certain outstanding and vested stock option awards to be canceled by the option holder at a price based on the closing day’s stock price less the option exercise price. During the year ended December 31, 2020, there were 212,447 options canceled for approximately $2.5 million, which was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. During the year ended December 31, 2018, there were 65,446 options canceled for $945,000, which was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. STOCK OPTIONS The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected term was calculated utilizing the simplified method because the Company had limited historical exercise behavior. Since the Company was newly publicly traded and there was not enough trading history, expected volatility was computed based on median historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The computation assumed that there would be no dividends paid to common shareholders during the contractual life of the options. There were no stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 132 Stock option activity during the periods indicated was as follows: Number of Options Weighted Average Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years) Balance, December 31, 2017 Granted Exercised Forfeited Canceled Expired Balance, December 31, 2018 Granted Exercised Forfeited Canceled Expired Balance, December 31, 2019 Granted Exercised Forfeited Canceled Expired Balance, December 31, 2020 Exercisable as of December 31, 2018 Exercisable as of December 31, 2019 Exercisable as of December 31, 2020 946,343 $ — (155,250) (15,000) (65,446) (16,500) 694,147 $ — (86,580) (5,000) — — 602,567 $ — (61,000) (1,500) (212,447) — 327,620 $ 429,450 $ 512,236 $ 320,620 $ 10.67 — 10.74 11.74 10.30 13.53 10.60 — 10.39 10.31 — — 10.64 — 8.30 12.29 10.88 — 10.90 9.97 10.64 10.86 5.01 4.26 3.47 2.67 3.49 3.17 2.61 The weighted average grant date fair value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $4.82, $5.13 and $4.94, respectively. A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of and changes during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is presented below: Non-vested options: Balance, December 31, 2017 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance, December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance, December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance, December 31, 2020 Number of Options Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value 328,697 $ — (49,000) (15,000) 264,697 $ — (169,366) (5,000) 90,331 $ — (81,831) (1,500) 7,000 $ 4.94 — 4.82 5.01 4.96 — 4.94 4.95 4.98 — 4.96 4.75 5.21 As of December 31, 2020, there was $3,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the Plans, and the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of four months. 133 RESTRICTED SHARES A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted shares as of and changes during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is presented below: Non-vested restricted shares: Balance, December 31, 2017 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance, December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance, December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance, December 31, 2020 Number of Shares Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value 1,137,843 $ 423,113 (180,694) (27,250) 1,353,012 $ 580,453 (424,134) (78,209) 1,431,122 $ 638,832 (544,075) (32,751) 1,493,128 $ 15.54 23.90 10.68 20.61 18.70 21.85 13.20 19.13 21.58 22.37 20.22 23.62 22.37 As of December 31, 2020, there was $18.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares granted under the Omnibus Plan, and the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years. [17] DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITY RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVE OF USING DERIVATIVES The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and through the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of the Company's known or expected cash payments related to certain of the Company's FHLB borrowings and to manage the volatility of the change in fair value related to certain of the Company’s equity investments. The Company also has derivatives that are a result of a service the Company provides to certain qualifying customers while at the same time the Company enters into an offsetting derivative transaction in order to eliminate its interest rate risk exposure resulting from such transactions. 134 FAIR VALUES OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS ON THE STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION The tables below present the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate products Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate products Total (Dollars in thousands) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate products Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate products Total Asset Derivatives as of December 31, 2020 Liability Derivatives as of December 31, 2020 Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Other assets Other assets Other assets $ $ — Other liabilities 144,333 Other liabilities 144,333 Other liabilities $ $ 9,082 144,351 153,433 Asset Derivatives as of December 31, 2019 Liability Derivatives as of December 31, 2019 Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Other assets Other assets Other assets $ $ — Other liabilities 55,241 Other liabilities 55,241 Other liabilities $ $ 2,184 55,289 57,473 The following tables show the impact legally enforceable master netting agreements had on the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: Offsetting of Derivative Assets (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position $ $ 144,333 $ 55,241 $ — — $ $ 144,333 $ 55,241 $ Financial Instruments (94) (850) Cash Collateral Received Net Amount $ $ — — $ $ 144,239 54,391 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amounts of Assets presented in the Statement of Financial Position (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position $ $ 153,433 $ 57,473 $ — — $ $ CASH FLOW HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amounts of Liabilities presented in the Statement of Financial Position 153,433 $ Financial Instruments (94) 57,473 $ (850) Cash Collateral Posted $ $ (150,238) $ (55,753) $ Net Amount 3,101 870 The Company’s objectives in using certain interest rate derivatives are to add stability to net interest income and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. The Company has entered into derivative contracts to hedge the variable cash flows associated with certain FHLB borrowings. These interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from 135 a counterparty in exchange for the Company effectively making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. The Company’s cash flow hedge derivatives did not have any hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Characteristics of the Company’s interest rate derivative transactions designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk as of December 31, 2020, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Interest rate products: Issued 1/8/2018 Issued 5/30/2019 Issued 5/30/2019 Issued 5/30/2019 Issued 3/2/2020 Issued 3/20/2020 Total Notional Amount Effective Rate (1) Estimated Increase/(Decrease) to Interest Expense in the Next Twelve Months Maturity Date Remaining Term (in Months) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 300,000 2.21 % $ 2.05 % $ 2.03 % $ 2.04 % $ 0.98 % $ 0.60 % $ $ 19 942 935 940 402 208 3,446 1/8/2021 6/1/2022 6/1/2023 6/1/2024 3/2/2025 3/20/2025 0 17 29 41 50 51 (1) The effective rate is adjusted for the difference between the three-month FHLB advance rate and three-month LIBOR. The table below presents the effective portion of the Company’s cash flow hedge instruments in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives Interest rate products Interest expense $ 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 Realized Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (2,732) $ 1,259 $ 2018 1,380 The table below presents the effective portion of the Company’s cash flow hedge instruments in accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate products NON-DESIGNATED HEDGES $ 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 Unrealized Gain (Loss) Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Derivatives (9,168) $ (2,239) $ 2018 1,027 The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers. The Company executes interest rate derivatives with its commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those derivatives are simultaneously and economically hedged by offsetting derivatives that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company eliminates its interest rate exposure resulting from such transactions. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had interest rate derivative transactions with an aggregate notional amount of $3.81 billion related to this program. 136 In addition, the Company also has executed equity derivatives to economically hedge certain of its equity investments. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no outstanding equity derivative transactions. The table below presents the effect of the Company’s non-designated hedge instruments in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives Interest rate products Equity products Total Non-interest income Non-interest income 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 Realized Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives 2018 $ $ $ (20) $ — $ (20) $ (45) $ (176) $ (221) $ 14 — 14 CREDIT-RISK-RELATED CONTINGENT FEATURES The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where, if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where, if either the Company or the counterparty fails to maintain its status as a well/adequately capitalized institution, then the Company or the counterparty could be required to terminate any outstanding derivative positions and settle its obligations under the agreement. As of December 31, 2020, the termination value of derivatives for which the Company had master netting arrangements with the counterparty and in a net liability position was $153.0 million, including accrued interest. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has posted collateral of $150.3 million which is considered restricted cash. If the Company had breached any of these provisions as of December 31, 2020, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value. [18] DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Fair value estimates of financial instruments are based on the present value of expected future cash flows, quoted market prices of similar financial instruments, if available, and other valuation techniques. These valuations are significantly affected by discount rates, cash flow assumptions and risk assumptions used. Therefore, fair value estimates may not be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and are not intended to reflect the proceeds that may be realized in an immediate settlement of instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented below do not represent the underlying value of the Company. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company must account for certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis. The Company utilizes a three-level fair value hierarchy of valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices with readily available independent data in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable market inputs (Level 3). When various inputs for measurement fall within multiple levels of the fair value hierarchy, the lowest level input that has a significant impact on fair value measurement is used. Financial assets and liabilities are categorized based upon the following characteristics or inputs to the valuation techniques: • • • Level 1 – Financial assets and liabilities for which inputs are observable and are obtained from reliable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in actively traded markets. This is the most reliable fair value measurement and includes, for example, active exchange-traded equity securities. Level 2 – Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which values are based on similar assets or liabilities that are actively traded. Level 2 also includes pricing models in which the inputs are corroborated by market data, for example, matrix pricing. Level 3 – Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Level 3 inputs include assumptions of a source 137 independent of the reporting entity or the reporting entity’s own assumptions that are supported by little or no market activity or observable inputs. The Company is responsible for the valuation process and as part of this process may use data from outside sources in establishing fair value. The Company performs due diligence to understand the inputs used or how the data was calculated or derived and corroborates the reasonableness of external inputs in the valuation process. RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The following tables represent assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Financial assets: Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Interest rate swaps Total financial assets Financial liabilities: Interest rate swaps Total financial liabilities (Dollars in thousands) Financial assets: Debt securities available-for-sale: Corporate bonds Trust preferred securities Agency collateralized mortgage obligations Agency mortgage-backed securities Agency debentures Interest rate swaps Total financial assets Financial liabilities: Interest rate swaps Total financial liabilities INVESTMENT SECURITIES December 31, 2020 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets / Liabilities at Fair Value $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — $ 158,464 $ 18,087 22,089 410,127 8,803 144,333 761,903 $ 153,433 $ 153,433 $ December 31, 2019 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — $ 175,418 $ 18,260 27,193 18,509 9,402 55,241 304,023 $ 57,473 $ 57,473 $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — $ 158,464 18,087 22,089 410,127 8,803 144,333 761,903 153,433 153,433 Total Assets / Liabilities at Fair Value 175,418 18,260 27,193 18,509 9,402 55,241 304,023 57,473 57,473 Generally, debt securities are valued using pricing for similar securities, recently executed transactions, and other pricing models utilizing observable inputs and therefore are classified as Level 2. Equity securities (including mutual funds) are classified as Level 1 because these securities are in actively traded markets. INTEREST RATE SWAPS The fair value of interest rate swaps is estimated using inputs that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data and therefore are classified as Level 2. These fair value estimations include primarily market observable inputs such as the forward LIBOR swap curve. 138 NON-RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment. The following tables represent the balances of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Loans measured for impairment, net Other real estate owned Total assets (Dollars in thousands) Loans measured for impairment, net Other real estate owned Total assets December 31, 2020 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets at Fair Value — $ — — $ — $ — — $ 7,692 $ 2,724 10,416 $ 7,692 2,724 10,416 December 31, 2019 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets at Fair Value — $ — — $ — $ — — $ 13 $ 4,250 4,263 $ 13 4,250 4,263 $ $ $ $ As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $2.0 million and $171,000, respectively, of specific reserves to the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases as a result of adjusting the fair value of impaired loans. INDIVIDUALLY EVALUATED LOANS The Company evaluates individually loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, including non-accrual loans and loans designated as a TDR. Specific allowance for credit losses is measured based on a discounted cash flow of ongoing operations, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, or a calculation of the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs. Our policy is to obtain appraisals on collateral supporting individually evaluated loans on an annual basis, unless circumstances dictate a shorter time frame. Appraisals are reduced by estimated costs to sell the collateral, and, under certain circumstances, additional factors that may arise and cause us to believe our recoverable value may be less than the independent appraised value. Accordingly, individually evaluated loans are classified as Level 3. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED OREO is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure or voluntarily conveyed by borrowers. These assets are recorded on the date acquired at fair value, less estimated disposition costs, with the fair value being determined by appraisal. Our policy is to obtain appraisals on collateral supporting OREO on an annual basis, unless circumstances dictate a shorter time frame. Appraisals are reduced by estimated costs to sell the collateral and, under certain circumstances, additional factors that may arise and cause us to believe our recoverable value may be less than the independent appraised value. Accordingly, OREO is classified as Level 3. 139 LEVEL 3 VALUATION The following tables present additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis and for which we have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Valuation Techniques (1) (2) Loans measured for impairment, net Other real estate owned $ $ 7,692 Collateral 2,724 Collateral Significant Unobservable Inputs Appraisal value and discount due to salability conditions Appraisal value and discount due to salability conditions Weighted Average Discount Rate 23% 12% (1) (2) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which may include Level 3 inputs that are not identifiable, or by using the discounted cash flow of ongoing operations if the loan is not collateral dependent. The collateral which is used in the valuation of these loans is commercial real estate. (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Valuation Techniques (1) Loans measured for impairment, net Other real estate owned $ $ 13 Collateral 4,250 Collateral Significant Unobservable Inputs Appraisal value and discount due to salability conditions Appraisal value and discount due to salability conditions Weighted Average Discount Rate —% 17% (1) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which may include Level 3 inputs that are not identifiable, or by using the discounted cash flow method if the loan is not collateral dependent. December 31, 2019 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments: (Dollars in thousands) Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Debt securities available-for-sale Debt securities held-to-maturity Federal Home Loan Bank stock Loans and leases held-for-investment, net Accrued interest receivable Investment management fees receivable, net Bank owned life insurance Other real estate owned Interest rate swaps Financial liabilities: Deposits Borrowings, net Interest rate swaps Fair Value Level December 31, 2020 Carrying Amount Estimated Fair Value December 31, 2019 Carrying Amount Estimated Fair Value 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 $ $ 435,442 $ 617,570 211,691 13,284 8,202,788 18,783 7,935 71,787 2,724 144,333 8,489,089 $ 400,493 153,433 435,442 $ 617,570 214,299 13,284 8,199,922 18,783 7,935 71,787 2,724 144,333 8,510,799 $ 402,714 153,433 403,855 $ 248,782 196,044 24,324 6,563,451 22,326 7,560 70,044 4,250 55,241 6,634,613 $ 355,000 57,473 403,855 248,782 196,755 24,324 6,548,432 22,326 7,560 70,044 4,250 55,241 6,648,546 355,003 57,473 During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no transfers between fair value Levels 1, 2 or 3. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: 140 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS The carrying amount approximates fair value. INVESTMENT SECURITIES The fair values of debt securities available-for-sale, debt securities held-to-maturity, debt securities trading and equity securities are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar securities, recently executed transactions and pricing models. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK The carrying value of our FHLB stock, which is carried at cost, approximates fair value. LOANS AND LEASES HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT The fair value of loans and leases held-for-investment is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using market rates (utilizing both unobservable and certain observable inputs when applicable) at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings over the estimated remaining maturities. Impaired loans are generally valued at the fair value of the associated collateral. ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE The carrying amount approximates fair value. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES RECEIVABLE The carrying amount approximates fair value. BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE The fair value of general account BOLI is based on the insurance contract net cash surrender value. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED OREO is carried at the lower of cost or fair value. DEPOSITS The fair value of demand deposits is the amount payable on demand as of the reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts. The fair value of fixed maturity deposits is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. BORROWINGS The fair value of borrowings is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using period end market rates for borrowings of similar remaining maturities. INTEREST RATE SWAPS The fair value of interest rate swaps is estimated through the assistance of an independent third party and compared to the fair value determined by the swap counterparty to establish reasonableness. OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet instruments, which consist of lending commitments, standby letters of credit and risk participation agreements related to interest rate swap agreements, are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. Management believes that the fair value of these off-balance sheet instruments is not significant. 141 [19] CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The following table shows the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 (Dollars in thousands) Balance, beginning of period Debt Securities Derivatives Total Debt Securities Derivatives Total Debt Securities Derivatives Total $ 2,756 $ (1,624) $ 1,132 $ (2,363) $ 1,032 $ (1,331) $ 172 $ 1,074 $ 1,246 Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) Losses (gains) reclassified from other comprehensive income Reclassification for equity securities under ASU 2016-01 Reclassification for certain income tax effects under ASU 2018-02 Net other comprehensive income (loss) Balance, end of period $ 3,997 (6,981) (2,984) 5,356 (1,701) 3,655 (2,913) 773 (2,140) (2,919) 2,074 (845) — — — — 1,078 3,834 $ — (4,907) (6,531) $ — (3,829) (2,697) $ (237) — — 5,119 2,756 $ (955) (1,192) — — 53 286 — (2,656) (1,624) $ — 2,463 1,132 $ 39 (2,535) (2,363) $ (1,050) — 235 (42) 1,032 $ (997) 286 274 (2,577) (1,331) [20] RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Certain directors and executive officers of the Company have loan accounts with the Bank. Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with outsiders. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank had one director with five loans outstanding totaling $30.0 million. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Bank obtained services from affiliated companies of certain directors in the normal course of business. These services cumulatively totaled approximately $600,000 for the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, were negotiated at arms length, reflected market pricing and were de minimus to the Company’s cost of operations. [21] CONTINGENT LIABILITIES From time to time the Company is party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of its business. The Company is not aware of any material unasserted claims. In the opinion of management, there are no potential claims that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations. 142 [22] CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following condensed statements of financial condition of the parent company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related condensed statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes: CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION PARENT COMPANY ONLY (Dollars in thousands) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Investment in subsidiaries Prepaid expenses and other assets Total assets LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Borrowings, net Other accrued expenses and other liabilities Shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME PARENT COMPANY ONLY (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Dividends received from subsidiaries Total interest and dividend income Interest expense Net interest income Non-interest income (loss) Non-interest expense Income (loss) before income taxes and undisbursed income of subsidiaries Income tax expense Income (loss) before undisbursed income of subsidiaries Undisbursed income of subsidiaries Net income 143 December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ $ $ 31,856 $ 821,719 6,604 860,179 $ 100,493 $ 2,541 757,145 860,179 $ 15,231 606,904 109 622,244 — 963 621,281 622,244 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 43 $ 7,005 7,048 3,855 3,193 — 3,576 (383) (1,226) 843 44,391 45,234 $ 219 $ 13,000 13,219 1,159 12,060 842 1,081 11,821 (467) 12,288 47,905 60,193 $ 284 3,000 3,284 2,334 950 (774) 749 (573) (490) (83) 54,507 54,424 CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS PARENT COMPANY ONLY (Dollars in thousands) Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Undisbursed income of subsidiaries Net loss (gain) on equity securities Amortization of deferred financing costs Stock-based compensation expense Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable Decrease (increase) in other assets Increase (decrease) in other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Purchase of equity securities Sale of equity securities Net payments for investments in subsidiaries Net cash used in investing activities Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable Repayment of subordinated debt Net proceeds from issuance of stock Net increase (decrease) in line of credit advances Net proceeds from exercise of stock options Cancellation of stock options Purchase of treasury stock Dividends paid on preferred stock Net cash provided by financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year [23] SEGMENTS 2020 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 45,234 $ 60,193 $ 54,424 (44,391) — 144 317 716 (1,334) 838 1,524 — — (171,944) (171,944) 95,349 — 100,002 5,000 506 (2,484) (3,479) (7,849) 187,045 16,625 15,231 31,856 $ $ (47,905) (842) 84 — (1,005) 1,539 (2,269) 9,795 — 13,679 (43,000) (29,321) — (35,000) 77,611 (4,250) 900 — (2,312) (5,753) 31,196 11,670 3,561 15,231 $ (54,507) 775 203 — (19) (784) 2,729 2,821 (5,224) — (26,335) (31,559) — — 38,468 (1,950) 1,667 (945) (6,807) (2,120) 28,313 (425) 3,986 3,561 The Company operates two reportable segments: Bank and Investment Management. • • The Bank segment provides commercial banking services to middle-market businesses and private banking services to high-net-worth individuals through the TriState Capital Bank subsidiary. The Investment Management segment provides advisory and sub-advisory investment management services primarily to institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors through the Chartwell subsidiary. It also supports marketing efforts for Chartwell’s proprietary investment products through the CTSC Securities subsidiary. 144 The following tables provide financial information for the two segments of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The information provided under the caption “Parent and Other” represents general operating activity of the Company not considered to be a reportable segment, which includes parent company activity as well as eliminations and adjustments that are necessary for purposes of reconciliation to the consolidated amounts. (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Bank Investment management Parent and other Total assets (Dollars in thousands) Income statement data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (loss) Provision for credit losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Net gain on the sale and call of debt securities Other non-interest income Total non-interest income (loss) Non-interest expense: Intangible amortization expense Other non-interest expense Total non-interest expense Income (loss) before tax Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 9,819,719 $ 86,150 (9,053) 9,896,816 $ 7,686,981 83,295 (4,466) 7,765,810 Bank Year Ended December 31, 2020 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated 217,095 $ 75,339 141,756 19,400 122,356 — 3,948 21,164 25,112 — 90,541 90,541 56,927 8,330 48,597 $ — $ — — — — 32,727 — 58 32,785 1,944 27,735 29,679 3,106 308 2,798 $ — $ 3,812 (3,812) — (3,812) (692) — — (692) — 2,883 2,883 (7,387) (1,226) (6,161) $ 217,095 79,151 137,944 19,400 118,544 32,035 3,948 21,222 57,205 1,944 121,159 123,103 52,646 7,412 45,234 $ $ 145 (Dollars in thousands) Income statement data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (loss) Provision (credit) for credit losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Net gain on the sale and call of debt securities Other non-interest income Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Intangible amortization expense Other non-interest expense Total non-interest expense Income (loss) before tax Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) (Dollars in thousands) Income statement data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (loss) Provision (credit) for loan losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Net loss on the sale and call of debt securities Other non-interest income (loss) Total non-interest income (loss) Non-interest expense: Intangible amortization expense Change in fair value of acquisition earn out Other non-interest expense Total non-interest expense Income (loss) before tax Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) [24] SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Bank Year Ended December 31, 2019 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated 262,332 $ 134,336 127,996 (968) 128,964 — 416 15,051 15,467 — 77,945 77,945 66,486 8,015 58,471 $ — $ — — — — 36,889 — 31 36,920 2,009 31,560 33,569 3,351 918 2,433 $ 115 $ 1,054 (939) — (939) (447) — 842 395 — 635 635 (1,179) (468) (711) $ 262,447 135,390 127,057 (968) 128,025 36,442 416 15,924 52,782 2,009 110,140 112,149 68,658 8,465 60,193 Bank Year Ended December 31, 2018 Investment Management Parent and Other Consolidated 199,510 $ 84,055 115,455 (205) 115,660 — (70) 11,112 11,042 — — 67,190 67,190 59,512 5,856 53,656 $ — $ — — — — 37,939 — 1 37,940 1,968 (218) 31,760 33,510 4,430 579 3,851 $ 276 $ 2,327 (2,051) — (2,051) (292) — (773) (1,065) — — 457 457 (3,573) (490) (3,083) $ 199,786 86,382 113,404 (205) 113,609 37,647 (70) 10,340 47,917 1,968 (218) 99,407 101,157 60,369 5,945 54,424 $ $ $ $ On January 14, 2021, the Board declared a dividend payable of approximately $679,000, or $0.42 per depositary share, on the Series A Preferred Stock and a dividend payable of approximately $1.3 million, or $0.40 per depository share, on the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock each of which is payable on April 1, 2021, to preferred shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 15, 2021. The Board also declared a dividend payable of 11 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock and cash in the amount of 146 $21,250, of which is payable on April 1, 2021, to preferred shareholders of record of the Series C Preferred Stock as of the close of business on March 15, 2021. On February 18, 2021, the Company terminated its existing line of credit with Texas Capital Bank and established a new unsecured line of credit of $75.0 million with The Huntington National Bank (the “New Credit Agreement”). The Company made an initial borrowing of $5.2 million on February 18, 2021. The New Credit Agreement matures on February 18, 2022 and contains customary terms, including with respect to acceleration in the event of non-payment and certain other defaults. 147 The tables below summarize our unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Fourth quarter results are presented under CECL methodology while prior periods are reported in accordance with previous applicable GAAP. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Income statement data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Net gain on the sale and call of debt securities Other non-interest income Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Intangible amortization expense Other non-interest expense Total non-interest expense Income before tax Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common shareholders Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted 2020 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter (unaudited) 51,010 $ 14,946 36,064 2,972 33,092 8,564 133 5,306 14,003 478 33,958 34,436 12,659 50 12,609 $ 1,987 10,622 $ 0.37 $ 0.37 $ 50,222 $ 16,748 33,474 7,430 26,044 8,095 3,744 5,050 16,889 478 30,949 31,427 11,506 2,177 9,329 $ 1,962 7,367 $ 0.26 $ 0.26 $ 51,661 $ 18,177 33,484 6,005 27,479 7,738 14 5,245 12,997 486 27,610 28,096 12,380 1,979 10,401 $ 1,962 8,439 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 64,202 29,280 34,922 2,993 31,929 7,638 57 5,621 13,316 502 28,642 29,144 16,101 3,206 12,895 1,962 10,933 0.39 0.38 $ $ $ $ $ 148 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Income statement data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision (credit) for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Non-interest income: Investment management fees Net gain on the sale and call of debt securities Other non-interest income Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Intangible amortization expense Change in fair value of acquisition earn out Other non-interest expense Total non-interest expense Income before tax Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common shareholders Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted 2019 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter (unaudited) 65,474 $ 32,408 33,066 728 32,338 8,862 70 4,559 13,491 503 — 29,616 30,119 15,710 1,106 14,604 $ 1,962 12,642 $ 0.45 $ 0.44 $ 67,732 $ 35,416 32,316 (607) 32,923 8,902 206 5,135 14,243 502 — 27,271 27,773 19,393 3,059 16,334 $ 1,962 14,372 $ 0.52 $ 0.50 $ 66,339 $ 35,036 31,303 (712) 32,015 9,254 112 2,613 11,979 502 — 27,083 27,585 16,409 1,718 14,691 $ 1,150 13,541 $ 0.49 $ 0.47 $ 62,902 32,530 30,372 (377) 30,749 9,424 28 3,617 13,069 502 — 26,170 26,672 17,146 2,582 14,564 679 13,885 0.50 0.48 $ $ $ $ $ 149 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2020. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with the authorization of management and the directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices and actions taken to correct any identified deficiencies. Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting may vary over time. Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013),” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting was effective. KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2020, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 150 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Board of Directors TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.: Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ KPMG LLP Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania February 25, 2021 151 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION Other Matters On February 18, 2021, the Company terminated its existing line of credit with Texas Capital Bank and established a new unsecured line of credit of $75.0 million with The Huntington National Bank (the “New Credit Agreement”). The Company made an initial borrowing of $5.2 million on February 18, 2021. The New Credit Agreement matures on February 18, 2022 and contains customary terms, including with respect to acceleration in the event of non-payment and certain other defaults. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity” for more information. LIBOR Transition On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) announced that it will no longer persuade or require banks to submit rates for the calculation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) after 2021. Given LIBOR’s extensive use across financial markets, the transition away from LIBOR presents various risks and challenges to financial markets and institutions, including to the Company. The Company’s commercial and consumer businesses issue, trade and hold various products that are currently indexed to LIBOR. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a material amount of loans, investment securities, FHLB advances and notional value of derivatives indexed to LIBOR that will mature after 2021. If not sufficiently planned for, the discontinuation of LIBOR could result in financial, operational, legal, reputational or compliance risks to financial markets and institutions, including to the Company. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”) has proposed the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred rate as an alternative to LIBOR, although the AARC has not proposed that SOFR be required. The selection of SOFR as the alternative reference rate currently presents certain market concerns, because it is a risk-free rate, while LIBOR incorporates credit risk, and because the methodology for the proposed term structure for SOFR differs from the LIBOR framework. The federal banking agencies are not requiring SOFR as the replacement rate. The ARRC has released final recommended fallback contract language for new issuances of LIBOR-indexed bilateral business loans, syndicated loans, floating rate notes, securitizations and adjustable rate mortgage loans, and it continues to develop other LIBOR transition guidance. The International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) has announced protocol for the transition of derivative instruments away from LIBOR. The process for modification of legacy contracts that do not provide for a permanent transition from LIBOR remains a work in progress. The Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) Benchmark Administration (IBA), which is the administrator of LIBOR, announced on November 30, 2020 that will consult on its intention to extend the publication of certain LIBOR settings to June 30, 2023. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the future of LIBOR, it is expected that the transition will span several reporting periods through the end of LIBOR publication which is now anticipated to be June 2023. The federal banking agencies have said that an institution’s LIBOR transition plans are an examination priority. One of the major identified risks is inadequate fallback language in the various instruments’ contracts that may result in issues establishing the alternative index and adjusting the margin as applicable. The Company continues to monitor this activity and evaluate the related risks. The Company has already: (1) established a cross-functional team to identify, assess and monitor risks associated with the transition of LIBOR and other benchmark rates; (2) developed an inventory of affected products; (3) implemented more robust fallback contract language; and (4) implemented a plan to adhere to ISDA protocol for the transition of derivatives away from LIBOR. The Company’s cross-functional team is also tasked with managing clear communication of the Company’s transition plans with both internal and external stakeholders and ensuring that the Company appropriately updates its business processes, analytical tools, information systems and contract language to minimize disruption during and after the LIBOR transition. For additional information related to the potential impact surrounding the transition from LIBOR on the Company’s business, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PART III Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or around May 17, 2021, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2021, and are incorporated by reference. 152 ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or around May 17, 2021, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2021, and are incorporated by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or around May 17, 2021, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2021, and are incorporated by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or around May 17, 2021, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2021, and are incorporated by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or around May 17, 2021, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2021, and are incorporated by reference. ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PART IV The consolidated financial statements required in response to this item are incorporated by reference to Part II - Item 8 of this Report. (b) EXHIBITS The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index in the following section of this Report. (c) SCHEDULES No financial statement schedules are being filed because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. 153 ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. Exhibit No. Description EXHIBIT INDEX 3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 16, 2013. 3.2 Articles of Amendment for TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 20, 2018. 3.3 Statement of Correction to the Articles of Amendment of TriState Capital Holdings. Inc. 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 29, 2019. 3.4 Articles of Amendment for TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 29, 2019. 3.5 Certificate of Designation for TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. Series C Perpetual Non-Cumulative Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2020. 4.1 Description of Securities, filed herewith. 4.2 Specimen common stock certificate, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 16, 2013. 4.3 Form of Deposit Agreement among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., Computershare Inc., Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein relating to TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 20, 2018. 4.4 Form of Depositary Receipt representing the depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th ownership interest in a share of 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (included in Exhibit 4.3). 4.5 Form of Deposit Agreement among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., Computershare Inc., Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein relating to TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4,1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 29, 2019. 4.6 Form of Depositary Receipt representing the depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th ownership interest in a share of 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, (included in Exhibit 4.5) 10.1 Investment Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2020, by and between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and T-VIII PubOpps LP, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 13, 2020. 10.2 Amendment No. 1 to Investment Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2020, by and between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and T-VIII PubOpps LP, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2020. 154 10.3 Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020, between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020. 10.4 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020, to the Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020, between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December May 11, 2020. 10.5 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2020, to the Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020, between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee., which was filed on Form 8-K with the SEC on June 3, 2020. 10.6 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2020, to the Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020, between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee., which was filed on Form 8-K with the SEC on June 3, 2020. 10.7 TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan (“2006 Stock Option Plan”), which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013. 10.8 Form of Non qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under 2006 Stock Option Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013. 10.9 Agreement of Lease dated August 29, 2006 between Oxford Development Company/Grant Street, Landlord, and TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., Tenant and amendment thereto dated September 13, 2010, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013. 10.10 TriState Capital Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated February 28, 2013, by and among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., TriState Capital Bank and James F. Getz, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013. 10.11 TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Appendix A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the SEC on April 15, 2014. 10.12 Amendment to TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, filed herewith. 10.13 Form of Three-Year Officer Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2019. 10.14 Form of Five-Year Officer Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2019. 10.15 Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2019. 10.16 TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Appendix B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the SEC on April 15, 2014. 21 Subsidiaries of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., filed herewith. 23.2 Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith. 24 Power of Attorney, filed herewith. 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 32 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 155 101 The following materials from TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vii) the Cover Page furnished herewith. 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File, formatted in Inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101). 156 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 By: By: /s/ James F. Getz James F. Getz Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer /s/ David J. Demas David J. Demas Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Date: February 25, 2021 By: Date: February 25, 2021 By: /s/ James F. Getz James F. Getz Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ David J. Demas David J. Demas Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 22, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 By: By: By: By: By: By: By: /s/ David L. Bonvenuto* David L. Bonvenuto Director /s/ Anthony J. Buzzelli* Anthony J. Buzzelli Director /s/ Helen Hanna Casey* Helen Hanna Casey Director /s/ E.H. (Gene) Dewhurst* E.H. (Gene) Dewhurst Director /s/ James J. Dolan* James J. Dolan Director /s/ Christopher M. Doody* Christopher M. Doody Director /s/ Audrey P. Dunning* Audrey P. Dunning Director 157 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 By: By: By: By: By: /s/ Brian S. Fetterolf* Brian S. Fetterolf Director /s/ Michael R. Harris* Michael R. Harris Director /s/ Kim A. Ruth* Kim A. Ruth Director /s/ A. William Schenck, III* A. William Schenck, III Vice Chairman and Director /s/ John B. Yasinsky* John B. Yasinsky Director * By: /s/ James F. Getz James F. Getz, Attorney-in-Fact 158 EXHIBIT 4.1 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. (“TriState Capital,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) has three classes of securities that are registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): our common stock, no par value (the “common stock”); depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of our 6.75% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), which we refer to as the “Series A Depositary Shares”; and depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of our 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), which we refer to as the “Series B Depositary Shares,” and collectively with the Series A Depositary Shares, as the “Depositary Shares.” The following descriptions of certain terms of our registered securities does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, our amended and restated articles of incorporation, as amended (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and our by-laws, as amended and restated (the “Bylaws”), each of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.1 is a part, as well as the applicable provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, as amended (the “PBCL”). We encourage you to read the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the applicable provisions of the PBCL for additional information. Description of Common Stock General Our Articles of Incorporation authorize us to issue a total of 45,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share. The authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval, unless otherwise required by applicable law or the rules of any applicable securities exchange. Voting. Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to the shareholders, except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any outstanding shares of our preferred stock. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Dividends and other distributions. Subject to certain regulatory restrictions discussed herein and to the rights of holders of any preferred stock that we may issue, all shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in dividends from legally available funds, when, as, and if declared by our board of directors. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, all shares of our common stock would be entitled to share equally in all of our remaining assets available for distribution to our shareholders after payment of creditors and subject to any prior distribution rights related to our preferred stock. Preemptive rights. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive or subscription rights to acquire any authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock upon any future issuance of shares. Preferred Stock. Our Articles of Incorporation permit us to issue up to 150,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock and authorize our board of directors to designate the preferences, limitations and relative rights of any such series of preferred stock. We have 40,250 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are issued and outstanding, 80,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are issued and outstanding, and 650 shares of Series C perpetual non-cumulative non- voting preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) that are issued and outstanding. Our Series C Preferred Stock is not registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. For additional information regarding our Series C Preferred Stock, please refer to the Current Report on Form 8-K that we filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2020. Although the creation and authorization of preferred stock does not, in and of itself, have any effect on the rights of the holders of our common stock, the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock may affect the holders of common stock in a number of respects, including the following: by subordinating our common stock to the preferred stock with respect to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, and other rights, preferences, and privileges; by diluting the voting power of our common stock; by diluting the earnings per share of our common stock; and by issuing common stock, upon the conversion of the preferred stock, at a price below the fair market value or original issue price of the common stock that is outstanding prior to such issuance. Anti-Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law Provisions of governing documents. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions that may have the effect of deterring or discouraging, among other things, a non-negotiated tender or exchange offer for our common stock, a proxy contest for control of TriState Capital, the assumption of control of TriState Capital by a holder of a large block of our voting stock NY: 1278119-2 and the removal of our management. These provisions: empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are set by our board of directors; divide our board of directors into four classes serving staggered four-year terms; eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors; require the request of holders of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting; and require at least 60 days’ advance notice of nominations for the election of directors and the presentation of shareholder proposals at meetings of shareholders. Provisions of applicable law. The PBCL also contains certain provisions applicable to us which may have the effect of impeding a change in control of TriState Capital. These provisions, among other things: prohibit (under Subchapter C of Chaper 25) shareholders from calling a special meeting in most circumstances, or by acting by less than unanimous written consent; prohibit (under Subchapter D of Chaper 25) of shareholders from proposing amendments to a corporation’s articles of incorporation, require (under Subchapter E of Chapter 25) that, following any acquisition by any person or group of 20% of a public corporation’s voting power, the remaining shareholders have the right to receive payment for their shares, in cash, from such person or group in an amount equal to the “fair value” of the shares, including an increment representing a proportion of any value payable for control of the corporation; prohibit (under Subchapter F of Chapter 25) for five years, subject to certain exceptions, a “business combination” (which includes a merger or consolidation of the corporation or a sale, lease or exchange of assets) with a person or group beneficially owning 20% or more of a public corporation’s voting power, provided that this provision does not apply to any business combinations approved by a corporation’s board of directors; generally prohibit (under Subchapter G of Chapter 25) a person or group who or which acquires voting power in an election of directors in excess of certain thresholds (20%, 33 1/3% and 50%) for the first time from voting the “control shares” (i.e., the shares acquired which result in the person exceeding the applicable threshold, plus all voting shares acquired in the preceding 180 days and any other voting shares acquired with the intent of making a “control-share acquisition”) unless voting rights are restored at a shareholders meeting requested by the acquiring shareholder by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares eligible to vote in elections of directors of both (1) the disinterested shareholders and (2) all voting shares; require (under Subchapter H of Chapter 25) any person or group that publicly announces that it may acquire control of a public company, or that acquires or publicly discloses an intent to acquire twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of a public company, to disgorge to the corporation any profits that it receives from sales of the corporation’s equity securities purchased over the prior 24 or subsequent 18 months; require (under Subchapter I of Chapter 25) the payment of minimum severance benefits to certain employees whose employment is terminated within two years of the approval of a control-share acquisition under Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the PBCL; prohibit (under Subchapter I of Chapter 25) the cancellation of certain labor contracts in connection with a control-share acquisition under Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the Act; expand the factors and groups (including, without limitation, shareholders) that a corporation’s board of directors can consider in determining whether an action or transaction is in the best interests of the corporation; provide that a corporation’s board of directors need not consider the interests of any particular stakeholder group as dominant or controlling in determining whether an action or transaction is in the best interests of the corporation; provide that a corporation’s directors, in order to satisfy the presumption that they have acted in the best interests of the corporation, need not satisfy any greater obligation or higher burden of proof with respect to actions relating to an acquisition or potential acquisition of control; and provide that the fiduciary duty of a corporation’s directors is due solely to the corporation and may be enforced by the corporation or by a shareholder in a derivative action, but not directly by a shareholder. In addition to the foregoing, the PBCL also explicitly provides that the fiduciary duties of directors do not require them to redeem any rights under, or to modify or render inapplicable, any shareholder rights plan; render inapplicable, or make determinations under, provisions of the PBCL relating to control transactions, business combinations, control-share acquisitions or disgorgement by certain controlling shareholders following attempts to acquire control; or act as the board of directors, a committee of the board or an individual director, solely because of the effect that the action could have on an acquisition or potential acquisition of control of the corporation or the consideration that might be offered or paid to shareholders in such an acquisition. The PBCL further provides that any act of the board of directors, a committee of the board or an individual director relating to or affecting an acquisition or potential or proposed acquisition of control to which a majority of the disinterested directors have assented will be presumed to satisfy the standard of care set forth in the statute, unless it is proven by clear and convincing evidence that disinterested directors did not consent to such act in good faith after reasonable investigation. As a result of this and the other provisions of the PBCL, our directors have broad discretion with respect to actions that may be taken in response to acquisitions or proposed acquisitions of corporate control. Through amendments to our Articles of Incorporation, we have opted out of coverage by Subchapters E, G and H of Chapter 25 of the PBCL which are described above. As a result, those provisions would not apply to a non-negotiated attempt to acquire control of TriState Capital, although such an attempt would still be subject to the special provisions of our governing documents described in the paragraphs above. The overall effect of these provisions may be to deter a future offer or other merger or acquisition proposals that a majority of our shareholders might view to be in their best interests as the offer might include a substantial premium over the market price of our common stock at that time. In addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting our board of directors and our management in 2 retaining their respective positions and placing them in a better position to resist changes that the shareholders may want to make if dissatisfied with the conduct of our business. Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares General Our Articles of Incorporation permit us to issue, without shareholder approval, up to 150,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock and authorize our board of directors to designate the preferences, limitations and relative rights of any such series of preferred stock. We may, instead of offering full shares of any series of preferred stock, offer depositary shares evidenced by depositary receipts, each representing a fraction of a share of the particular series of preferred stock issued and deposited with a depositary. We have 40,250 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are issued and outstanding, 80,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are issued and outstanding, and 650 shares of Series C Preferred Stock that are issued and outstanding. Our outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are represented by depositary shares that are registered pursuant to the Exchange Act. Series A Depositary Shares References in this section to the depositary shares, preferred stock and other terms that are defined herein are in reference to the Series A Depositary Shares and Series A Preferred Stock only. General Each Series A Depositary Share represents a 1/40th interest in a share of the Series A Preferred Stock, and is evidenced by depositary receipts. We deposited the underlying shares of Series A Preferred Stock with a depositary pursuant to a deposit agreement among us, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., acting as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts. Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary shares are entitled to all the powers, preferences and special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, in proportion to the applicable fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock those depositary shares represent. In this section, references to “holders” of depositary shares mean those who own depositary shares registered in their own names on the books that we or the depositary maintain for this purpose. DTC is the only registered holder of the depositary receipts representing the depositary shares. References to “holders” of depositary shares do not include indirect holders who own beneficial interests in depositary shares registered in street name or issued in book-entry form through DTC. Listing The depositary shares are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “TSCAP.” The Series A Preferred Stock is not listed. Dividends and Other Distributions Each dividend payable on a depositary share is in an amount equal to 1/40th of the dividend declared and payable on each share of Series A Preferred Stock. The depositary distributes all dividends and other cash distributions received on the Series A Preferred Stock to the holders of record of the depositary receipts in proportion to the number of depositary shares held by each holder. In the event of a distribution other than in cash, the depositary will distribute property received by it to the holders of record of the depositary receipts in proportion to the number of depositary shares held by each holder, unless the depositary determines that this distribution is not feasible, in which case the depositary may, with our approval, adopt a method of distribution that it deems practicable, including the sale of the property and distribution of the net proceeds of that sale to the holders of the depositary receipts. If the calculation of a dividend or other cash distribution results in an amount that is a fraction of a cent and that fraction is equal to or greater than $0.005, the depositary will round that amount up to the next highest whole cent and will request that we pay the resulting additional amount to the depositary for the relevant dividend or other cash distribution. If the fractional amount is less than $0.005, the depositary will disregard that fractional amount. Record dates for the payment of dividends and other matters relating to the depositary shares are the same as the corresponding record dates for the Series A Preferred Stock. 3 The amount paid as dividends or otherwise distributable by the depositary with respect to the depositary shares or the underlying Series A Preferred Stock will be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by us or the depositary on account of taxes or other governmental charges. The depositary may refuse to make any payment or distribution, or any transfer, exchange, or withdrawal of any depositary shares or the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock until such taxes or other governmental charges are paid. Liquidation Preference In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, a holder of depositary shares will receive the fraction of the liquidation preference accorded each share of underlying Series A Preferred Stock represented by the depositary shares. Our merger or consolidation with one or more other entities or the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets (for cash, securities or other consideration) will not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Redemption of Depositary Shares If we redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, as described below under “Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares—Series A Preferred Stock—Redemption—Optional Redemption,” depositary shares also will be redeemed with the proceeds received by the depositary from the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock held by the depositary. The redemption price per depositary share will be 1/40th of the redemption price per share payable with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock (or $25 per depositary share), plus, as applicable, any accumulated and unpaid dividends on the shares of the Series A preferred stock called for redemption for the then-current Dividend Period (as defined under “Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares—Series A Preferred Stock—Dividends”) to, but excluding, the redemption date, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. If we redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock held by the depositary, the depositary will redeem, as of the same redemption date, the number of depositary shares representing those shares of the Series A Preferred Stock so redeemed. If we redeem less than all of the outstanding depositary shares, the depositary shares to be redeemed will be selected either pro rata or by lot. In any case, the depositary will redeem depositary shares only in increments of 40 depositary shares and multiples thereof. The depositary will provide notice of redemption to record holders of the depositary receipts not less than 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption of the Series A preferred stock and the related depositary shares. Voting Because each depositary share represents a 1/40th ownership interest in a share of Series A Preferred Stock, holders of depositary receipts are entitled to vote 1/40th of a vote per depositary share under those limited circumstances in which holders of the Series A preferred stock are entitled to vote, as described below under “Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares—Series A Preferred Stock—Voting Rights.” When the depositary receives notice of any meeting at which the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, the depositary will provide the information contained in the notice to the record holders of the depositary shares relating to the Series A Preferred Stock. Each record holder of the depositary shares on the record date, which will be the same date as the record date for the Series A Preferred Stock, may instruct the depositary to vote the amount of the Series A Preferred Stock represented by the holder’s depositary shares. To the extent possible, the depositary will vote the amount of the Series A Preferred Stock represented by depositary shares in accordance with the instructions it receives. We will agree to take all reasonable actions that the depositary determines are necessary to enable the depositary to vote as instructed. If the depositary does not receive specific instructions from the holders of any depositary shares representing the Series A Preferred Stock, it will abstain from voting with respect to such shares (but shall appear at the meeting with respect to such shares unless directed to the contrary). Withdrawal of Series A Preferred Stock Upon surrender of depositary shares at the principal office of the depositary, upon payment of any unpaid amount due the depositary, and subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, the owner of the depositary shares evidenced thereby is entitled to delivery of the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and all money and other property, if any, represented by such depositary shares. Only whole shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be withdrawn. If the depositary shares surrendered by the holder in connection with withdrawal exceed the number of depositary shares that represent the number of whole shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be withdrawn, the depositary will deliver to that holder at the same time a new depositary receipt evidencing the excess number of depositary shares. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock thus withdrawn will not thereafter be entitled to deposit such shares under the deposit agreement or to receive depositary shares therefor. 4 Resignation and Removal of the Depositary The depositary may resign at any time by delivering to us notice of its election to resign. We may also remove or replace a depositary at any time. Any resignation or removal will take effect upon the earlier of the appointment of a successor depositary and 30 days following such notice. We will appoint a successor depositary within 30 days after delivery of the notice of resignation or removal. The successor must be a bank or trust company with its principal office in the United States and have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. Miscellaneous The depositary will forward to the holders of depositary shares any reports and communications from us with respect to the underlying Series A Preferred Stock. Neither we nor the depositary will be liable if any law or any circumstances beyond their control prevent or delay them from performing their obligations under the deposit agreement. The obligations of ours and a depositary under the deposit agreement are limited to performing their duties without bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither we nor a depositary must prosecute or defend any legal proceeding with respect to any depositary shares or the underlying Series A Preferred Stock unless they are furnished with satisfactory indemnity. Both we and the depositary may rely on the written advice of counsel or accountants, or information provided by holders of depositary shares or other persons they believe in good faith to be competent, and on documents they believe in good faith to be genuine and signed by a proper party. In the event a depositary receives conflicting claims, requests or instructions from us and any holders of depositary shares, the depositary will be entitled to act on the claims, requests or instructions received from us. Series A Preferred Stock Ranking With respect to the payment of dividends and distributions upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Series A Preferred Stock ranks (i) senior to our common stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that by its terms ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) equally with all existing or future series of preferred stock that does not by its terms rank junior or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and (iii) junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities and any class or series of preferred stock that expressly provides in the Certificate of Designation creating such preferred stock that such series ranks senior to the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to any requisite consents prior to issuance). The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series of our capital stock or other securities and is not subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem or repurchase the Series A Preferred Stock. The preferred stock is not secured, is not guaranteed by us or any of our affiliates and is not subject to any other arrangement that legally or economically enhances the ranking of the Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, only when, as, and if declared by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors), out of assets legally available under applicable law for payment, non-cumulative cash dividends based on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, and no more, at a rate equal to 6.75% per annum (equivalent to $1.6875 per depositary share per annum), for each quarterly Dividend Period occurring from, and including, the original issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock to, but excluding, April 1, 2023 (the “Fixed Rate Period”), and thereafter, three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 398.5 basis points per annum, for each quarterly Dividend Period beginning April 1, 2023 (the “Floating Rate Period”). A “Dividend Period” means the period from, and including, each Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, except for the initial Dividend Period, which will be the period from, and including, the issue date of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date. When, as, and if declared by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors), we pay cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock quarterly, in arrears, on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each such date, a “Dividend Payment Date”), beginning on July 1, 2018. We pay cash dividends to the holders of record of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock as they appear on our stock register on the applicable record date, which is the fifteenth calendar day before that Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of the board of directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date. If any Dividend Payment Date on or prior to April 1, 2023 is a day that is not a business day (as defined below), then the dividend with respect to that Dividend Payment Date will instead be paid on the immediately succeeding business day, without interest or other payment in respect of such delayed payment. If any Dividend Payment Date after April 1, 2023 is a day that is not a business 5 day, then the Dividend Payment Date will be the immediately succeeding business day unless such day falls in the next calendar month, in which case the Dividend Payment Date will instead be the immediately preceding day that is a business day, and dividends will accumulate to the Dividend Payment Date as so adjusted. A “business day” for the Fixed Rate Period means any weekday in New York, New York that is not a day on which banking institutions in that city are authorized or required by law, regulation, or executive order to be closed. A “business day” for the Floating Rate Period means any weekday in New York, New York that is not a day on which banking institutions in that city are authorized or required by law, regulation, or executive order to be closed, and additionally, is a London banking day (as defined below). We calculate dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for the Fixed Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. We will calculate dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for the Floating Rate Period on the basis of the actual number of days in a Dividend Period and a 360-day year. Dollar amounts resulting from that calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent, with one-half cent being rounded upward. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock will cease to accumulate after the redemption date, as described below under “— Redemption,” unless we default in the payment of the redemption price of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are not cumulative or mandatory. If our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors) does not declare a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock for, or our board of directors authorizes and we declare less than a full dividend in respect of, any Dividend Period, the holders will have no right to receive any dividend or a full dividend, as the case may be, for the Dividend Period, and we will have no obligation to pay a dividend or to pay full dividends for that Dividend Period at any time, whether or not dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other series of our preferred stock or common stock are declared for any future Dividend Period. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock accumulate from the issue date at the then-applicable dividend rate on the liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). If we issue additional shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, dividends on those additional shares will accumulate from the issue date of those additional shares at the then-applicable dividend rate. The dividend rate for each Dividend Period in the Floating Rate Period will be determined by the calculation agent using three-month LIBOR as in effect on the second London banking day prior to the beginning of the Dividend Period, which date is the “dividend determination date” for the relevant Dividend Period. The calculation agent then will add three-month LIBOR as determined on the dividend determination date and the applicable spread. Once the dividend rate for the Series A Preferred Stock is determined, the calculation agent will deliver that information to us and the transfer agent for us. Absent manifest error, the calculation agent’s determination of the dividend rate for a Dividend Period for the Series A Preferred Stock will be final. A “London banking day” is any day on which commercial banks are open for dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market. The term “three-month LIBOR” means the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three month period, as that rate appears on Reuters screen page “LIBOR01” (or any successor or replacement page) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the relevant dividend determination date. If no offered rate appears on Reuters screen page “LIBOR01” (or any successor or replacement page) on the relevant dividend determination date at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, then the calculation agent, in consultation with us, will select four major banks in the London interbank market and will request each of their principal London offices to provide a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars in amounts of at least $1,000,000 are offered by it to prime banks in the London interbank market, on that date and at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic average (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the quotations provided. Otherwise, the calculation agent in consultation with us will select three major banks in New York City and will request each of them to provide a quotation of the rate offered by it at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the dividend determination date for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three month period for the applicable Dividend Period in an amount of at least $1,000,000. If three quotations are provided, three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic average (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the quotations provided. Otherwise, three-month LIBOR for the next Dividend Period will be equal to three-month LIBOR in effect for the then-current Dividend Period or, in the case of the first Dividend Period in the Floating Rate Period, the most recent rate on which three-month LIBOR could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had the dividend rate been a floating rate during the Fixed Rate Period. If the calculation agent determines on the relevant dividend determination date that the LIBOR base rate has been discontinued, then the calculation agent will use a substitute or successor base rate that it has determined in its sole discretion is the most comparable LIBOR base rate, provided that if the calculation agent determines there is an industry-accepted substitute or successor base rate, then the calculation agent shall use such substitute or successor base rate. If the calculation agent has determined a substitute or successor base rate in accordance with the foregoing, the calculation agent in its sole discretion may determine what business day convention to use, the definition of business day, the dividend determination date to be used and any other relevant methodology for calculating such 6 substitute or successor base rate, including any adjustment factor needed to make such substitute or successor base rate comparable to the LIBOR base rate, in a manner that is consistent with industry-accepted practices for such substitute or successor base rate. Priority Regarding Dividends So long as any share of Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (1) no dividend will be declared and paid or set aside for payment and no distribution will be declared and made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock (as defined below) (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Junior Stock or any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholder rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under such a plan, including with respect to any successor shareholder rights plan); (2) no shares of Junior Stock will be repurchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired for consideration by us, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange for or conversion into Junior Stock, through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock or pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock pursuant to a binding stock repurchase plan existing prior to the most recently completed Dividend Period), nor will any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by us; and (3) no shares of Parity Stock will be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by us (other than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series A Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock, through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Parity Stock or Junior Stock, as a result of a reclassification of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock, or by conversion into or exchange for other Parity Stock or Junior Stock), during a Dividend Period, unless, in each case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, the full dividends for the most recently completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment of those dividends has been set aside. The foregoing limitations do not apply to purchases or acquisitions of our Junior Stock pursuant to any employee or director incentive or benefit plan or arrangement (including any of our employment, severance, or consulting agreements) of ours or of any of our subsidiaries adopted before or after the date of this filing. Except as provided below, for so long as any share of Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, we will not declare, pay, or set aside for payment full dividends on any Parity Stock unless we have paid in full, or set aside payment in full, in respect of all accumulated dividends for all Dividend Periods for outstanding shares of preferred stock. To the extent that we declare dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and on any Parity Stock but cannot make full payment of such declared dividends, we will allocate the dividend payments on a pro rata basis among the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of any Parity Stock then outstanding. For purposes of calculating the pro rata allocation of partial dividend payments, we will allocate dividend payments based on the ratio between the then current and unpaid dividend payments due on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and (1) in the case of cumulative Parity Stock the aggregate of the accumulated and unpaid dividends due on any such Parity Stock and (2) in the case of non-cumulative Parity Stock, the aggregate of the declared but unpaid dividends due on any such Parity Stock. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on Series A Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. As used herein, “Junior Stock” means our common stock and any other class or series of our capital stock over which the Series A Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and “Parity Stock” means any other class or series of our capital stock that ranks on a par with the Series A Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, including the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock. Subject to the conditions described above, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock, or otherwise), as may be determined by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors), may be declared and paid on our common stock and any Junior Stock from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will not be entitled to participate in those dividends. Liquidation Rights Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid out of our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common stock or any other Junior Stock, a liquidating distribution in the amount of a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus the sum of any declared and unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods prior to the Dividend Period in which the liquidation distribution is made and any declared and unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period in which the liquidation distribution is made to the date of such liquidation distribution. After 7 payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to which they are entitled, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock will have no right or claim to any of our remaining assets. Distributions will be made only to the extent that our assets are available after satisfaction of all liabilities to depositors, and creditors and subject to the rights of holders of any securities ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock. If our remaining assets are not sufficient to pay the full liquidating distributions to the holders of all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and all Parity Stock, then we will distribute our assets to those holders pro rata in proportion to the full liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise have received. Our merger or consolidation with one or more other entities or the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets (for cash, securities or other consideration) will not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If we enter into any merger or consolidation transaction with or into any other entity and we are not the surviving entity in such transaction, the Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of the surviving or successor corporation or the direct or indirect parent of the surviving or successor corporation having terms identical to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. Because we are a holding company, our rights and the rights of our creditors and our shareholders, including the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, to participate in the distribution of assets of any of our subsidiaries upon that subsidiary’s voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up will be subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that we are a creditor with recognized claims against that subsidiary. In addition, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (and of depositary shares representing the Series A Preferred Stock) may be fully subordinated to interests held by the U.S. Government in the event we enter into a receivership, insolvency, liquidation or similar proceeding. Conversion Rights The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any other of our property, interests or securities. Redemption The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provision. Neither the holders of Series A Preferred Stock nor the holders of the related depositary shares have the right to require the redemption or repurchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. In addition, under the Federal Reserve risk-based capital rules applicable to bank holding companies, any redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to prior approval of the Federal Reserve. Optional Redemption The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. We may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at our option, on any Dividend Payment Date on or after April 1, 2023, with not less than 30 days’ and not more than 60 days’ notice (“Optional Redemption”), subject to the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, at the redemption price provided below. Dividends will not accumulate on those shares of Series A Preferred Stock on and after the redemption date. Redemption Following a Regulatory Capital Event We may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at our option, for cash, at any time within 90 days following a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, subject to the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, at the redemption price provided below (“Regulatory Event Redemption”). A “Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means a good faith determination by us that, as a result of any: • • amendment to, clarification of, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock; proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock; or 8 • official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock; there is more than an insubstantial risk that we will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy laws or regulations of the Federal Reserve Board (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy laws or regulations of any successor appropriate federal banking agency), as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding. Dividends will not accumulate on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock on and after the redemption date. Redemption Price The redemption price for any redemption of Series A Preferred Stock, whether an Optional Redemption or Regulatory Event Redemption, will be equal to $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends (without regard to any undeclared dividends) to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Redemption Procedures If we elect to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, we will provide notice to the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption thereof (provided, however, that if the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or the depositary shares representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are held in book-entry form through DTC, we may give this notice in any manner permitted by DTC). Any notice given as provided in this paragraph will be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives this notice, and any defect in this notice or in the provision of this notice, to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock designated for redemption will not affect the redemption of any other shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Each notice of redemption shall state: • • • • the redemption date; the redemption price; if fewer than all shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed; and the manner in which holders of Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption may obtain payment of the redemption price in respect to those shares. If notice of redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock has been given and if the funds necessary for such redemption have been set aside by us in trust for the benefit of the holders of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption, then from and after the redemption date such shares of Series A Preferred Stock will no longer be deemed outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall cease to accumulate after the redemption date and all rights of the holders of such shares will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price, without interest. In the case of any redemption of only part of the Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed will be selected either pro rata or by lot or in such other manner as our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors) determines to be fair and equitable and permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Series A Preferred Stock is listed. Subject to the provisions set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the depositary shares representing the Series A Preferred Stock and the accompanying prospectus, the board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors) has the full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed from time to time. 9 Voting Rights Registered owners of Series A Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights, except as set forth below or as otherwise required by applicable law. To the extent that owners of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock has one vote per share. Whenever dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock ranking equally with the Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those described in this paragraph have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been declared and paid in an aggregate amount equal to, as to any class or series, the equivalent of at least six or more quarterly Dividend Periods, whether or not for consecutive Dividend Periods (a “Nonpayment”), the holders of outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock voting as a class with holders of shares of any other series of our preferred stock ranking equally with the Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable (“Voting Parity Stock”), will be entitled to vote for the election of two additional directors of our board of directors on the terms set forth below (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships) (the “Preferred Stock Directors”). Holders of all series of Voting Parity Stock will vote as a single class. In the event that the holders of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as described in this paragraph, the number of members of our board of directors at the time will be increased by two directors, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will have the right, as members of that class, as outlined above, to elect two directors at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the aggregate voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock or any other series of Voting Parity Stock (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for our next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of the shareholders), provided that the election of any Preferred Stock Directors shall not cause us to violate the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market (or any other exchange on which our securities may at such time be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors, and provided further that at no time shall our board of directors include more than two Preferred Stock Directors. When we have paid full dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for the equivalent of at least four Dividend Periods following a Nonpayment, the voting rights described above will terminate, except as expressly provided by law. The voting rights described above are subject to re-vesting upon each and every subsequent Nonpayment. Upon termination of the right of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock to vote for Preferred Stock Directors as described above, the term of office of all Preferred Stock Directors then in office elected by only those holders will terminate immediately. Whenever the term of office of the Preferred Stock Directors ends and the related voting rights have expired, the number of directors automatically will be decreased to the number of directors as otherwise would prevail. Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (together with holders of any Voting Parity Stock) when they have the voting rights described in the prospectus supplement relating to the depositary shares representing the Series A Preferred Stock and the accompanying prospectus. Under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve, if the holders of any series of preferred stock are or become entitled to vote for the election of directors, such series will be deemed a class of voting securities and a company holding 25% or more of the series, or 10% or more if it otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over us, will be subject to regulation as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”). In addition, at the time the series is deemed a class of voting securities, any other bank holding company will be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act to acquire or retain more than 5% of that series. Any other person (other than a bank holding company) will be required to obtain the non-objection of the Federal Reserve under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, to acquire or retain 10% or more of that series. So long as any shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Stock, voting together as a class, authorize, create or issue any capital stock ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or reclassify any authorized capital stock into any such shares of such capital stock or issue any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such shares of capital stock. So long as any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Designation or our Articles, including by merger, consolidation or otherwise, so as to affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following will be deemed to affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock: 10 • • • any increase in the amount of authorized common stock or authorized preferred stock, or any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, or the authorization, creation and issuance of other classes or series of capital stock, in each case ranking on parity with or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up; a merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity in which the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding; and a merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity in which the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving entity or any entity, directly or indirectly, controlling such surviving entity and such new preference securities have powers, preferences and special rights that are not materially less favorable than the Series A Preferred Stock. The foregoing voting rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which the vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and we shall have set aside sufficient funds for the benefit of holders of Series A Preferred Stock to effect the redemption. Depositary, Transfer Agent, and Registrar Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is the depositary, transfer agent, and registrar for the Series A Preferred Stock. Calculation Agent We will appoint a calculation agent for the Series A Preferred Stock prior to the commencement of the Floating Rate Period. The Company may appoint itself or an affiliate as the calculation agent. Series B Depositary Shares References in this section to the depositary shares, preferred stock and other terms that are defined herein are in reference to the Series B Depositary Shares and Series B Preferred Stock only. General Each Series B Depositary Share represents a 1/40th interest in a share of the Series B Preferred Stock, and is evidenced by depositary receipts. We deposited the underlying shares of Series B Preferred Stock with a depositary pursuant to a deposit agreement among us, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., acting as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts. Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary shares are entitled to all the powers, preferences and special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, in proportion to the applicable fraction of a share of Series B Preferred Stock those depositary shares represent. In this section, references to “holders” of depositary shares mean those who own depositary shares registered in their own names on the books that we or the depositary maintain for this purpose. DTC is the only registered holder of the depositary receipts representing the depositary shares. References to “holders” of depositary shares do not include indirect holders who own beneficial interests in depositary shares registered in street name or issued in book-entry form through DTC. Listing The depositary shares are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “TSCBP.” The Series B Preferred Stock is not listed. Dividends and Other Distributions Each dividend payable on a depositary share is in an amount equal to 1/40th of the dividend declared and payable on each share of Series B Preferred Stock. 11 The depositary distributes all dividends and other cash distributions received on the Series B Preferred Stock to the holders of record of the depositary receipts in proportion to the number of depositary shares held by each holder. In the event of a distribution other than in cash, the depositary will distribute property received by it to the holders of record of the depositary receipts in proportion to the number of depositary shares held by each holder, unless the depositary determines that this distribution is not feasible, in which case the depositary may, with our approval, adopt a method of distribution that it deems practicable, including the sale of the property and distribution of the net proceeds of that sale to the holders of the depositary receipts. If the calculation of a dividend or other cash distribution results in an amount that is a fraction of a cent and that fraction is equal to or greater than $0.005, the depositary will round that amount up to the next highest whole cent and will request that we pay the resulting additional amount to the depositary for the relevant dividend or other cash distribution. If the fractional amount is less than $0.005, the depositary will disregard that fractional amount. Record dates for the payment of dividends and other matters relating to the depositary shares are the same as the corresponding record dates for the Series B Preferred Stock. The amount paid as dividends or otherwise distributable by the depositary with respect to the depositary shares or the underlying Series B Preferred Stock will be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by us or the depositary on account of taxes or other governmental charges. The depositary may refuse to make any payment or distribution, or any transfer, exchange, or withdrawal of any depositary shares or the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock until such taxes or other governmental charges are paid. Liquidation Preference In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, a holder of depositary shares will receive the fraction of the liquidation preference accorded each share of underlying Series B Preferred Stock represented by the depositary shares. Our merger or consolidation with one or more other entities or the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets (for cash, securities or other consideration) will not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Redemption of Depositary Shares If we redeem the Series B preferred stock, in whole or in part, as described below under “Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares—Series B Preferred Stock—Redemption—Optional Redemption,” depositary shares also will be redeemed with the proceeds received by the depositary from the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock held by the depositary. The redemption price per depositary share will be 1/40th of the redemption price per share payable with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock (or $25 per depositary share), plus, as applicable, any accumulated and unpaid dividends on the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption for the then-current Dividend Period (as defined under “Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares—Series B Preferred Stock—Dividends”) to, but excluding, the redemption date, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. If we redeem shares of the Series B Preferred Stock held by the depositary, the depositary will redeem, as of the same redemption date, the number of depositary shares representing those shares of the Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed. If we redeem less than all of the outstanding depositary shares, the depositary shares to be redeemed will be selected either pro rata or by lot. In any case, the depositary will redeem depositary shares only in increments of 40 depositary shares and multiples thereof. The depositary will provide notice of redemption to record holders of the depositary receipts not less than 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption of the Series Preferred Stock and the related depositary shares. Voting Because each depositary share represents a 1/40th ownership interest in a share of Series B Preferred Stock, holders of depositary receipts are entitled to vote 1/40th of a vote per depositary share under those limited circumstances in which holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to vote, as described below under “Description of Series A Depositary Shares and Series B Depositary Shares—Series B Preferred Stock—Voting Rights.” When the depositary receives notice of any meeting at which the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, the depositary will provide the information contained in the notice to the record holders of the depositary shares relating to the Series B Preferred Stock. Each record holder of the depositary shares on the record date, which will be the same date as the record date for the Series B Preferred Stock, may instruct the depositary to vote the amount of the Series B Preferred Stock represented by the holder’s 12 depositary shares. To the extent possible, the depositary will vote the maximum number of whole shares of the Series B Preferred Stock represented by depositary shares in accordance with the instructions it receives. We will agree to take all reasonable actions that the depositary determines are necessary to enable the depositary to vote as instructed. If the depositary does not receive specific instructions from the holders of any depositary shares representing the Series B Preferred Stock, it will abstain from voting with respect to such shares (but shall appear at the meeting with respect to such shares unless directed to the contrary). Withdrawal of Series B Preferred Stock Upon surrender of depositary shares at the principal office of the depositary, upon payment of any unpaid amount due the depositary, and subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, the owner of the depositary shares evidenced thereby is entitled to delivery of the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and all money and other property, if any, represented by such depositary shares. Only whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be withdrawn. If the depositary shares surrendered by the holder in connection with withdrawal exceed the number of depositary shares that represent the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be withdrawn, the depositary will deliver to that holder at the same time a new depositary receipt evidencing the excess number of depositary shares. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock thus withdrawn will not thereafter be entitled to deposit such shares under the deposit agreement or to receive depositary shares therefor. Resignation and Removal of the Depositary The depositary may resign at any time by delivering to us notice of its election to resign. We may also remove or replace a depositary at any time. Any resignation or removal will take effect upon the earlier of the appointment of a successor depositary and 30 days following such notice. We will appoint a successor depositary within 30 days after delivery of the notice of resignation or removal. The successor must be a bank or trust company with its principal office in the United States and have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. Miscellaneous The depositary will forward to the holders of depositary shares any reports and communications from us with respect to the underlying Series B Preferred Stock. Neither we nor the depositary will be liable if any law or any circumstances beyond their control prevent or delay them from performing their obligations under the deposit agreement. The obligations of ours and a depositary under the deposit agreement are limited to performing their duties without bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither we nor a depositary must prosecute or defend any legal proceeding with respect to any depositary shares or the underlying Series B Preferred Stock unless they are furnished with satisfactory indemnity. Both we and the depositary may rely on the written advice of counsel or accountants, or information provided by holders of depositary shares or other persons they believe in good faith to be competent, and on documents they believe in good faith to be genuine and signed by a proper party. In the event a depositary receives conflicting claims, requests or instructions from us and any holders of depositary shares, the depositary will be entitled to act on the claims, requests or instructions received from us. Series B Preferred Stock Ranking With respect to the payment of dividends and distributions upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Series B Preferred Stock rank (i) senior to our common stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that by its terms ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock, (ii) equally with our Series A Preferred Stock and any future series of preferred stock the terms of which expressly provide that it will rank equally with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends and distributions, and (iii) junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities and any class or series of preferred stock that expressly provides in the Articles of Amendment creating such preferred stock that such series ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to any requisite consents prior to issuance). The Series B Preferred Stock is not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series of our capital stock or other securities and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem or repurchase the Series B Preferred Stock. The preferred stock is not secured, is not guaranteed by us or any of our affiliates and is not subject to any other arrangement that legally or economically enhances the ranking of the Series B Preferred Stock. Dividends Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, only when, as, and if declared by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors), out of assets legally available under applicable law for payment, non-cumulative cash dividends based on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and no more, at a rate equal to 13 6.375% per annum (equivalent to $1.59375 per depositary share per annum), for each quarterly Dividend Period occurring from, and including, the original issue date of the Series B Preferred Stock to, but excluding, July 1, 2026 (the “Fixed Rate Period”), and thereafter, three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 408.8 basis points per annum, subject to potential adjustment as provided in clause (iii) of the definition of three-month LIBOR, for each quarterly Dividend Period beginning July 1, 2026 (the “Floating Rate Period”). A “Dividend Period” means the period from, and including, each Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, except for the initial Dividend Period, which will be the period from, and including, the issue date of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date. When, as, and if declared by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors), we pay cash dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock quarterly, in arrears, on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each such date, a “Dividend Payment Date”), beginning on July 1, 2019. We pay cash dividends to the holders of record of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock as they appear on our stock register on the applicable record date, which shall be the fifteenth calendar day before that Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of the board of directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date. If any Dividend Payment Date on or prior to July 1, 2026 is a day that is not a Business Day (as defined below), then the dividend with respect to that Dividend Payment Date will instead be paid on the immediately succeeding Business Day, without interest or other payment in respect of such delayed payment. If any Dividend Payment Date after July 1, 2026 is a day that is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Payment Date will be the immediately succeeding Business Day unless such day falls in the next calendar month, in which case the Dividend Payment Date will instead be the immediately preceding day that is a Business Day, and dividends will accumulate to the Dividend Payment Date as so adjusted. A “Business Day” for the Fixed Rate Period means any weekday in New York, New York that is not a day on which banking institutions in that city are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to be closed. A “Business Day” for the Floating Rate Period means any weekday in New York, New York that is not a day on which banking institutions in that city are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to be closed, and additionally, is a London Banking Day (as defined below). We calculate dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for the Fixed Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. We will calculate dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for the Floating Rate Period on the basis of the actual number of days in a Dividend Period and a 360-day year. Dollar amounts resulting from that calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent, with one-half cent being rounded upward. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock will cease to accumulate after the redemption date, as described below under “-Redemption,” unless we default in the payment of the redemption price of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are not cumulative or mandatory. If our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors) does not declare a dividend on the Series B Preferred Stock for, or our board of directors authorizes and we declare less than a full dividend in respect of, any Dividend Period, the holders will have no right to receive any dividend or a full dividend, as the case may be, for the Dividend Period, and we will have no obligation to pay a dividend or to pay full dividends for that Dividend Period at any time, whether or not dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock or any other series of our preferred stock or common stock are declared for any future Dividend Period. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock accumulate from the issue date at the then-applicable dividend rate on the liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). If we issue additional shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, dividends on those additional shares will accumulate from the issue date of those additional shares at the then-applicable dividend rate. The dividend rate for each Dividend Period in the Floating Rate Period will be determined by the calculation agent using three-month LIBOR as in effect on the second London Banking Day prior to the beginning of the Dividend Period, which date is the “Dividend Determination Date” for the relevant Dividend Period. The calculation agent then will add three-month LIBOR as determined on the Dividend Determination Date and the applicable spread. Once the dividend rate for the Series B Preferred Stock is determined, the calculation agent will deliver that information to us and the transfer agent for us. Absent manifest error, the determination by the calculation agent or, for the avoidance of doubt, by the IFA in clause (iii) below, of the dividend rate for a Dividend Period for the Series B Preferred Stock will be final. A “London Banking Day” is any day on which commercial banks are open for dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market. The term “three-month LIBOR” means, for each Dividend Determination Date related to the Floating Rate Period, the rate determined by the calculation agent as follows: 14 (i) The London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three month period, as that rate appears on Reuters screen page “LIBOR01” (or any successor or replacement page) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the relevant Dividend Determination Date. (ii) If no offered rate appears on Reuters screen page “LIBOR01” (or any successor or replacement page) on the relevant Dividend Determination Date at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, then the calculation agent, in consultation with us, will select four major banks in the London interbank market and will request each of their principal London offices to provide a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars in amounts of at least $1,000,000 are offered by it to prime banks in the London interbank market, on that date and at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic average (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the quotations provided. Otherwise, the calculation agent in consultation with us will select three major banks in New York City and will request each of them to provide a quotation of the rate offered by it at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Dividend Determination Date for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period for the applicable Dividend Period in an amount of at least $1,000,000. If three quotations are provided, three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic average of the quotations provided. Otherwise, if a LIBOR Event (as defined below) has not occurred, three-month LIBOR for the next Dividend Period will be equal to three-month LIBOR in effect for the then current Dividend Period or, in the case of the first Dividend Period in the Floating Rate Period, the most recent rate on which three-month LIBOR could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had the dividend rate been a floating rate during the Fixed Rate Period. (iii) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) above, if we, in our sole discretion, determine on the relevant Dividend Determination Date that the three-month LIBOR has been permanently discontinued or is no longer viewed as an acceptable benchmark for securities like the Series B Preferred Stock, and we have notified the calculation agent (if it is not us) of such determination (a “LIBOR Event”), then the calculation agent will use, as directed by us, as a substitute or successor base rate (the “Alternative Rate”) for each future Dividend Determination Date the alternative reference rate selected by the central bank, reserve bank, monetary authority or any similar institution (including any committee or working group thereof) that is consistent with market practice regarding a substitute for the three-month LIBOR. As part of such substitution, the calculation agent will, as directed by us, make such adjustment to the Alternative Rate or the spread thereon, as well as the business day convention, the Dividend Determination Date and related provisions and definitions (“Adjustments”), in each case that are consistent with market practice for the use of such Alternative Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we determine that there is no alternative reference rate selected by the central bank, reserve bank, monetary authority or any similar institution (including any committee or working group thereof) that is consistent with market practice regarding a substitute for three-month LIBOR, we may, in our sole discretion, appoint an independent financial advisor (“IFA”) to determine an appropriate Alternative Rate and any Adjustments, and the decision of the IFA will be binding on us, the calculation agent and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. If on any Dividend Determination Date during the Floating Rate Period (which may be the first Dividend Determination Date of the Floating Rate Period) a LIBOR Event has occurred prior to such Dividend Determination Date and for any reason an Alternative Rate has not been determined or there is no such market practice for the use of such Alternative Rate (and, in each case, an IFA has not determined an appropriate Alternative Rate and Adjustments or an IFA has not been appointed) as of such Dividend Determination Date, then commencing on such Dividend Determination Date the dividend rate, business day convention and manner of calculating dividends applicable during the Fixed Rate Period will be in effect for the applicable Dividend Period and will remain in effect during the remainder of the Floating Rate Period. Priority Regarding Dividends During a Dividend Period, so long as any share of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (1) no dividend will be declared and paid or set aside for payment and no distribution will be declared and made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock (as defined below) (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Junior Stock or any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholder rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under such a plan, including with respect to any successor shareholder rights plan); (2) no shares of Junior Stock will be repurchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired for consideration by us, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange for or conversion into Junior Stock, through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock or pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock pursuant to a binding stock repurchase plan existing prior to the most recently completed Dividend Period), nor will any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by us; and (3) no shares of Parity Stock (as defined below) will be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by us (other than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series B Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock, through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Parity Stock or 15 Junior Stock, as a result of a reclassification of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock, or by conversion into or exchange for other Parity Stock or Junior Stock), unless, in each case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, the full dividends for the most recently completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment of those dividends has been set aside. The foregoing limitations do not apply to purchases or acquisitions of our Junior Stock pursuant to any employee or director incentive or benefit plan or arrangement (including any of our employment, severance, or consulting agreements) of ours or of any of our subsidiaries. Except as provided below, for so long as any share of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, we will not declare, pay, or set aside for payment full dividends on any Parity Stock unless we have paid in full, or set aside payment in full, in respect of all accumulated dividends for all Dividend Periods for outstanding shares of preferred stock. To the extent that we declare dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock and on any Parity Stock but cannot make full payment of such declared dividends, we will allocate the dividend payments on a pro rata basis among the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of any Parity Stock then outstanding. For purposes of calculating the pro rata allocation of partial dividend payments, we will allocate dividend payments based on the ratio between the then current and unpaid dividend payments due on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (1) in the case of cumulative Parity Stock, the aggregate of the accumulated and unpaid dividends due on any such Parity Stock, and (2) in the case of non-cumulative Parity Stock, the aggregate of the declared but unpaid dividends due on any such Parity Stock. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on Series B Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. As used herein, “Junior Stock” means our common stock and any other class or series of our capital stock over which the Series B Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and “Parity Stock” means any other class or series of our capital stock that ranks equally with the Series B Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, which includes the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of our stock hereafter authorized the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks equally with the Series B Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Subject to the conditions described above, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock, or otherwise), as may be determined by our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors), may be declared and paid on our common stock and any Junior Stock from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will not be entitled to participate in those dividends. Liquidation Rights Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid out of our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common stock or any other Junior Stock, a liquidating distribution in the amount of a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus the sum of any declared and unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods prior to the Dividend Period in which the liquidation distribution is made and any declared and unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period in which the liquidation distribution is made to the date of such liquidation distribution. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to which they are entitled, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock will have no right or claim to any of our remaining assets. Distributions will be made only to the extent that our assets are available after satisfaction of all liabilities to depositors, and creditors and subject to the rights of holders of any securities ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock. If our remaining assets are not sufficient to pay the full liquidating distributions to the holders of all outstanding Series B Preferred Stock and all Parity Stock, then we will distribute our assets to those holders pro rata in proportion to the full liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise have received. Our merger or consolidation with one or more other entities or the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets (for cash, securities or other consideration) will not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If we enter into any merger or consolidation transaction with or into any other entity and we are not the surviving entity in such transaction, the Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of the surviving or successor corporation or the direct or indirect parent of the surviving or successor corporation having terms identical to the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock. Because we are a holding company, our rights and the rights of our creditors and our shareholders, including the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, to participate in the distribution of assets of any of our subsidiaries upon that subsidiary’s voluntary or 16 involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up will be subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that we are a creditor with recognized claims against that subsidiary. In addition, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock (and of depositary shares representing the Series B Preferred Stock) may be fully subordinated to interests held by the U.S. Government in the event we enter into a receivership, insolvency, liquidation or similar proceeding. Conversion Rights The Series B Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any other of our property, interests or securities. Redemption The Series B Preferred Stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provision. Neither the holders of Series B Preferred Stock nor the holders of the related depositary shares have the right to require the redemption or repurchase of the Series B Preferred Stock. In addition, under the Federal Reserve risk-based capital rules applicable to bank holding companies, any redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock is subject to prior approval of the Federal Reserve. Optional Redemption We may redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at our option, on any Dividend Payment Date on or after July 1, 2024, with not less than 30 days’ and not more than 60 days’ notice (“Optional Redemption”), subject to the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, at the redemption price provided below. Dividends will not accumulate on those shares of Series B Preferred Stock on and after the redemption date. Redemption Following a Regulatory Capital Event We may redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at our option, for cash, at any time within 90 days following a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, subject to the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, at the redemption price provided below (“Regulatory Event Redemption”). A “Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means a good faith determination by us that, as a result of any: • • • amendment to, clarification of, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock; proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock; or official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock; there is more than an insubstantial risk that we will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy laws or regulations of the Federal Reserve (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy laws or regulations of any successor appropriate federal banking agency), as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding. Dividends will not accumulate on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock on and after the redemption date. Redemption Price The redemption price for any redemption of Series B Preferred Stock, whether an Optional Redemption or Regulatory Event Redemption, will be equal to $1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends (without regard to any undeclared dividends) to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Redemption Procedures 17 If we elect to redeem any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, we will provide notice to the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed, not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption thereof (provided, however, that if the shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the depositary shares representing the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are held in book-entry form through DTC, we may give this notice in any manner permitted by DTC). Any notice given as provided in this paragraph will be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives this notice, and any defect in this notice or in the provision of this notice, to any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated for redemption will not affect the redemption of any other shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Each notice of redemption shall state: • • • • the redemption date; the redemption price; if fewer than all shares of Series B Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed; and the manner in which holders of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption may obtain payment of the redemption price in respect to those shares. If notice of redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock has been given and if the funds necessary for such redemption have been set aside by us in trust for the benefit of the holders of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption, then from and after the redemption date such shares of Series B Preferred Stock will no longer be deemed outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to accumulate after the redemption date and all rights of the holders of such shares will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price, without interest. In the case of any redemption of only part of the Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed will be selected either pro rata or by lot or in such other manner as our board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors) determines to be fair and equitable and permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Series B Preferred Stock is listed. Subject to the provisions set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the depositary shares representing the Series B Preferred Stock and the accompanying prospectus, the board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors) will have the full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be redeemed from time to time. Voting Rights Registered owners of Series B Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights, except as set forth below or as otherwise required by applicable law. To the extent that owners of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock has one vote per share. Whenever dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock ranking equally with the Series B Preferred Stock, including the Series A Preferred Stock, as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those described in this paragraph have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been declared and paid in an aggregate amount equal to, as to any class or series, the equivalent of at least six quarterly Dividend Periods, whether or not for consecutive Dividend Periods (a “Nonpayment”), the holders of outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock voting as a class with holders of shares of any other series of our preferred stock ranking equally with the Series B Preferred Stock, including the Series A Preferred Stock, as to payment of dividends, and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable (“Voting Parity Stock”), will be entitled to vote for the election of two additional directors of our board of directors on the terms set forth below (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships) (the “Preferred Stock Directors”). Holders of all series of Voting Parity Stock will vote as a single class. In the event that the holders of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as described in this paragraph, the number of members of our board of directors at the time will be increased by two directors, and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will have the right, as members of that class, as outlined above, to elect two directors at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the aggregate voting power of the Series B Preferred Stock or any other series of Voting Parity Stock (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for our next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of the shareholders), provided that the election of any Preferred Stock Directors shall not cause us to violate the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market (or any other exchange on which our securities may at such time be listed) that listed 18 companies must have a majority of independent directors, and provided further that at no time shall our board of directors include more than two Preferred Stock Directors. When we have paid full dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for the equivalent of at least four Dividend Periods following a Nonpayment, the voting rights described above will terminate, except as expressly provided by law. The voting rights described above are subject to re-vesting upon each and every subsequent Nonpayment. Upon termination of the right of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock to vote for Preferred Stock Directors as described above, the term of office of all Preferred Stock Directors then in office elected by only those holders will terminate immediately. Whenever the term of office of the Preferred Stock Directors ends and the related voting rights have expired, the number of directors automatically will be decreased to the number of directors as otherwise would prevail. Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (together with holders of any Voting Parity Stock) when they have the voting rights described in the prospectus supplement relating to the depositary shares representing the Series B Preferred Stock and the accompanying prospectus. Under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve, if the holders of any series of preferred stock are or become entitled to vote for the election of directors, such series will be deemed a class of voting securities and a company holding 25% or more of the series, or that is deemed to exercise a “controlling influence” over us, will be subject to regulation as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). In addition, at the time the series is deemed a class of voting securities, any other bank holding company will be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act to acquire or retain 5% or more of that series. Any other person (other than a bank holding company) may be required to enter into passivity or anti-association commitments with the Federal Reserve if it owns 5% or more and less than 25% of that series and will be required to obtain the non-objection of the Federal Reserve under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, to acquire or retain 10% or more of that series. So long as any shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the Series B Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Stock, voting together as a class, authorize, create or issue any capital stock ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or reclassify any authorized capital stock into any such shares of such capital stock or issue any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such shares of capital stock. So long as any shares of the Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the Series B Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Articles of Amendment or our Articles, including by merger, consolidation or otherwise, so as to affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following will be deemed to affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock: • • • any increase in the amount of authorized common stock or authorized preferred stock, or any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, or the authorization, creation and issuance of other classes or series of capital stock, in each case ranking on parity with or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividends or distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up; a merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity in which the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding; and a merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity in which the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving entity or any entity, directly or indirectly, controlling such surviving entity and such new preference securities have powers, preferences and special rights that are not materially less favorable than the Series A Preferred Stock. The foregoing voting rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which the vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and we have set aside sufficient funds for the benefit of holders of Series B Preferred Stock to effect the redemption. Voting Rights under Pennsylvania Law 19 The PBCL attaches mandatory voting rights to preferred stock in connection with certain amendments to a company’s articles of incorporation, providing that the holders of preferred stock of a particular series would be entitled to vote as a class if the amendment would: • authorize the board of directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences, as between series, of any preferred or special class; • make any change in the preferences, limitations or special rights (other than preemptive rights or the right to vote • • cumulatively) of the shares of a class or series adverse to the class or series; authorize a new class or series of shares having a preference as to dividends or assets which is senior to the shares of a class or series; increase the number of authorized shares of any class or series having a preference as to dividends or assets which is senior in any respect to the shares of a class or series; or • make the outstanding shares of a class or series redeemable by a method that is not pro rata, by lot or otherwise equitable. Holders of outstanding shares of our preferred stock are also entitled under Pennsylvania law to vote as a class on a plan of merger that effects any change in our Articles of Incorporation if the holders would have been entitled to a class vote under the statutory provision relating to the adoption of the Articles of Amendment discussed above. Information Rights During any period in which we are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any requesting beneficial owner a copy of our most recently filed “Consolidated Financial Statements for Holding Companies- FR Y-9C” and “Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a Bank With Domestic Offices Only-FFIEC 041,” in each case or any applicable successor form. Any such request must be made in writing addressed to TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, One Oxford Centre, 301 Grant Street, Suite 2700, Pittsburgh, PA 15219. Depositary, Transfer Agent and Registrar Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, is the depositary, transfer agent and registrar for the Series B Preferred Stock. Calculation Agent We will appoint a calculation agent for the Series B Preferred Stock prior to the commencement of the Floating Rate Period. The Company may appoint itself or an affiliate as the calculation agent. 20 EXHIBIT 10.12 AMENDMENT TO THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) to the TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, is made and adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan (as defined below). WHEREAS, the Company has previously adopted, and the Company’s stockholders have previously approved, the TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”); WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan, the Board has the authority to amend the Plan, subject to certain limitations; WHEREAS, the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to amend the Plan as set forth herein; and WHEREAS, this Amendment shall become effective upon the approval of this Amendment by the Company’s stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders held on May 29, 2020 (the date of such approval, the “Effective Date”). NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the Effective Date: 1. Section 1.6.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to (i) increase the aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the Plan by 1,000,000 and (ii) increase the aggregate number of shares available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options by 1,000,000. 2. This Amendment shall be and is hereby incorporated into and forms a part of the Plan. 3. Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect. The following is a list of the consolidated subsidiaries of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., the names under which such subsidiaries do business, and the state in which each was organized, as of December 31, 2020. All subsidiaries are wholly-owned unless otherwise noted in parenthesis. Subsidiaries of the Registrant EXHIBIT 21 Subsidiaries of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc: Name TriState Capital Bank Chartwell Investment Partners, LLC Chartwell TSC Securities Corp. Subsidiaries of TriState Capital Bank: Name Meadowood Asset Management, LLC TSC Equipment Finance LLC State of Organization Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Pennsylvania State of Organization Pennsylvania Pennsylvania EXHIBIT 23.2 The Board of Directors TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.: Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-249296 and 333-196564 and 333-188923) on Form S-8 and in the registration statements (No. 333-222074 and 333-235713) on Form S-3 of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. of our reports dated February 25, 2021 with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 which reports appear in the December 31, 2020 annual report on Form 10-K of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for the recognition and measurement of credit losses as of December 31, 2020 and has applied it retroactively to January 1, 2020 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. /s/ KPMG LLP Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania February 25, 2021 POWER OF ATTORNEY EXHIBIT 24 Each of the undersigned officers and directors of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. hereby constitutes and appoints James F. Getz as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for and in his or her name, place and stead and on his or her behalf, and in any and all capacities, to sign the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all amendments or other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing which said attorney-in-fact and agent may deem necessary or advisable to be done or performed in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his hereof. or substitute substitutes, lawfully virtue cause done may do by be or to Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 Date: February 25, 2021 By: By: By: By: By: By: By: By: By: By: By: By: /s/ David L. Bonvenuto David L. Bonvenuto Director /s/ Anthony J. Buzzelli Anthony J. Buzzelli Director /s/ Helen Hanna Casey Helen Hanna Casey Director /s/ E.H. (Gene) Dewhurst E.H. (Gene) Dewhurst Director /s/ James J. Dolan James J. Dolan Director /s/ Christopher M. Doody Christopher M. Doody Director /s/ Audrey P. Dunning Audrey P. Dunning Director /s/ Brian S. Fetterolf Brian S. Fetterolf Director /s/ Michael R. Harris Michael R. Harris Director /s/ Kim A. Ruth Kim A. Ruth Director /s/ A. William Schenck, III A. William Schenck, III Vice Chairman and Director /s/ John B. Yasinsky John B. Yasinsky Director EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, James F. Getz, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting. By: /s/ James F. Getz James F. Getz Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Dated: February 25, 2021 EXHIBIT 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, David J. Demas, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting. By: /s/ David J. Demas David J. Demas Chief Financial Officer Dated: February 25, 2021 EXHIBIT 32 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officers of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. hereby certify that the Annual Report of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report"), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in such Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. By: /s/ James F. Getz James F. Getz Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Dated: February 25, 2021 By: /s/ David J. Demas David J. Demas Chief Financial Officer Dated: February 25, 2021 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above